PF 3109 

C2 
"opy 1 



t LIBRARY OF CONGRKSS. 



I 






UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, 



A NEW 



ELEMENTARY COUBSE 



GERMAN LANGUAGE 



FOE, THE USE OF SCHOOLS. 



GAB11IEL V CAMPBELL, B. A, 

PBOFESSOR IN THE STATE UNIVERSITY OP MINNESOTA. 



SECOND EDITION, REVISED. 




^CHICAGO: 

CHURCH, GOODMAN AND DONNELLEY, 

1867. 






Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1867, 

By GABRIEL CAMPBELL, 

in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the Northern 

District of Illinois. 



A. Zeese, Cox & Donohue, 

Stereotyper and Electrotyper, Binders, 

84 Dearborn Street. 164 Clark Street, Chicago. 



PREFACE. 



One language contains all the general principles of every 
other. Comparative philology — a new science — is entirely 
changing the mode of teaching languages. It shows that 
the true method of acquiring a foreign tongue is by compar- 
ing it with the one already known. The aim of this work is to 
make a practical application of the recent improvements in 
this direction ♦ 

The pupil is supposed to be familiar with the English 
language. Its grammar being Teutonic or German, no at- 
tempt is made to teach what should properly be studied in 
the native tongue. The German and English are brought 
side by side, their differences and affinities compared, and that 
point taught first which will open to the learner the broadest 
field. 

A large majority of the German words may be formed from 
the English by a regular system of consonant changes. For 
this reason, the chief study will be the forms of words. The 
same principle is followed in developing the endings which 
characterize these words in their relations to each other. 

The pupil is encumbered as little as possible with minor 
details and exceptional cases. The illustrations though 
drawn from the language of real life, are free from colloquial, 
proverbial or poetical idioms. 

The philosophical principles involved in teaching the per- 
sonal pronoun as a terminal element, in the declension and 



4 PREFACE. 

gender of the substantive, the classification of irregular verbs, 
the arrangement of words, and in the use of imitative senten- 
ces in connection with the reading lessons, will be found to be 
clear, fundamental, progressive, specific, and practical. 

The first edition was prepared for private classes. Soon 
after its publication, however, requests were received from 
leading educators in various important points including the 
city of Chicago, to furnish this method for the schools. In 
compliance this new and improved edition has been prepared. 

The author gives sincere thanks to the many eminent 
scholars who have commended his system and encouraged its 
preparation for the press. May it tend in some degree to in- 
crease the interest in a language the most rich and flexible, 
and a literature the most finished and profound. 

G. C 

Chicago, September, 1867. 



CONTENTS 



INTRODUCTION. 

Page. 

I.— Alphabet, 11 

II. — Pronunciation, 12 

A. Vowel Sounds, 12 

B. Consonant Sounds, 13 

III.— Syllables, 15 

IV.— Accent, 16 

V.— Capitals, 17 

VI.— Punctuation, 17 

LESSON FIRST.— The Present Tense. 

I. — Change of v to b. — First person singular, 21 

II.— Change of th to b, 22 

III.— Omission of f), 22 

IV. — Plural termination Euphonic, 22 

LESSON SECOND.— The Adnominal Word. 

V.— Change of t to 3, 24 

VI. — Termination of the Adnominal Word, 25 

VII. — The termination omitted, 25 

LESSON THIRD.— The Cases. 

VIII. — The Accusative Case, 27 

IX.— The Genitive Case, 28 

X. — The Feminine genitive, 28 

LESSON FOURTH.— The Plural. 

XL— Change d to t, 30 

XIL— Form of the Plural, 31 

XIIL— Change s to f$, 31 

5 



6 CONTENTS. 

LESSON FIFTH.— Genitive Plural and Past Participle. 

XIV.— Change y to & 33 

XV. — Genitive plural of Adnominal words, 33 

XVI.— Sign of the Past Participle, 34 

XVII. — Separation of the Parts of the Verb, 34 

XVIII.— Change t to g, 34 

LESSON SIXTH.— Weights and Measures. 

XIX.— Change p to f or j>f, 36 

XX.— The English of omitted, 36 

XXI. — Definite Article replaces a or per, 37 

XXII.— Change k to $, 37 

LESSON SEVENTH.— The Imperfect. 

XXIIL— Change d to tfi, 39 

XXIV.— Form of Imperfect, 39 

XXV. — Its form in Irregular verbs, 40 

XXVL— Change gh to §, ' 40 

LESSON EIGHTH.— The Dative Case. 

XXVIL— Use of the Dative, 42 

XXVIIL— Form of Adnominal Word, 42 

XXIX. — Dative Plural euphonic, 43 

XXX. — Prepositions with the Dative, 43 

LESSON NINTH —The Genders. 

XXXI. — No Common gender. — Use of Neuter, 45 

XXXII. — Feminine nouns in e, t and uitg, 46 

XXXIII. — Other nouns Masculine, 46 

LESSON TENTH.— The Euphonic Declension. 

XXXIV. — Euphonic ending, when used, 49 

XXXV. — When the proper termination is used, 50 

XXXVI. — Present Indicative, when irregular, 50 

XXXVII.— Stem- Vowel modified, 50 

LESSON ELEVENTH,— The Prepositions.- 

XXXVIII. — Prepositions with the Dative or Accusative, 53 

XXXIX.— Prepositions with the Genitive, 53 

XL. — Second person singular, 54 

XLI. — When the reflexive pronoun is invariable 54 



CONTENTS. t 

LESSON TWELFTH.— The Compound Tenses. 

XLII. — When (em (to be) is auxiliary, 56 

XL11I. — When tuerben (to become) is auxiliary, 56 

XL1V. — Form of the Present Participle, 57 

XLV. — When the verb comes last, 57 

XL VI. — When the verb precedes the subject, 58 

XLVII. — When the compound verb is separated, 58 

XLVIII. — Derivative verbs in be, Qt, ent, etc., 5 ( J 

LESSON THIRTEENTH.— Pronouns.— Order of Words. 

XLIX. — Declension of Relatives and Interrogatives, 61 

L. — The Definite Article as a Relative, 62 

LI. — The Definite Article as a Demonstrative, 62 

LII. — Position of the Article, s 63 

LIII. — Use of the Pronominal Adverb, 63 

LIV. — Arrangement of words, ■. 63 

LESSON FOURTEENTH.— Declension of Nouns. 

LV. — Adnominal word with the noun omitted, . . . ; 66 

LVI. — Origin of the Euphonic declension, 67 

LVII. — Feminine nouns with e omitted 67 

LVIII,— Plurals with the liquid r, 68 

LIX. — Plural and Singular alike, .....* 68 

LX. — n or en omitted, 69 

LESSON FIFTEENTH.— The Subjunctive and Imperative. 

LXI. — Use of the Subjunctive, . , 72 

LXII. — Form of the first person singular, 72 

LXIII. — Termination of the Imperfect Subjunctive, 72 

LXIV.— The Conditionals, 73 

LX V. — Where like the Indicative, 73 

LXVI. — Form and use of the Imperative, 74 

IP-A-IEST II. 

Personal Pronouns, 79 

The Adnominal word, 79 

A. Simple Declension, 80 

B. Euphonic Declension, 82 



8 CONTENTS. 

Irregular Pronouns, 83 

The Numerals, 84 

Comparison, 86 

The Substantive,.. 87 

A. Declension of Nouns, 87 

B. Gender of Nouns, 91 

The Verb, ; 92 

A. Auxiliary verbs, 92 

B. Regular verbs, 99 

C. Irregular verbs, 104 

Prepositions, 114 



:p.a_:r,t hi. 

I. — The Golden Apple, 117 

II. — Hope and Patience, 119 

III.— The Three Friends, 120 

IV.— The Brooklet, 122 

V. — The Harp op Ossian, 124 

VI.— The White Deer, 126 

VII.— Genius, 128 

VIII.— We are Seven, 130 

IX.— Death and Sleep, 132 

X. — Lorelei, 135 

XI.— New Year's Night, 136 

XII — Mignon, ' 139 

XIII.— The Rainbow, 1 11 

XIV. — Thr Maid of Orleans, 1 45 

XV- — The Asoent or Aetna, 148 

XVI.— My Fatherland, 152 

XVII. — The Falls op Niagara, 155 

XVIII. — The Minstrel's Curse, 157 

XIX.— The Vatican Apollo, 160 

XX.— The Two Muses, 162 

German and English Vocabulary, 165 

English and German Vocabulary, 187 







m^^u 
















.ZzzS?. ^ 65a-.?. S&o&eL- dc Co. CZicaao. 






Schiller 



INTRODUCTION. 





I. 


THE ALPHABET. 




A 


a 


21 


a 


ah 


B 


b 


25 


f> 


bay 





c 


6 


c 


tsay 


D 


d 


2) 


b 


day 


E 


e 


@ 


e 


a 


F 


f. 


8 


f 


ef 


G 


g 


© 


9 


gay 

ha 


H 


h 


# 


ft 


I 


i 


3 


i 


e 


J 


J 


3 


J 


yot 


K 


k 


t 


t 


kah 


L 


1 


,8 


I 


el 


M 


m' 


£01 


m 


em 


N 


n 


91 


n 


en 








D 








P 


P 


* 


V 


pay 


Q 


q 


£J 


q 


koo 


R 


r 


Sft 


r 


err 


S 


s 


e 


"«f 


es 


T 


t 


X 


t 


tay 


U 


u 


u 


u 


00 


V 


V 


35 


» 


fow 


w 


w 


28 


» 


yay 


X 


X 


X 


X 


icks 


Y 


y 


D 


ft 


ipselon 


Z 


z 


3 


J 


tset 



II. PRONUNCIATION. 



A. The Vowel Sounds. 

1. Hard Vowels, 

21, a, like a in father: $ater, bag, ©ajl. 

£), o, like o in note: *ftote, SRo§, fo« 

U, u, like u in rera^ : Ufyr, 33rui>er, Ulme. 

2. Modified Vowels. 

21 e, a, like a in late: ©pat, Sftabdjen, £dnbe* 
De, o, not in the English: Del, fcfyon, ©ofyne* 
Ue, it, not in the English: Sfliiitlcr, miifc>e, fur, 

3. Soft Vowels. 

(£, e, nearly like d : geBen, mefyr, 9?eft 
3, i, like i in marine: 3tjnen, <3il6er, in, 
$, 9, always like i : ©gjlem, ©prup, ^^rt^e, 

4. JDvph.thoii|»s. 

(St, ei, like i in mine: mem, 2Bein, fetm 

(5 u, e it, resembling oy in 6o?/ : 25eule, Q3eute, reuett. 

Slew, du, nearly like eu; ©dule, Sftaufe, Srduteim 

Observations. 

1. In other cases where two vowels stand in the same 

syllable, each has its proper sound and the syllable is long. 

fyau$, Wax, pfui, quer, 

5Jceer, $aax, 33oot. 

a. 3e, ie, is pronounced like e in here: tuer, 33ter, <Steo,eL 

3 e is not a diphthong, the e being used merely to show that 

the i is long. Both vowels are pronounced, however, when 

the e stands in .an unaccented final syllable. 

3i*ta*U*ert, 2t*ft*e, $er*fi=en, 
12 



[II. PRONUNCIATION. 13 

b. 2t it, ctu, is the only diphthong which permits one of its 
vowels to be modified, as in -ipaufer* 

2. A single vowel is usually shortened when it stands 
before two consonants. 

Stutter, (Stl&er, Setter, 

a. A few monosyllables of frequent occurrence have the 
vowel short before a single consonant. 

in, bin, mit, $or, ab, t)in, an. 

b. When the compound consonant dj ends a syllable and 
immediately follows a single vowel, the latter may be long or 
short. 

Vowel long : 33ucfy, SEudj, fyo$» 
Vowel short : tdj, nocfy, boot), 

3. The short sound of a vowel should properly differ from 
the long sound only in the time occupied in producing it. 
Actually, however, there is a slight difference in the quality. 
It is nevertheless incorrect to give to the short vowels the 
hard, sharp sound of the corresponding short vowels in the 
English language. 



B. The Consonant Sounds. 

In the new high German language the consonants sound a 
little softer than in English. Otherwise, the nature of the 
consonants is in the two languages the same. The following 
peculiarities are to be noted : 

1. Simple Consonants. 

33, b, at the end of a syllable, nearly like the English p. 
£ob, 2ev6, ab*ffixti»im. 

(£, c, like ts where in English it would have its soft or 8 
sound. 

Sefcer, ©itrone, (Stypreffe, 



14 PRONUNCIATION. [il. 

T), fc>, nearly like t, at the end of a syllable. 

23ab, spfab, «Rab. 
©, g, with a somewhat deeper aspiration than in go. 

gefyen, ®ott, ©elb. 
This is -especially manifest when it ends a syllable in which 
it is immediately preceded by a vowel. 

btutig, ©eltgfett, jog* 
§, fj, is seldom audible except at the beginning of a word. 

£>abe, fefyen, fyofter. 
The parts of a compound or derivative word retain their 
original pronunciation. 

erfyalten, auffyeoen, getbfjerr. 
It is always heard in the syllable fj e i t. 
©djott^eit, gretfyett, Smfyeit 

In other cases it merely lengthens the vowel of the syllable 
in which it stands. 

Sotyn, Xtyor, Staty. 

3, j, corresponds to the English y consonant. 

Satyr, ja, jung. 

3ft, r, should always be trilled or rolled. 

rotten, 9laufcer, £err. 
<3, f, 3 (final), loses much of its hissing sound when it 
begins a syllable. It should not, however, be flattened to the 
sound of z in zone. 

©otyn, ftngen, SRofe. 

Immediately preceding t or p it is pronounced by many 
German scholars like a gently aspirated sh. 
©tutyl, fpielen, ©tanb. 
%, t, in ti, like ts, if the succeeding syllable begins with a 
vowel. 

Nation, (Station, Titian. 



Ill] SYLLABLES. 15 

95, $, sounds like/. 

3Sater, $or, ttotl. 

233, it), nearly like the English v. 

tooUtn, ft>ent>en, 2Bunf$* 
3, 3, sounds like fe. 

3. Compound Consonants. 

(£§, d), except at the beginning of a word, has a guttural 
sound not found in the English. 

yftafyt, nocfy, ©eru<$. 

Its sound is more gentle when used with a soft vowel. 

When immediately followed by $ in the same radical syllable 
it is pronounced like k. 

©d), fd), stands for s/&. 

@$uty, ©$ein, ©fitting* 
£, stands at the end of a syllable and is pronounced like j[. 

S^^ gug, mufte. 
SH), tf), is of course pronounced like t 
Zfyvixt, notfytg, SButlj* 

£, is pronounced like 3 and replaces 33. 
Slifc, ftii£ert, SBi^ 



III. SYLLABLES. 

1. As a general rule divide as in English. 

2. A simple consonant between two vowels goes with the 
latter. 



16 ACCENT. [IV. 

3. If two consonants stand between two vowels, one goes 
with the vowel which precedes and the other with the one 
that follows. 

9ftut*ter, greim=be, 33e*refo*fam=fett 

4. Two consonants which represent one sound are treated 
as a single consonant. 

9ftie*t§en, 9JZen=fd)ett, 33ifj*$en. 

5. When three or more consonants, all of which are sound- 
ed, occur between two vowels, so many of them as may be 
used together in the same order at the beginning of a word 
will belong to the succeeding syllable. 

(Eent^ner, 3)ftng*jiert, f«fyimpf*tetu- 

6. Generally, however, compound and derivative words 
are divided according to their original elements. 

Un*ent*fcfyfof*fett*§eit, £ri$*MMi«0*!$ef« 



IV. ACCENT. 

The general ruies for accentuation in the German are 
essentially the same as in English ; they are, however, much 
more closely followed. 

1. Derivative Words. 

The radical syllable of a derivative word receives the 
accent. 

2faf*merf'*fam*fett, er4tag'4td), »er*jian'*ben. 

a. The inseparable prefixes ant, mtjjj, ur, and un, are 
accented. 

<mt'*wor*tett, mi§'4)att=bettt, ur^fpriin^li^, utt'*gfu<I4i$. 

b. At the end of a word, ei has the accent. 

©fta*»e*ret', 33rau*e*ret', 3ar*6e*rei\ 



V.] ACCENT. 17 

3. Compound Words. 

In a compound word each element has a distinctive accent 
but the chief stress is upon the first. 

^uj^Baitm, 9ftaul'4eet4aum, %u*xud'*Qc4ommm, 
2r*&enb*fon*tten*fdjeitt, neu'4)od^beui>fdje. 
a. When two separable particles are compounded, the 
second regularly takes the accent. 

fyin^auf, b<Hit', um*f)tx f . 

3. Foreign Words. 

Words from other languages are generally characterized as 
foreigners and spoken with their proper foreign accent. A 
majority of them are accented upon the final syllable. 
@ol*fcaf, $a*pier', ®e=ne*raf, St^e*o4o*gtc , / 9to*ti*on\ 

a. If the word has assumed a German termination the 
accent is upon the penultimate. 

$if4o'4e, af*tro*no'*mif$, £lje*a'4er, fiu*M'*ren, j><Hi'*rett* 



V. CAPITALS. 

1. All substantives and words used substantively begin 
with a capital letter. 

2. Also, as in English, the first word of every full sentence 
or paragraph. 

3. Only those proper adjectives which are made from the 
names of cities and persons begin with a capital. 

4. Capitals may be employed to render one or more words 
specially emphatic. 



VI. PUNCTUATION. 

The marks of punctuation correspond to those in the Eng- 
lish, and a person who can uunctuate one language will find 



18 OBSERVATIONS* [yl. 

no difficulty in punctuating the other. The only difference 
in the application of these marks is in the use of the comma 
and exclamation point; they occur rather more frequently 
— the comma being used to set off all subordinate or depen- 
dent sentences. 



OBSERVATIONS. 

In the beginning of the work the examples under each point 
are so numerous that the learner can master the principle 
without reference to the rules of grammar. In all cases, as 
soon as a principle is perfectly understood, the statement of it 
should be omitted in connection with its application. A 
rule is never a complete part of the pupil's knowledge until 
it can be applied without being recalled. The soldier who 
cannot load his piece without a specifie direction as to hand- 
ling the cartridge and drawing the rammer is not fitted for 
active service. 

References which begin with Arabic numerals refer to 
paragraphs in Part II. Thus, 43, n, d is found on page 102. 
Those beginning with Roman numerals refer to paragraphs 
in Part I. For instance, xliii, 4, a is on page 57. If the 
Roman numeral is preceded by N., it refers to the notes in 
Part III. For instance, N. vi, 4, ba£ refers to page 128 
where there is a note (N.) in the sixth (vi) selection at the 
fourth (4) paragraph which explains fca$. 

ace. — accusative. dat. — dative. 

/. — feminine. gen. — genitive. 

m. — masculine. n. — neuter. 

pi. — plural. N. — note. 



PART I. 

GENERAL PRINCIPLES, 

FORMS OF WORDS. 



ELEMENTS 



OF 



THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. 



LESSON FIRST. 



The Present Tense. 

I. 

Many German words are formed from the English by simply 
changing one of the consonants. We have in the German 
@ilber for the English silver. Here is shown the common 
change of the English v to ft in the German. 

3$ f)a£e. I have. 

3$ §abt ©itt>er, I have silver. 

£a£e \$ ®olt> ? Have I gold ? 

3$ ^abe ®oIb unb @if6er, I have gold and silver. 

1. The first person singular of the verb regularly terminates 
in e» 

3$ Btutge ©oft). I bring gold. 

3$ ftnbe meitt ©tlfter* I find my silver. 
3$ Itefte. I love. 

3$ ftnge* I sing. 

$abt t$ meitt ©oft) ? Have I my gold ? 

21 



22 



THE PRESENT TENSE. 



[II. 



n. 

Again we have bit for thou, in which is the change of th to b. 



£)it f)a(L 

£)u ftnbeft ©UBer J)ter. 

23rmg(e)ft bu bem ®la$ ? 

23mbeftbtt? 

Sieb(e)ftbu <StfBet imb (Mb ? 

3$ tyabe bein ©itber. 



Thou hast. 

Thou findest silver here. 

Bringest thou thy glass ? 

Bindest thou? 

Lovest thou silver and gold ? 

I have thy silver. 



2. The e in ftnbeft, Mnbefi, is retained for the sake of euphony. 



III. 



$ when not an initial letter is often omitted. 



@te f)at. 

$at fie ®ofb ? 

©ic fyat ©ilber. 

(£r Jjat ©olb. 

£at mem $ater <3tIBer ? 

©ie ftnbet ®ta3 imb ®ra$. 

(Sr bringt feirt ©olb. 

SRetn Sater ftngt. 



She hath, or She has. 
Has she gold ? 
She has silver. 
He has gold. 
Has my father silver ? 
She finds glass and grass. 
He brings his gold.] 
My father sings. 



IV. 

In the verb, the first and third persons plural take the 
euphonic termination en. Compare in English fasten, 
whiten, brighten, strengthen, etc. 



SBir t)aBen. 

2Btr ftttbett ®o!b tmb (Stffcer. 
SBir bringen feirt ®Ia$. 
<Sie ^afcetu 



We have. 

We find gold and silver. 
We bring his glass. 
They have. 



[IV. 



THE PRESENT TENSE. 



23 



gtttbett fie ©ilber ? Find they silver ? 

IBrtngen fte ©ra$? Bring they grass? or, 

Do they bring grass ? or, 
Are they bringing grass ? 

1. The third person plural of the verb is employed in conver- 
sation as the second person. 

2. In this case the accompanying pronouns of the same person 
and number always begin with a capital letter. 

3. The second person singular is seldom used except by 
members of the same family or by intimate acquaintances. 

$aben ©te ©UBer f)ter ? Have you silver here ? 

9?etn, idj tyafce ®olb. No, I have gold. 

SBrtnam ©ie ®Ia$ ? Do you bring glass ? 

3a, id) fringe ®la3 imb ®ra3. Yes, I bring glass and grass. 

4. The infinitive also takes the euphonic ending. 

23rtno,en, to bring. fyabm, to have. 
SBinfcen, to bind. $int>en, to find. 

Vocabulary, 

Stnben, to bind. #aBen, to have. 9fem, no. 

Sringen, to bring. £ter, here. ©em, his. 

3>ttt, thy, thine. 3d), I. ©te, she. 

£)u, thou. 3«/ in > int <>- ©te, you, they. 

(Sr, he. 3ft, is. ©fiber, silver, 

gittbett, to find. 3a, yes. ©tttgett, to sing. 

(Slag, glass. £tebett, to love. Uttb, and. 

(Mb, gold. 5^ettt, my, mine. $rtter, father. 

®rag, grass. Gutter, mother. SBtr, we. 

Examples, 

3d) fjafce ©olb $ter, 

£)u X>aft ©oft> uttt) ©Met in 9lem gjorf, 

9flein ®olb ift in 93ofloiu 



24 THE ADNOMINAL WORD. [V. 

Sftein $ater §at fein ©ilfcer t)iei\ 
S)ctn $ater fcrtngt beitt ©lag, 
gmbett ©ic ©olb imb ©lag l)ier ? 
Stem, itfy ftnbe ©lag in $eoria. 
Gutter l)at ©lag imb $ater l)at ©rag. 
3ft bein SSatcr §ter? Stein, er ifl itt Sonbon. 
(Seitt 35ater l)at ©olb rntb ©ilber itt SBoftotu 
33rtngen @ie ©olb? 3a, tdj fringe meitt ©otb* 

Exercise. 

Have you gold ? No, I have silver. Is my father here ? 
No, he is in Boston. Do yon bring my gold ? Yes, I bring 
thy gold and silver. Do you find grass here ? Yes, I find 
grass here. My father finds gold and silver. His father is 
in New York. Do you sing ? Yes, I sing. Does thy father 
sing ? He sings and we sing. Does she bind ? No, I bind. 
Has she my silver ? No, she has his silver. My father brings 
his glass. Is my father singing? Does thy father bring 
grass ? I find gold and silver in New York, and my father 
finds glass in Chicago. His father brings my gold, and thy 
father finds his silver. My father loves gold, and his gold is 
here. 



LESSON SECOND, 



The Adnominal Word. 

V. 

The English t often becomes g in the German. 

28ag fyaBett ©ie ? What have you ? 

3$ $afce SBaffev. I have water. 



VI.] THE ADNOMINAL WORD. 25 

3ft eg toarm ? Is it warm ? 

9iein, eg ift ntdjt toarm. No, it is not warm. 

VI. 

An adnominal word takes for its termination the personal 
pronoun which would stand for the noun limited. 

Diefer(bief=er)9ftamtl)at gieoet. This man has fever. 

Diefeg (bief^eg) ©olb.ift mein. This gold is mine. 

Setter Qen*er) £iger fommt. That tiger comes. 

Sr oringt jeneg (Jett^eg) ©lag. He brings that glass. 

1. This pronoun is usually somewhat modified in form. 

Diefe (btef*fte) Dametjat @ilber. This lady has silver. 
Der (er) Doctor fmbet bag (eg) The doctor finds the gold. 

©oft). 
Die (jte) Gutter Iteotbie Dame. The mother loves the lady. 
Da^ SBajfer ift tyier. The water is here. 

Diefe fjrau $at orautteg ipaar. This woman has brown hair. 

2. The adnominal word does not take a termination when 
used as a predicate. 

Der SBolf ift ttrilt*. The wolf is wild. 

Diefeg SSaffer ift Bratm. This water is broWn. 

Dieg ift nicfyt meine Gutter. This is not my mother. 

VII. 

(£ttt (a, an), fetn (no) and the possessive pronouns omit their 
terminations in the masculine and neuter of the nominative 
singular. 

■JDtem 2?ater fommt. My father is coming. 

9fteitt ipaar ift oratm. My hair is brown. 

£at 3^r 2>ater bag Jpaug ? Has your father the house ? 

<Sein $au$ ift tticfyt l)tet\ His house is not here. 



26 



THE ADNOMINAL WOED. 



[vn. 



3fyre Gutter tyatbaggieoer. 
2Bag §at meine gran? 
Sin SBolf ift toilb. 
^ein 9)Zann bringt ©olb. 



Your mother has the fever. 

What has my wife ? 

A wolf is wild. 

No man is bringing gold. 



93raun, brown. 
23ruber, brother. 
T)ame, lady. 
£)er, bte, bag, the. 
T)k$, this, 
doctor, doctor. 
(Sin, a, an. 
®$, it. 
gteber, fever. 



Vocabulary. 

SrflU, wife, woman, Mr; 
£aar, hair. 
£aug, house. 
3&r, her. 
3hr, your, their. 
3?n(er), that, yon. 
5tetn, no, not, a. 
ftommen, to come. 
ffflann, man, husband. 

JBxamples, 



■ 9Hc$t, not. 
(Senben, to send. 
<Sot)tt, son. 
&{ger, tiger. 
2Barm,warm. 
SBag, what. 
SBaffer, water. 

mm>, wild. 

2Bolf, wolf. 



£)er 9flann X>at bag Staffer nnb bie gran f)at bag ©lag. 

2Ba5 ftnben <5ie? 3$ ftnbe ein £ang. 

3$ fyctfre ein Jpan^, eine gran unb eine 9ttntter. 

2Bir fyaben fein ©olb, fein <8ilber nnb feine Gutter* 

Diefer SSftann ift mein Doctor ; er fommt. 

3ene Dame fenbet mcine 9ftntter in bag ipaug. 

2Bag bringen 3§r SSater nnb mein SBrubcr? 

Diefer £iger nnb jener SCotf fyaben branneg £aar. 

9ftein ©oljn lommt in bag £ang. 

ginben <5ie bic Dame nnb tf)r ®otb? 

£iebft bn beine Gutter, mein ©ofyn? 

3a, mein $ater, tdj liebe meine Gutter. 

23ringen ©ie-toarmeg SBajfer? 3$ brtnge eg. 

■Jpaben ©ie ein (&la$ ? 9iein, id) fyabe fein @>la$. 

Der Doctor lommt ; mein SBrnber tyat gteber. 



VIII.] THE CASES. 27 

Exercise. 

What have you ? I have silver and gold. I find my 
mother here. My father and my mother have brown hair. 
The doctor brings warm water. This man is my father and 
this woman is my mother. This lady brings your gold and 
my silver and her glass. We love your mother. Do you 
bind my hair ? No, I bind it not. That lady loves hel 
mother. I love that wife and this lady. Do you find my 
house ? Your house is not here. His house is not warm. 
My son is here, and my brother is coming. My wife is not 
here, she is in Boston. We find the water here. I love my 
silver, and you love your mother. Have you no grass ? No, 
I have no grass. His father and your wife and my son love 
her mother. Your brother is here. We send this lady into 
the house. What has the wolf ? What does the tiger find ? 



LESSON THIRD. 



The Cases. 
VIII. 

The accusative case corresponds to the objective of the 
English. The accusative of the adnominal word is always 
like its corresponding nominative, except in the masculine 
singular where it takes the euphonic ending en. The ter- 
mination is here formed from U)tt (him). 

£)er Doctor fmbet Me £>ame. The doctor finds the lady. 

£)ie Gutter ormgt ba3 QBo'fo. The mother brings the gold. 
£)a3 ©itoer tft in <Sl)tcago. The silver is in Chicago. 

£>er £igerftnbetbett(tf)tt)9Jcantt. The tiger finds the man. 
2 



28 THE CASES. [IX. 

£)er 25a ter IteBt feinen <3o§n. The father loves his son. 

3$ liefte meinen 33rnber* I love my brother. 

3ene Gutter fenbet ifyren @of)tt. That mother sends her son. 

3$ IteBe meine gran. I love my wife. 

ginben fte U)r $au$ ? Do they find their house ? 

3a, fte ftnben e3. Yes, they find it. 

IX. 

The possessive case is called the genitive. No apostrophe 
is required in forming the genitive case. 

£)e3 gtfcfyerS (So^n ift l)ier. The fisher's son is here. 

£)e$ Sutlers $M)t ift meig. The miller's flour is white. 

3d) fefye metneS 35rnber3 ©elb. I see my brother's money. 

$abm @ie 3fyre3 SSaterS $an$ ? Have you your father's house ? 

£>tefe3 SO^annei? gran ift reid). This man's wife is rich. 

1. It more frequently follows the noun that is limited. 

2)a3 papier betneS 23rnberS ift Thy brother's paper is brown. 

brann. 
(£r l)at ben gifd) bc3 gifdjerS. He has the fisher's fish. 
©efyen ©ie ben grennb be3 Wuh Do you see the friend of the 

ler3 ? miller ? 

3ft ba6 (5i^ 3f)re3 23rnber3 tjter ? Is your brother's ice here ? 
Sftein, mem £err, e3 ift nidjt fyier. No, sir, it is not here. 

X. 

The feminine noun has no genitive ending. The termination 
of the adnominal word in the singular is made from it) r (her). 

£)er (tf)r) Dame $aav ift ftrann. The lady's hair is brown. 
T)a$ £aar ber Dame ift lang. The lady's, hair is long. 
©e()en <3ie ben ©o()ttbiefer gran? Do you see this woman's son. 
2)a$ 23rob meiner Gutter ift n>ei£. My mother's bread is white. 
£a1jen ©tc 3§rer gran ©elb ? Have you your wife's money ? 



X.] 



THE CASES. 



29 



Vocabulary. 



5lt>er, but. 
23rob, bread. 
Stg, ice. 
geuer, fire. 
gtf($, fisb. 
gtfcfyer, fisher. 
Srcunb, friend. 
®elb, money. 



©viin, green. 
$VCX, gentleman, 
£eu, bay. 
3f)rt, bim. 
$orn, grain, corn. 
£ang, long. 
9J?abam, madam. 
9J?e()l, flour, meal. 



Mr. 



9D*em #err, sir. 
littler, miller. 
£)ber, or. 
papier, paper. 
SRetcf), rich. 
(Set) en, to see. 
©imnjjen, to spring, leap. 
SBetp, wbite. 



Examples, 

©efyen @te jene ober biefe 1)amt ? 

3dj feJje biefe Dame unb jenen Sftann* 

T)a$ ipeu ift mem, after bag @t$ tft beat* 

Sffteineg greunbeg &eu ift ni$t grain* 

Der 23ruber t?e«5 gifefyerg £>at grimes ®rag* 

Der ©olm biefer Dame ift 3fyv greunb. 

©te bringt bag papier 3§ r er Gutter* 

Sr fprang in bag*S3affer ; er ftnbet bag ©elb* 

SCir lommen in bag ^pauS tmb ftnben ben Sftamt* 

$aUn ©ie wet peg ober brauneg papier ? 

9lein, Sftafcatrt, id) ^abe lein Papier* 

SBag fyaben ©ie, ben gifd) ober bag 23rob ? 

3dj fyabe leinen gifd) unb fetn 23rob* 

©efyen <Sie meineg Waters ,ftornf)ter? 

3d) fel>e lein tf orn, id) fef)e 3f)reg £aterg 9M)L 

Jpaben ©ie roeifeg Q3rob ober roarmeg SBaffer ? 

ginben ©te meinen retd)en greunb fyier ? 

Dtefeg £aug ift nid)t marm, aber eg ift lang* 

3()r @ol)n fpringt in bag gener* ©e()en fie .(jit? 

3$ fet)e meinen ©otyn, aber nid)t bag getter* 

£at ber flitter brauneg $orn ober roeifeg ? 



30 THE PLURAL. [XI 

Exercise. 

Do you see my father's brother ? No, I see your brother's 
wife. The doctor comes and finds my friend. The miller has 
his father's money. I have your son and his money. What 
have you, sir ? I have my friend's house and your wife's 
paper ? Is your mother here, madam ? No, she is in Boston 
or in Portland. I love green grass. Do you see this lady's 
hair ? Her hair is long but not brown. What do you find 
here ? We find white corn and brown bread. I bring my 
brother and you send your son. This fisher and that miller 
have no money. Do you see the doctor's paper ? That lady 
and this gentleman have no bread. Have you a husband, 
madam ? Yes, he is in Chicago. This fire is not warm. I 
have the ice and the fish. My brother's wife loves your friend's 
mother. My wife's brother loves your mother's friend. Do 
you see his father ? No, I see his brother and my friend. 



LESSON FOURTH. 



The Plural. 
XL 

D is frequently changed to t. 

IDctS better ift nicfyt gut The weather is not good. 

(£g ift fef)r fait. It is very cold. 

3)tefe ©cms ift alt. This goose is old. 

3ener gtfdj ift lang imb Brett. That fish is long and broad. 

T>a$ ©ilBer ift nid)t fyart The silver is not hard. 

T)tefe3 SBort ift lang. This word is long. 

Strinfen ©ie Staffer ? Do you drink water ? 



XII.] THE PLURAL. 31 

XII. 

Corresponding to fte (they), the regular plural termination 
is e. 

£)tefe fttffyt ftnb fdjon* These fishes are beautiful. 

3d) liefce meine grennbe. I love my friends. 

£)ie 2)inge ftnb betn. The things are thine. 

3ene SBorte ftnb nid)t mein. Those words are not mine. 

l.~ Masculine and feminine nouns which take their plural 
in e soften the stem- vowel when it is hard (a, o, it, au). 

3ene ©attfe fdjttummett. Those geese swim. 

£)tefe2Bolfe ftnb nid)t toilb. These wolves are not wild. 

3d) ftrtbe meine ©ofyne. I find my sons, 

©efyen ©ic toetfe £aare? Do you see white hairs ? 

2. Nouns which in the singular terminate in e take the 
euphonic ending to indicate the plural. Those taking the 
euphonic n or en in the plural do not change the stem-vowel. 

Observe that, after a vowel, and usually after a liquid, the 
euphonic termination is n instead of en. 

£)ie £)amen tjaBen etnen $tfd). The ladies have a fish. 
SSfteine $mnt ift fefjr alt. My hen is very old. 

$abm ©te Branne £ennen ? Have you brown hens ? 

XIII. 

S sometimes becomes fdj. 

Der ©djttcm ift wetg nnb fd)5n. The swan is white and beautiful. 

£)ie ©cfyroatte liekn ba6 Staffer. The swans love the water. 

T)a fdjfotmmen bte $tfd)e. There swim the fishes. 

(Seine ante ©d)tt>efter fptelt. His good sister is playing. 



32 



THE PLURAL. 



[XIII. 



sat, old. 

SBacfer, baker. 
33mt, broad, wide. 
T)rt / there. 
£)mq, thing, 
gem, fine, 
gteiftt), flesh, meat. 
gleiftt)er, butcher, 
©and, goose. 



Vocabulary* 

©nt, good, well. 
■£)art, hard. 
$enne, hen. 
£alt, cold. 
<Sd)bn, beautiful. 
(gcbrcan, swan. 
<2a)toe[ter, sister, 
©c&ttimmen, to sAvim. 
(Sebr, very. 



(gnnb, are. 
©jneien, to play, 
©tetjen, to stand. 
Srinfen, to drink. 
SGetfe, wise. 
2Bett, far, wide. 
2Ber, who. 
SBetter, weather. 
SBort, word. 



Examples. 

9fteine alte Gutter l)at n>ei£e £emten. 

liefer 23acfer fyat mein meij^ed 23rob* 

3d) ()abe feinev?, n>ei§ed papier, after fie f)afcen fcrauned, 

Sfteined 2>aterd ©djmane fdjnnmmen fefyr gut. 

Sd ift fef)r falter ^Better unb id) fyaBe fein 23rob, 

ginbet 3fyre <2d)ivefter fd)i?ne f$tf(^c? 

SBer Icmmt in bad £aud, mein outer ^reunb ? 

£>er 33ruber bed s 3Mtlerd fteljt I)icr unb ftnat 

2Ber fptelr, bie Sdjiuejier bed SBaderd ? 

Hfteine ©oljne ftcfyen unb fefyen ben SBoIf. 

SBir fyafcen fdjime ©anfe unb feined £eu, 

Diefed Sid ift fall unb hart unb fd)6m 

$Qa& bringen ©ie, mein £err, ^orn ober 9DM)f? 

liefer £err t)at a,ute greunbe; ift er fetjr reidj ? 

2Mefe Damen trinfen fein failed Staffer. 

Exercise. 

Who is coming, the doctor or the baker ? My friends are 
here. Do you see these wolves ? My sister's son is playing. 
What is the doctor's son bringing ? My brother's wife has 
brown hens. Who has my paper ? The weather is cold but 
the fire is warm. I love beautiful weather. This weather is 



XIV.] THE GENITIVE PLURAL- 33 

not good. Who is your friend ? My father has no friends. 
Your sister has a long, wide and brown house. Has the 
butcher good meat ? ' No sir, his meat is not good. These 
swans are very wild, but they are white and beautiful. There 
are your friends ; they are coming. This lady has a rich 
husband. He is a wise man. This ice is broad ; do you 
see it ? I am bringing my son ; do you see him ? My 
mother's house is old and she has the fever. Who sings these 
words ? There is your sister. 



LESSON FIFTH. 



The Genitive Plural and Past Participle. 

XIV. 

The letter y is often changed to g. 

$3a3 fagett ©ic ? What do you say ? 

SBir [pitmen 6taue3 ©arm We spin blue yarn, 

©em 5Iuge ift Muttg. His eye is bloody. 

IMefeS Staffer ift etftg. This water is icy. 

XV. 

The termination of the genitive plural of adnominal words 
is similar to u)t (their). 

■Sfftetner (tt)r) ©6!me fyau$ ift fjter. My sons' house is here. 
Stjrer $mmbe £eber ift tyart. Your friends' leather is hard. 
T)a ift t>a£ 9ceft jeuer ©cfymane. There is the nest of those swans. 
2Bo ift b<t33mmter biefer£)amen ? Where is these ladies' room ? 
£>te2Utgen fetner gifdjefmfc Matt. The eyes of his fishes are blue. 



34 THE GENITIVE PLURAL. [XVL 

XVI. 

The past participle takes the prefix ge, 

3$ t)a&e nidjt geltef>(e)t I have not loved. 

(£r ift gef alien. He has (is y fallen. 

SReitt SSatcr §at gefprod)eit. My father has spoken. 

1. In irregular verbs it takes the euphonic ending. 

©ic f)at gefpomten. She has spun. 

©r fyat getrunfen. He has drank. 

$at betn Dttlcl oftgefungett '( Has thy uncle often sung ? 

Sr ift nidjt gefommen. He has (is) not come. 

XVII. 

If the verb is composed of two or more words, all but the 
finite part is thrown to the end of the sentence. 

£fjoma3 bat fcitt 33ud) gefunben. Thomas has found his book. 

fyabtn ©ie mem papier gefyabt? Have you had my paper? 

9Wtt, id) fyabe e3 nid)t get)aBt No, I have not had it. 

3d) ()abe feitt 2Bort gefyih't. I have not heard a word. 

$3ir fyabtn em 2Qott 311 fagert. We have a word to say. 

SBoflen ©ie ^ier ntdjt ftefyen? Will you not stand here? 

3d) tyctfce tt)tt gefefyen. I have seen him. 

XVIII. 

Change t to 3. 

2Bo ift ba$ ©at} ? Where is the salt ? 

£)ein iper^ ift eiftg fait. Thy heart is icy cold. 

£>iefe -ftul} ift fc(>r jabm. This cow is very tame. 

Sftein 3" nmer tft gu warm. My room is too warm, 

©e^toiro^wflnn *)<** ^ 3 mn « The carpenter has the tin. 



XVIII.] 



THE PAST PARTICIPLE. 



35 



3huje, eye. 
23cin, bone, leg. 
33(au, blue. 
Slut, blood. 
33tuttg, bloody. 
•Deittfcf}, German. 
Stftg, icy. 
(Sngltfo), English, 
gatieit, to fall, 
©am, yarn. 



Vocabulary, 

$er$, heart, 
^b'ren, to hear. 
5luf), cow. 
Saut, loud, 
^cber, leather. 
Sefcrt, to read. 
9?eft, nest. 
£)ft, oft, often, 
©ctgcit, to say. 
@rt(3, salt. 



©ptmten, to spin. 
(Spred)cn, to speak. 
2Bu, where. 

SCoUen, to will, to want. 
3<i f)m, tame. 
3tmmer / room. 
3tnunermrtmt, carpenter. 
3ttttt, tin. 
3u, to, too. 
^VOti, two. 



Examples. 

£>ie Seine biefer SBolfe fmb fefyr fang. 
£)ie 2tugen biefer Damen ftnb nid)t blau» 
£)iefer 2)amen 2Iugen ftnb nicfyt blau> 
fyaUn @tc bag @a(3 gefefyen, mem greunb ? 
9tein, id) fyafte e3 nicfyt gefefyen. 
£6ren @ie, t»ag gran 33citf fagt '? 
3d) t)6re, mad fie fagt ; fie fpinnt unb ftngt. 
2Go finb ©ie? ^ommen ©ie in mein 3^ mmer » 
3ened g(eifd) ift Mutig ; ed ift ntct>t gut 
9fteine ©djtuejter §at grnei gifd)e gefyaot 
£at 3|r @o()n biefen 3tntmcrmann oft gefefyen ? 
3a, ^Kabam, er tjat U)tt feC>r oft gefetjert* 
£at er bad 2eber, bad ®arn ober bad 3ta geljaot? 
$ein 9ftann Jjat beine ^mei greunbe gefefyem 
£)ed gifcfcerd <SoC)tt ift in bad SBaffer gefatfen. 
Die ©cfymefter beiner gran fpinnt blaned GJanu 
Jpafren ©ie T)eutfd) ober (Sng(tfd) gefprocfyen ? 
©pred)en ©te tauter; ify ()ore nicbt, \va$ @ie tefen* 
5Cir tefen unb fprecfyen 3>utfd). 
©ie liebt ifyre alte Gutter nid)t. 
2* 



36 WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. [XIX. 

JExercise. 
Have you seen niy sister ? Your sister has (is) fallen into 
the fire. Where is your brother, my son ? Is your mother 
spinning my white yarn ? Have you seen my tame wolf ? This 
man sings too loud. What do you say, sir ? I say you are my 
old friend. Who has seen my cows ? I hear what you say, 
but I am reading English. Where is the swan's nest ? My 
heart is not here. Where is my father's house ? Have you 
the salt or the bread ? The miller's brother has my bread. 
Where are the fishes swimming ? This bone is very hard. 
What does your mother say ? This lady does not love her 
son. Your father has spoken. What has he said ? He says 
he has not heard one word. Do you love your good old 
mother ? My mother is good, but she is not old. Come into 
my room, sir. Who are you ? 



LESSON SIXTH. 



Weights and Measures. 
XIX. 

P may become f or jjf, 
3ft btefc*? Staffer ticf ? Is this water deep ? 

9J?em gjenfter tft nid)t off en. My window is not open, 

©ein $orn tft fcfyr retf. His grain is very ripe. 

2)etne3 33ater3 (2d)iff fommt. Thy father's ship is coming. 
£>a3 tft fetn $upfer. That is his copper. 

XX. 

After a word denoting measure, number or weight, the of 
in the English is omitted. 



XXI.] WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 37 

3d) tvtnfe etn ©fog SBajfer. I drink a glass of water. 
ginben auv etn $fttttt> Jtupfer ? Do we find a pound of copper? 
Da ift etn ijalbeS $funt> ®olb. There is a half pound of gold. 

1. The noun which expresses the measure, number or 
weight, stands in the singular. 

Sr trinft tret ®fa3 ©affer. He drinks three glasses of water. 

2Btr faufen srier gajj <Safg. We buy four barrels of salt. 

fyabtn ©ie gwei *Pfunt> gleifdj ? Have you two pounds of meat ? 

2. If it is in the feminine gender, or expresses the amount 
of time or money, the plural is usually employed. 

SOietn ©o()n ift $ti)n %at)vt alt. My son is ten years old. 

XXI. 

In stating prices and in other similar cases where a or per 
is used, the definite article should be employed. 
2Bte *>iel foftet SBicr ba» £>uart ? How much does beer cost a 

quart ? 
2Sa3 ift jenew (Salj t>d6 $funb What is that salt worth per 

h>ertl) ? pound ? 

$3te tterfaufen @ie ba3 gag How do you sell flour a barrel ? 
9Rf$l ? 

XXII. 
Change & to d). 

£>ter ift metn 23ad). Here is my book. 

SBtr Bremen bay StS. We break the ice. 

2Ba3 mad) en ©ic ? What are you making ? 

Sr fnd)t fetnen SSater. He is looking for his father. 

Vocabulary. 

71(3, than, when. -^Unb, dog. ^funb, pound. 

23e(fer, better. 3at)r, year. Quart, quart. 

SBtcr, beer. iTaufnt, to buy. JKetf, ripe. 



38. WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. [xXII. 

Sredjen, to break. $aufmamt, merchant, ©attler, saddler. 

23ud), book. friar, clear. ©d)iff/ sni P- 

33ud$anbler, bookseller. Soften, to cost. <2d)mieb, smith, 

gaf}, barrel, cask. 9ftacfoen, to make. ©uttjen, to seek, to look 

gelb, field. 5D?et;r, more. Stef, deep. [for 

genfter, window. $lid)i$, nothing. Zud), cloth. 

$aib, half. sDffen, open. 23erfaufen, to sell. 

Examples, 

£)er ©attfer $at mef)r £ud) a(3 ber ©dunieb. 

£>er @o$tt bes Gutters ijerlauft frier ga§ SKeflL 

1>ie gmmbe 3$re3 Setters faufen t>rct *Pfunb $ufcfer. 

©iefes gtfdjerg vgdjwejter tft loicrjc^tt -3afyre alt 

3$ faufe $wet $>funb gleifdj unb einen gifdh 

2£er fyat mein aires £au3 gefauft? 

3fyr greunb, be3 gifdjerg @o$u, fyat eg gefauft. 

(£r fud)t [etnen better unb fie fucftt U)re Sautter. 

SOtein ^ofyn fyat 3C)r 33etn nid)t a,ebrod)ciu 

£>er greunb beiner Gutter fyat em gute^ geuer gemadjt 

2Ba3 ijabtn ©ie biefe3 3a^r gefauft, nteht @otjn ? 

3d) l)abe bret $funb gletfd) unb gmei gaj* SD^c^.1 gefauft 

Sftetue grau fyat gtt>et unb cin fyalbes 3>funb 33rob. 

3ene3 23ud) foftet meljr afs biefeS. 

2)a3 jlorn femes greunbeS ift ^u I)art unb $u reif. 

Unfer rotfyee 1 ®arn ift nid)t tt)eu(e)rer ati 3fyr mifyti Xufy. 

£)iefer ^aufmann ift reidjer aU 3^r ©ruber. 

2Bie »ie( ift 3fyr guteS, n?eipe» papier roert^ ? 

3d) fyabe fein iveifjeS papier ^u aerfaufeu. 

Exercise. 
Where is your friend, the miller ? Who has seen my book ? 
Here is your book, sir. I have broken your brother's ]eg. 
Who has seen my old hen ? What are you looking for ? I am 
looking for my brother's book. What do you say ? I say you 
are an old man. Your father is a good man. The ships are. 



XXIII.] THE IMrERFECT. 39 

coming. What does this hay cost ? I sell good hay. Do you 
sell fine salt ? Yes, and I have fine blue yarn. I have broken 
this man's leg. His leg is not broken. Have you seen the 
doctor ? This carpenter has (is) fallen into the water. The 
water is not deep. He is bringing three casks of water. My 
window is not open. I have fourteen barrels of flour. Have 
you spoken German ? This merchant has fine cloth. How 
much is your dog worth ? He is not for sale. My son's house 
is for sale. Do you sell fishes ? This weather is very warm. 
I have nothing to say. Do you speak English or German ? 
I do not drink beer. I have not bought two barrels of flour. 
I do not speak German. I see a wide field and green grass. 
What do you see ? She has more money than you. His green 
hay is better than nothing. The bookseller sells this book 
very dear. Here is red yarn. This candle is too long. I 
am looking for my brother's house. Here is your sister's 
house. Bring me two quarts of meal. My son has not seen 
his dog. 



LESSON SEVENTH. 



The Imperfect. 
XXIII. 

D in a few cases becomes t§. 
$3ct3 ttum @ie ? What are you doing ? 

S)iefeS £eber ijl-fc^r tfyeaer* This leather is very dear. 
(Seitt Z\\§ ift rott). His cloth is red. 

XXIV. 

The past tense is usually called the imperfect. In the 
imperfect the third person singular is like the first. The 
other persons terminate the same as in the present tense. 



40 



THE IMPEHFECT. 



[xxv. 



3dj litb(t)tt ntcine Gutter* 
(£r UeBte feinen SSater.. 
2Ba6 foftete biefeS £013? 
@te fnd^te if>re &ante. 
HBtr fauften nid)t3* 
2Ber fagte t>te3 ? 
©ic ftoftten ntd)t fommetu 



I loved my mother. 
He loved his father. 
What did this wood cost ? 
She was looking for her aunt. 
We bought nothing. 
Who said this ? 
They would not come. 



XXV. 

In the imperfect of irregular verbs, the first person singular 
does not terminate in e. 



3dj fprcmg imt> fang. 
3$ falj metnen £)nfe(. 
Sr lam imb fcfymamm. 
3d) fattb metn 9ftcffcr. 
©a^cn ©ie metn SBoot? 
SBtr famen in ba$ Sweater. 
2Btr fanben unfcre £ante. 



I leaped and sang. 
I saw my uncle. 
He came and swam. 
I found my knife. 
Did you see my boat ? 
We came into the theatre. 
We found our aunt. 



1. The principal parts of the irregular verbs are not given 
at this point. For a complete analysis and classification of 
these verbs, and a view of the close resemblance they bear to 
their brothers in the English, see Part II (44 — 55). 



XXVI. 

Change gh to dj. 



£tefe3 8t<$t ift frfjr ffor* 
2Bo ift metn sftadjbar ? 
Da fommt 3()re £od)ter* 
Unfer £an$ ift fer>r $odj. 
SBir I)al>en ad)t ©djwane. 
(Sr ge()t bnrd) bas gelb. 



This light is very clear. 
Where is my neighbor ? 
There comes your daughter. 
Our house is very high. 
We have eight swans. 
He goes through the field. 



XXVI.] THE IMPERFECT. 41 

Vocabulary. 

%% all. £0$, high. ©djarf, sharp. 

53anb, band, ribbon. $olj, wood. ©titcf, piece. 

23(et, lead. $(ettt, small, little. Zantt, aunt. 

Soot, boat. SHcljt, light, candle. Sweater, theatre. 

(Soncert, concert. 9ftef[er, knife. Shelter, dear. 

SDurdj, through. Sttetatt, metal. £()un, to do. 

(Stfen, iron. 9hd)bar, neighbor. £od;ter, daughter. 

©a$, gas. Del, oil. Un3, us. 

©olbfdjmteb, goldsmith. Onfel, uncle. Unfer, our. 

®rojjj, large, great. $aar, pair. Skrftefyen, to understand. 

£ei§, hot. SRotf), red. SBann, when. 

Examples. 

2)iefer $anfmann tterfanft feirt Xnd) $n teener, 
3fyr toetjjes ©arn ift tfyeuret afo bicfcd* 
SMefer 23nd)I)anbler ift reidjer aU mein 23ruber» 
(Er tiefct un$, after er tte6t feine Gutter nid)t 
SBte alt ift 3§re Softer? Sl^t^n 3af)re alt 
SBann njottctt @ie in ba3 Sweater fommen ? 
SBotlen ©ie gtoei $aat meiner <3d)tt>ane faufen? 
3d) tyafce ttier nnb groan^a, $fnnb Sifett gefanft 
^erftefyen @te, »a3 3$*e Xante fagt? 
£)as Sifen nnb bag 3^«n ftnb fyarte Sftetalle* 
3ene3 Jpolg mad)t etn fetyr fyetfjeS gener, 
2Btr f)a6en lein gnte3 33oot gefunben. 
£)er 33ader fyat cin groped ©titcf g(eifd) gefanft* 
3d) serftefye nid)t, \va$ metne ^rennbe fagen. 
3ene3 23anb ift mefyr foertfy aU btefes. 
£>tefe3 ©as ift fet)r gnt, tote $ie( foftet e$ ? 

Exercise. 

My father is forty years old. This wood is too long. He 
came into my house. Where is your blue ribbon ? Your 
brother has bought sixteen cows. All money is not good. 



42 THE DATIVE CASE. XXVII.] 

What have you found ? My aunt has a little boat. Are you 
coming to (into) the theatre ? Have you seen my long sharp 
knife ? Her uncle sprang into the water and swam. This gas 
is not good. Our gaslight is better than this. We came and 
found him here. The merchant has bought seventy-five 
barrels of flour. How much is lead worth a pound ? Do you 
understand what the miller said ? How old are these cows ? 
This (one) is seven years old, that (one) is eight. This metal 
is very hot. Have you seen my father very often ? We have 
no gas but we have a candle. My neighbor has found his dog. 
My uncle is richer than your aunt. How often do you buy 
your wood ? Here are twenty-five pounds of lead. The gold- 
smith has bought two pounds and a half of gold. 



LESSON EIGHTH. 



The Dative Case. 

XXVII. 

The indirect object is called the dative. 

3$ getjc il)m 33rob. I give him bread. 

2Btr brtngen ifyr ba$ ©Ia3. We bring her the glass. 

XXVIII. 

The dative . singular of the masculine and neuter of the 
adnominal word terminates in m. This termination is formed 
from it)m (him). 

Sr Brtngt fetttem $ater (Mb. He brings his father money. 

©te geBen 3f)rem S3 ruber §letf<$. They give your brother meat. 

©ie fdjtcft bem SSacfer ba3 9JM)(. She sends the baker the flour. 

SQBir fcfyretbeu bem ?5tfd)er» We are writing to the fisher. 

<Sie fcfyreibt ilmm Dnfel. She writes to her uncle. 



XXIX.] THE DATIVE CASE. 43 

1 . The feminine singular terminates in r. It will be observed 
that the ending corresponds to i I) r (her). 
3d)6rtna,emetner s 3ftutter9>apier. I bring my mother paper. 

Sr fd)tdt fctncr Xante etn 25nd). He sends his aunt a book. 
3d) gebe 3(H'cr ©cfyroejter nttfytS. I give your sister nothing. 
■SSir fenben tf)r ifyren ©ofyn. We send her her son. 
©ie fd)reiot ifyrer Softer. She writes (to) her daughter. 

2. When a noun for euphony requires e3 in the genitive 
singular, its dative singular retains e. 

©eben @ie 3fyrem @ot)ne£ndj ? Do you give your son cloth ? 

(£r gab fetnem ipnnbe gteifdj. He gave his dog meat. 

T>n fd)idft bent Sftcmne ba3 Del* Thou sendest the man the oil. 

XXIX. 

All datives plural take the euphonic ending. In this case 
the ending is made from tfjnen (to them). 
3$ gebe metnen ^rcunben ®elb. I give my friends money. 
©ic fd)tdt tf)ren @6f)nen Staffer. She sends her sons water. 
SBir geben ben ©amen i^r ©am. We give the ladies their yarn. 

XXX. 

Some prepositions govern the dative (58). 

3ft er ^u £anfe ? Is he at home ? 

©te lam gn ifym. She came to him. 

2t>ir gefyen $n nteinem 35rnber. We go to my brother. 

28 ir getjen nadj £aufe. We are going home. 

@te gef)t nad) Lofton. She is going to Boston. 

©et)t er mit 3fyttett ? Is he going with you ? 

£)er $nabe lam son SPortlanb. The boy came from Portland. 

©ie lamen au& bem £)orfe. They came out of the village. 

®el)t er mit tfynen ? Is he going with them ? 

28er lommt mit tfyr ? Who comes with her ? 

©ie lommt son il)rem $ater. She comes from her father's. 



44 THE DATIVE CASE. XXX.] 

Vocabulary. M 

5lug, out, out of. SfyltCtt, to you, to tliem. ^d)tcfen, to send. 

23ar, bear. 3fyr, her, to her. <2>d)reiben, to write. 

33ett, bed. Rnaht, boy. @o, so. 

£)orf, village, town. $xant, ill, sick. <5>ofa, sofa, 

©eben, to give. £attb, land, country. ©tilt, still, 

©eben, to go. tylit, with. Xtyox, gate, 

©rab, grave. ^ad), to (a place). $on, from, by. 

3&m, him, to him. ,3ffix, new. SBobl, well. 

Examples, 

(Sem $ater gefyt nttt ifym nad) bent X)orfe» 

SSotlen @te 3()vem 25ruber btefeg 23ucf) geben ? 

£abert ©ie metner Gutter bag 25anb gegeben ? 

(£r fyat bent ©attler t>iet £eber gefd)idt 

2Bann tft ber $nabe au$ bem £)orfe gefommen ? 

$3te n?eit tft eg son tjter nad) 2Baf fytngton ? 

SSte toett ift eg »on ba nad) 9ttd)monb ? 

£>iefer $nabe ift toofy, aber fein 2Sater tft frant 

fyabm ©ie bag ©rab metner Gutter gefeljen? 

SBir t^aben unfren greunben etn neueg 23ud) gefdjidt. 

9ttetne greunbe serfaufen bent 23acfer U)r Sftetyl. 

©tfciden ©ie t§nen bag Sett ifyreg Dnfetg ? 

2Bir fommen son $ort(anb tmb gefyen nad) Chicago* 

£aben ttnr nid)t nttt feinem SSruber gefprod)en? 

Exercise. 
Who is going with you ? My aunt is thirty years old ; my 
brother is not so old. Have you seen our new bed ? Our 
neighbor is going to New York. Will you go with him ? 
No, I am going with your aunt. Our tame bear came from 
Berlin. This boy is loved by all his friends. My father is 
not very well. He is not ill. Where is your little gate ? Is 
your father at home ? No, sir, he is not at home. Me is 
coming home. Is your mother coming with him ? She is 



XXXI.] THE GENDERS. 45 

going to Detroit. ^How far is it from Jackson to Detroit ? 
How far is it from here to Peoria ? Has your wife given 
you her knife ? 

There is my sister's grave. Has your uncle given you his 
money ? I sell my father fine cloth. Will you write (to) my 
father ? I have more than forty hens. These ladies are going 
to Boston with their sons. Here is a sick boy. They gave 
us their new house. Write (you) to us often. He leaps out 
of the water. Where is your aunt's sofa ? This is a beautiful 
country. 



LESSON NINTH. 



The Genders. 
XXXI. 

In the German there is no common gender. The neuter 
often supplies its place. 

3)a3 iamm ift ntcfyt ttntb. The lamb is not wild. 

£)tefe$ <3djtt>ettt ift fett This swine is fat. 

3d) t)ctfte em fcfyoneS s Pferb. I have a fine horse. 

2Btr fyakn ein guteS .ftmb. We have a good child. 

2Me8 ift meitt ©djaf* This is my sheep. 

3ene$£alb ift em f)alBe$3af)r alt That calf is half a year old. 
<£r fhtbet baS SStefy* He finds the cattle. 

£)er ^(etfdjer tterfauft bag £utm. The butcher sells the chicken. 

1. Diminutives formed by adding cfyen and leitt are also of 
the neuter gender. The hard radical vowel is softened. 

©etjett @ie bas ipimbdjett ? Do you see the little dog ? 

£a!6en fte ein ©djroejterdjen ? Have they a (dear) little sister ? 



46 THE GENDERS. [XXXIII. 

3ene3 graulein ift fe^r fd)6tu That young lady is very 

beautiful. 
SCotlen ©ie biefe3 ©djnjeittdjen? Do you want this pig ? 
SGir fyaben em 3)ferfcdjen gefauft We have bought a pony. 
£)a3 JfruiWem fyat emSiimmdjen. The little boy has a lambkin. 

XXXII. 

Nouns terminating in e, t, or uttg, are for the most part of 
the feminine gender. 

(Sr get)t ctu3 ber ©tafct. He is going out of the city. 

£)ie Slofc ift erne fdjone SBhtme. The rose is a beautiful flower. 
Sfleine Soufine rootmt in £1*09. My cousin dwells in Troy. 
©ie fommt au3 t>er ©d)ute. She' is coming out of the school. 

2Bo ift feme SBoJjmmg ? Where is his dwelling ? 

1. Feminine -nouns may be formed from the corresponding 
masculines by adding m(tt) and softening the radical vowel, 
if the latter is hard. 

3d) fucfye meine gremtbitn I am looking for my (female) 

friend. 
(£r Jjort toe £igerut imt> SSiitftn. He hears the tigress and the 

she wolf. 
2)er ©cfyiilev fommt git t>er Se^The pupil comes to the (fe- 
reritu male) teacher. 

XXXIII. 

A majority of the nouns not included in the above rules, 
which have not been employed in the preceding lessons and 
are of the neuter gender in the English, are masculine in 
German. Those which differ from these principles will, here- 
after, be followed in the vocabularies by m, f, or n, to indicate 
whether they are of the masculine Jeminine or neuter gender. 
SBotteit ©ie t>en B^der ? Do you want the sugar ? 

£)er Sefyrer fcfyreifct etnen 23rief* The teacher writes a letter, 
©ie IjaUn guten SGein. You have good wine. 



xxxni.] 



TITE GENDERS. 



47 



23(ume, flower. 

93rtef, letter. 

Sou fine, cousin. 

ftett, fat. 

grautein, young lady. 

g-rautcin 33,, Miss B. 

gllfr foot. 

$ ill) it, chicken. 

SSalb, calf. 



Vocabulary, 

$tnb, child. 
Samm, lamb. 
Sefjre, instruction. 
£ef)ren, to teach. 
£ebrer, teacher. 
Sei&en, to lend, 
spfcrb, horse. 
SRofe, rose. 
<©4>af, sheep. 



(Settle, school. 
(5d)u(er, scholar, pupil. 
<2ct)tt>ettt, swine. 
(Stabt, city, town. 
SSteh, cattle. 
SBetn, wine. 
SBobnen, to dwell. 
2Bo()nung, dwelling. 
3udtr, sugar. 



Examples. 

$at meine Confine bct3 ^)fcrb ifyres 33ater$ gefefyen ? 

Diefe 3tofc ift siet »ctf er ate jene* 

SSotten ©ie meinem 23a ter 3§r $ferb leifyen? 

2S often ©ie feiner grennbin cincn SBricf fdjret&en? 

©te tjat 3Jjnen ttkle 23riefe gefdjtcft. 

£)iefer $nabe brtrtgt feiner £el)rerin ba$ 93udj»- 

SMefeS £amm ift flutter ate jetted $alfc* 

SCir ijabtn siele £od)fci)nten in 2(merifa. 

£)iefe Sefjrerin lefyrt unfer Heine* $inb. 

Sr l)at funfjefyn $funb ftudtx gefaufh 

£aben ©ie ifym toeifje 33lumen gegeben? 

SSir trinfen feinen 2Bein nnb lein 33ier, 

Unfere (Eoufmen lefen ifyre 35riefe, 

granlein S3 o wen lommt au3 nnferer @tabt 

DtcfeS £an3 ift fed^tg %u$ fang, 

9flein gammdjen ift beffer ate 3§r $alb* 

2Bie mete ©cfyafe Ijat ber gleifc^er gefyabt? 

£)ie ©djiilertn f)at bent Sefyrer cine ^ftofe gefd)i(ft 

33ringen <Sie ber Setyrertn 3fyren S3rief. 

2)er ©d)itter gefyt mtt bem Server ans ber ©djnfe* 

(Seine $ferbe ftnb fdjimer ate fein 33tetj. 

2Bir fyaben in feiner (Stabt gemofynt 



48 THE GENDERS. [XXXIII. 

Exercise. 

Have you beautiful flowers ? Yes, here are white roses. 
Will you sell my mother a chicken ? I have drank two glasses 
of wine. The wine is very good. Where do you buy your 
wine ? Our teacher (fern.) came from Albany. There are 
your sheep. I do not see my mother's letter. How old is her 
little sister ? This is not my sister's child. This pig is not 
very large. Our boys have a pony. Have you (any) cattle ? 
Yes, I have three or four cows. Who teaches her sons ? Our 
house is forty-five feet long, twenty-six feet wide, and twenty- 
two feet high. Give (you) this young lady a piece of bread. 
I have no knife. How far is your school from here ? My 
sister has come from Boston. She is going to Detroit. How 
often do you go to (into) the concerts ? All our concerts are 
not good. This boy has my ribbon. Where are my wife's 
letters ? Do you read well F I do not read very well, but I 
write well. This little boy is loved by all. 

My sister's husband has this year bought two hundred 
pounds of sugar. Our daughter's teacher is ill, she has 
had a fever. We have bought seven quarts of wine. The 
hay of our horses is not very new. This gentleman is looking 
for roses. He has seen no flowers at home. Where is your 
pony ? We have a good male teacher and a good female teacher. 
A wise teacher is worth more than gold. His horses have 
had too much water to drink. The pigs are fat, but they 
are small. This lamb plays with your little sister. 



XXXIV.] THE EUPHONIC DECLENSION. 49 

LESSON TENTH. 



The Euphonic Declension. 

XXXIV. 

When an adnominal word follows one of the articles or a 
limiting pronoun, it takes the euphonic ending (12). 

£>er (&Q$n biefeS alten 9ttamte3 The son of this old man is 

fptett. playing. 

2Bir geben tier franfen Xod)ter We give the sick daughter 

®elb. money. 

Unfere reidjen ©finite fieben i§re Our rich sons love their young 

jungen $)ferbe. horses. 

(£r fdjuf t btefen armen Stnabtn He sends these poor boys a new 

etnen neuen 23atL ball. 

1. In the nominative singular it takes e. 

£>er gnte 9ftann ift fefyr tafym. The good man is very lame. 
S)iefe3 grope fette ©cfyaftjat feme This large fat sheep has flue 

5BotIe. wool. 

iOZeine aire ©rofjmutter ift bltnb. My old grandmother is blind. 

2. The accusative singular of the feminine and neuter is, of 
course, like the nominative. See rule (VIII). 

Sfteine Gutter tiebt U)re fiipe My mother loves her sweet 

SRofe. rose. 

£)a$ Heine $tnb §at ba$ tteipe The little child has the white 

Stalb. calf. 

<Sie fommtinbas grope 3tntmei\ She comes into the large room. 
3ene3 gatjme 9Jhttrerfcfyaf fommt That tame ewe comes into this 

in biefeS fd)6ne ©artdjen. beautiful little garden. 



50 



THE EUPHONIC DECLENSION. 



[xxxv. 



XXXV. 

The succeeding word or words will, however, take the proper 
termination if the article, or limiting pronoun above specified, 
has omitted the same (VI). 

Wltin guter alter 3Sater tft ge* My good old father has come. 

fo mitten, 
3d) fjabe lent falteS SBajfer. I have no cold water. 
Sefen ©ie em ffeineS 23ud) ? Are you reading a small book ? 

XXXVI. 

A few verbs which form their principal parts regularly 
have a slight irregularity in the singular of the present 
indicative (55). 



3d) farm ntdjtlefen. 
$ann fc>er 5Sogc( fmgen? 
^onnen <Ste nut mir ge()en ? 
Sr mug nad) £aufe laufen. 
9ftu§ id) r;ier Meiben ? 
©ic miiffen e6 ntd)t. 
3d) Witt eiitcn rotkn SXpfcI l)abtn. 
@r will md)t 3U bir fommett. 
Du wittft ntd)t fefyett. 



I can not read. 
Can the bird sing ? 
Can you go with me ? 
He must run home. 
Must I stay here ? 
You must (it) not. 
I will have a red apple. 
He will not come to thee. 
Thou wilt not see. 



1. The third person is here like the first. While this 
shows an irregularity in the German, it points also to a new 
coincidence with the English. 



XXXVII. 

The stem-vowel in many irregular verbs is modified in the 
second and third persons singular of the present indicative. 
See (47, 50, 51, 52). 



XXXVII.] THE EUPHONIC DECLENSION. 51 

@r fteljt itnfern (Partem He sees our garden. 

T>u ftc()ft ben tyaxh Thou seest the park. 

(Ev lauft in ben 2Qalb. He runs into the forest. 

®i(e)fct er 3^nen etrcaS ? Does he give you anything? 

@tc fprtdjt granjoftfd). She speaks French. 

£)er SSaunt f&fft The tree falls. 

1. It will be observed that this modification applies to a 
and e + The latter is changed only where it is a single stem- 
vowel, as in gefren, fpredjeiu In this case the e becomes t, or, 
if f) immediately follows, ie. 

Vocabulary, 

5tber, but. ©arten, garden. ©c^fojjett, to beat, to 

Styfrf, apple. Smtner, always. ©d)ott, already, [strike. 

2irm, poor. ^onnen, can, to be able. (£>d)tt>arj, black. 

33db, soon. Satynt, lame. ©ptelen, to play, 

SBfttt, ball. Snufctt, to run. ©up, sweet. 

23Ietben, to remain, stay. ^Sfttr, m e> to me. f80Q(\, bird. 

!Dtr, thee, to thee. ^itfjett, must, tobeob- 2Batb, forest, wood. 

(Sttoag, any, anything. $arf, park. [liged. 3Bofle, wool, 

granjofifd), French. ©cfylafen, to sleep. SBoKett, woolen. 

Examples. 

Qaz tranfe $tnb lann nidjt fdjkfen. 

Winn 25riiberd)en Iteft bag fran^ofifcCjc 23it<$* 

$ann 3£)t*e Gutter ber @d)tt>efter metner Iranlen Secretin einen 

fiigen Slpfcl fcfytcfen ? 
5)er gnre, atte, Mtnbe 5D?ann §at eine Heine, fcfyone Jotter. 
£)a6 graulein teifyt ber nenen ©djiilerin einen rotten 33atL 
X)ie groj^en $nafcen fptelten immer mit ben ffeineiu 
5D^etn fcfywarger £nnb fncfyt ben SSogcl, after er ftnbet tf)n ntd)t 
3$ null ntein bentfcfyesS S3nd) ftnben nnb e3 tefen. 
©er jtaufmann gtbt 3(jrem bentfd)en Scorer etn grojjes ^pn^n, 
9#eine (Eonftne fpridjt $ran$oftfdj mit ifyrer fic^rcrin. 
2Ber mitt biefe feme tteipe SBotte fanfen ? 



52 THE EUPHONIC DECLENSION. [xXXVII. 

2)er Icttjme StnaU Metfct immer §n £anfe. 

2Ber §at bir btefen $ogel gegefcen ? 

S)etn gnter better gab tf)n mir. 

©ie tjat bent 23ruber biefer 2)anten brei lange 23rtefe gefcfyriefcen* 

9ft it (fen ©ie fo fcalb in bte @ta"bt get>en ? 

SO^ettt ®rofji>ater !ann nitty t cms bent ipanfe fommem 

5)as jal)me ©(fytoein ift in ba3 tiefe SCajfcr gefatfen* 

2Ber tanft bnrd) ba^ ojfene gelb ? 

Exercise, 

Can this hoy run to the village ? I am obliged to go home. 
Your horses are running into my new garden. He must give 
his old father an apple. My dear child, where is your long 
letter ? I have sent it to my aunt. Has your little brother 
played with our boys? This large apple is sweeter than 
sugar. He sent me his blue ball. How soon is your uncle 
coming home ? He is already here. Will you sell my uncle 
seventeen pounds of wool ? Do you want to buy black wool ? 
Run into the garden and bring me your grandfather's knife. 
I want a piece of meat. Your little sister's ball is smaller 
than that red apple. Will you go through this broad park ? 
Your feet are not very large. This young lady must write 
a good letter to her old blind grandmother. The sister of 
those two little boys is always ill. I can not stay at home. 
Give me something to read. That blue bird sings sweeter 
than I. Our horse runs through the forest. Thou givest me 
too much. He speaks to his teacher and gives her a book. 
She reads an English book and goes home. They live in 
Brooklyn. 



XXXYIII.] THE PREPOSITIONS. 53 

LESSON ELEVENTH. 



The Prepositions. 
XXXVIII. 

A few prepositions govern either the dative or accusative 
(58). They govern the dative when used with a verb which 
implies rest. 

T)a$ 33ucfy Itegt auf bem SHfdje. The book lies upon the table. 
£)a3 $inb tft in ber ©tabt. The child is in the city. 

£)er Sftann ft£t unterbem 33aume* The man sits under the tree. 
2Bir ftefyen an bem Benfter, We stand at the window. 

1. They govern the accusative with a verb which implies 
motion. 

3$ lege bag S3ud) auf ben £ifdj. I lay the book upon the table. 
Dcr $naBe lauft in bag Dorf. The boy runs into the village. 
£)ie &vl§ gefyt unter ben 33aunu The cow goes under the tree, 
©e^en nur an bag genftev? Go we to the window? 

2. When thus used with the accusative they indicate an 
actual change of place not necessarilv denoted by the verb. 
2)a3 ^inb lauft in ben ®arten, The child runs into the garden, 

bann lauft eg in bem ©arten* then runs in the garden. 
(Sr fpvirtgt in bag Staffer, after He leaps into the water, but 
er fdjwrimmt in bem SBajfer. he swims in the water. 

XXXIX. 

Some prepositions govern the genitive (56). These ex- 
pressions, usually called prepositions, were originally nouns 
with the genitive case depending upon them. 

2Bir ttol)nen untt>ett ber ©tabt. We live near the city. 
3$ Mtt l)iev anftatt meineg I am here instead of my father. 
$ater^ 



54 



THE PREPOSITIONS. 



[XL. 



(£r jttfjt jenfeitg be£ OfajfeS. He stands on the other side of 

the river, 
©ie ftnb anfjer^alb be3 £anfe3. They are outside of the house. 

XL. 

3fyr, the plural of bit, has t for the termination of its verb 
(1); (43). 

3|r fjabt eu(e)re ^Pferbe. Ye have your horses. 

3d) wax arm, tf)r mart reidj. I was poor, ye were rich. 

XLI. 

The reflexive pronoun of the third person does not change 
its form. 

I strike (me) myself. 
Thou strikest (thee) thyself. 
Ye strike (you) yourselves. 
We love (us) ourselves. 
The lady loves (self) herself. 
The ladies love themselves. 
(Er fe£t fid) auf ben <2>tu v I. He seats himself upon the chair. 

Vocabulary, 



3d) fd)lage mid). 
Dn fd)taa.fi bid). 
3tyr fdjlagt eud). 
2Cir lieBen nn£. 
Die Dame ttefct ftd). 
Die Damen liefcen fid). 



Stcgcn, to lie. 

@e$ttt, to set, to seat. 

©tfcen, to sit. 

X()iire, door. 

Xi\$ f table. 

Urttcr, under. 



$ttt, at, to. (Stfd), you, to you. 

2luf, on, upon, in. Suer, your. 

Stujjertyalb, outside. glup, river. 

Slnftatt, instead. Winter, behind. 

5£3aum, tree. 3^, ye, you. 

Dann, then. Simerfyaltv inside. 

Die$fett(S), on this side. 3enfeit(3), on the other Unterfyalb, beneath. 

(Sffen, to eat. £egen, to lay. [side. Unfoeit, near. 

Examples. 

Unmeit ber @d)Ule mofynen bie ^reunbe be^ reid)en .ftanfmanns. 
Die armert $naben fe£en fid) an ben Xtfd). 
(£r mar anfedjalb ber ©tabt, aber er fain in bie (Stabt. 
3d) mill biefeS ©djaf anftatt jencr $u$. 



XLI.] THE PREPOSITIONS. 55 

@ic fetjen |tdj auf bas griine ®xa$. 
$or bem £aufe ftefyt em f)o(c)f)er 33aum* 
©ejjen @ie fid) auf btefen ©tufyf. 
3$t fyaftt bie fd)oufiert 5>fcrbc in ber @tabh 
5Wcinc $M)nung mar aufjerfyalB be3 X)orfe3. 
©e^et eud) auf bas (Sopfya, tct) will auf einem ©tu^(e fljjetu 
©te ging in ben Garten nub feiate fid) unter einen Slpfelfcaunu 
2Gtr fd)lafen unter bem alien 93aume. 
@r fpielt in bem ©arten unb lauft auf bem gelb* 
2Ber ift an ber £()iire f (Euer 9kd)bar fommt an bie Zfyux. 
(£r fljjt oor bem $euer unb ijjt fein 23rob* 
$ount ifyr mtr ettua^ ©elb leifyen? 
3a, id) fyabe eud) etn>a3 gegeben* 
£>teffeit3 be3 £aufe3 ftefyt bie fd)6ne 2Bol)nung. 
T>a$ $inbd)en legte ba3 23ud) unter ben £ifd), " 
3d) liege auf meinem 33ette unb lefe ein fleineS 23udj» 
SDtone Gutter ift mtr immer gut* 
Winter bem £ifd)e ft^en meine (Souftnen* 
liefer fdjfoarje £)&)$ ift gu tterfaufen* 
SXnftatt ber @d)afe tjat er 23te$ unb @d)ft>eine. 
Exercise. 

I seated myself at the table. These ladies dwell on the 
other side of the river. This little bird sings sweeter than 
that one. Are you going through the park ? Yes, I dwell 
on the other side of the park. We have a large white house 
near the high school. 

I must go to the window. You must stay here. I have 
bought a ripe apple. Has your aunt come already ? No, but 
she is coming soon. This child strikes itself with a book. 
Can you lend me some money ? The French gentleman is at 
the door. Who is standing behind you ? He laid the wood 
upon the fire. She found her knife upon the table. Stay 
here, I must go to my friend. This apple tree is twenty-six 



56 THE COMPOUND TENSES. [XLII 

feet high. Where did you find your ball ? I found it under 
the sofa. Come soon. He goes and plays with her. 

She sleeps in the cold grave. The sweet flowers were her 
best friends. I love tall, green trees and broad rivers. Does 
your sister give you anything ? Yes, and she runs into the 
garden and plays with me. I am already in my fatherland. 
I must go home but I will see you soon. 



LESSON TWELFTH. 



The Compound Tenses. 

XLII. 

@em (to be) is regulary employed as the auxiliary of in- 
transitive verbs which denote a change of place or condition 
(41). 

Dad $ferb ift gegangcn. The horse is gone. 

£)er ^nafce mar gefaflen. The boy had fallen, 

©ic ftnb md)t gefommen. They have not come. 

XLIII. 

The verb loevben is also an auxiliary. When it is not so 
used it means to become, to grow (42). 

3d) tvevbe retd). I am becoming rich. 

£>er lag aurb fait. The day becomes cold. 

©ie ift alt gemorben. She has grown old. 

1. It is the auxiliary of the future tense (43, I, e). 

3d) tterbe gefyen. I shall go. 

®3 tvirb regnen. It will rain. 

©ie tverben bdb fefyen. You will soon see. 



XLIV]. THE COMPOUND TENSES. 57 

2. Also of the future perfect (43, I, f). 

©ie nnrfc gcfungen ijabm. She will have sung. 
Sv wirb geltebt fyaben. He will have loved. 

3. It is used throughout in forming the passive voice (43, 
II, a). 

©u nrirft <jef$tageu. Thou art beaten. 

Sr wurbc cjeliebt. He was loved. 

4. @ e i tt (to be) is the regular auxiliary of toerbe n, and 
will therefore be used with it in three tenses of the passive 
(43, II, c, d, f). 

3d) Mit geliefct (ge) tvovbett. I have been loved. 
(£r mar geliebt (ge) worsen. He had been loved. 
3d) iverbe gefiebt morben fein. I shall have been loved. 

a. When werben is an auxiliary, gc is omitted from its past 
participle. 

XLIV. 

The present participle is formed by adding b to the present 
infinitive (43, I, k). 
Die ttebenbe Gutter ijat ein IcU The loving mother has a smil- 

d)etnbey $tub. ing child. 

1. It is used less frequently than in English. When it is 
not an adnominal word the present infinitive often takes its 
place. 

3d) I)ovte tf)n fmgen. I heard him sing(ing). 

(£r [te()t mid) fommen. He sees me coming. 

@ie (e()rt ©ie fdjret&en. She teaches you writing. 

3d) ftubire lefcn unb fdjrei&en. I study reading and writing. 

XLV. 

In a dependent sentence the finite verb comes last. 



58 THE COMPOUND TENSES. [XLVI. 

(Sin Wann, toetdjer gut i(t, ift A man who is good is always 

immer g'tudfid). happy. 

3d) fanb i$n t)ier, aU td) ge^ I found him here when I had 

fommen toar. come. 

XLVI. 

When the subject of an independent sentence is preceded 
by any element, except a co-ordinate conjunction, the verb 
also comes before it (the subject). 

3()m gab id) baS 23ud). I gave him the book. 

2Bei( er Iran! ift, Mn id) l)ier. I am here because he is ill. 

XL VII. 

When a compound verb as, au3gel)en, to go out, 3uriicffom- 
men, to come back, to return, is in the present or imperfect 
tense, all but the radical part stands at the end of the sen- 
tence. 

Sr get)t a\\$. He goes out. 

3d) gefye mit 3^en au$. I go out with you. 

©ie tarn yon ber (Stabt 3itrit(f. She returned from the city. 

1. If, however, the place of the verb itself be at the end of 
the sentence (as in XLV above) the prefix retains its position 
before the verb. 

%U tdj gitriicffam, gtng er au3. He went out when I returned. 
©ie tad)ten, aU id) jurucfging. They laughed when I went 

back. 

2. ge, the sign of the past participle, and ju with the infini- 
tive, immediately precede the radical part of a compound 
verb. 

Wltin Warm ift au^gegcmgen. My husband has gone out. 

3d) nnmfcfye ctu^ugefyen. I wish to go out. 

(5r ift nod) nid)t ^uritcfgefommen. He has not yet returned. 



XLVIII.] THE COMPOUND TENSES. 59 

XLVIII. 

Derivative verbs formed with the inseparable prefixes Be, 
ge, ent, er, &er, ytx, omit the sign of the past participle. 
£)u fyaft ba3 Sanb fcefdjvie'bert. Thou hast described the coun- 
try, 
fatten ©ie ben 23nef erfyalteu ? Had you received the letter ? 
3d) fyafce bie ©d)afe serfauft. I have sold the sheep. 

1. In this case 311, when used with the infinitive, precedes 
the inseparable particle 

(Sr (djrte mid) einen 33aum gu He taught me to describe a 

fcefdjretfeen. tree. 

3d) fyctbe ein *Pferb gu tterfaufen. I have a horse to sell. 

2. A few other particles are, or may be, inseparable (60). 
ipaften ©ic tie Ueberfej3ung i>ot= Have you finished the transla- 

lenbet ? tion ? 

3d) fjabe ba3 gange 33ud) iifcer* I have translated the whole 
fdjt. book. 

3. Verbs terminating in irert (terett) also omit ge from the 
past participle. 

(Bit I)Ctt gut ftubirh She has studied well. 

3ener^onigl)atSngfanbregtcrt. That king (has) ruled Eng- 
land. 

Vocabulary. 

Sluggefyen, to go out. Sarfjen, to laugh. tteljerfetjung, translation. 

23efd)retben, to describe. £ad)e(n, to smile. Unglucflid), unfortunate. 

£>ap, that. 9?od), yet, still. 25ottenben, to complete. 

Srfyctlten, to receive. S^egteren, to rule. 2Bet(, because, 

©anj, whole, entire. S^egrten, to rain. SBeldjer, who, which, 

©liicf, n. happiness, for- (gem, to be. SBertttt, to become. 

©Uicfttdj, happy, [tune, ©tubiren, to study. SBimfcfyen, to wish, 

fatten, to hold. £ag, day. $\xxM$styri, to go back. 

$bmg, king. Uekrfetjen, to translate. 3u™dfontmett, to return. 

3* 



60 THE COMPOUND TENSES. [xLVIII. 

Examples. 

S5ie stele $omge tyaben in ©rojjbritta'nien regtert? 

®r fyatte einen 33ricf Don 3t)nen nod) nid)t erfyalten. 

©eben @ie mtr nod) ettt)a$ gu iiberfetjen. 

(Er Iad)te fo laut, ba£ id) i^n fyoren fonnte. 

Sr ift an^gegangen, aber er wirb bait) ^nriidgefommen fettt. 

©ie nntrbe franf nnb gtng mit i^rcr Gutter gurittf. 

3d) miin[d)e ben ganjen s ])arf ju befcfyreiben. 

Silver gefyort Jjatte, ba§ fetn QSater n?ol)I mar, lief ber $nabe bnrdj 

ben 2BaIt> juritd. 
£)er fingenbe 25ogc( fafj auf bem boljen 93aume. 
2({3 er in bie ©d)it(e gtng, let)vte U)tt ber £et)rer lefen. 
SBcil er nid)t jit nn3 gnrudgefommen ift r nuinfcben tmr nid)t $n t()m 

guriicfgugetjett* 
©ie nurb ben ganjen Xag nmvofyt getuefen fein. 
SSon tt»etd)em £anfe baben ©ie gelefen ? 
@3 regnete, afe wir nad) Jpaitfe fameiu 
£)er ganje 333 alb ttirb immer fdjimer. 
SBeil eg geregnet Ijat, fyabt id) bie Ue6-erfe£nng beo bentfdjen 53ud^e^ 

nod) nidjt ttodenbet. 
Die $6ntgtn lact)elte, ati er jene SBorte fpradj. 

Exercise. 
The boy was so ill that he went home. Because he went 
home his father gave him an apple. The fisher stood on the 
other side of the river. My brother has not yet returned. 
He has been very unfortunate. The man who gave me some 
money has gone to Great Britain. The queen who rules in 
that country is not always happy. The old king smiled when 
he heard that the butcher had sold so many sheep. The 
young lady did not wish to finish the French book. She 
could not translate it. Near our house, the river becomes 
wider. I must go back to Paris. He heard me when I 



XLIX.] ' THE PRONOUNS. 61 

laughed. It was raining. I heard it rain. Who taught 
you to speak German ? He held my horse when I came back. 
Instead of red roses, the young man gave his sister small blue 
flowers. When he saw the wolf coming, he ran back to the 
city. The poor lame boy has given the little child a tame 
bird. He will be loved by .all. But he has gone to his 
fatherland. 

The carpenter will soon have finished the large table. He 
had fallen into the river. He will have been playing with 
our neighbor's boys, and (will) have been struck by them. 
He is growing better and better (always better). He slept 
the whole day. All are well. 



LESSON THIRTEENTH, 



Pronouns — Order of Words. 

XLIX. 

Relative and interrogative pronouns are declined like the 
adnomiual word, even when used without a noun (6). 

£)a» £au3, mlfytS ttur fauften, The house which we bought is 

ift alt. old. 

£>ie ^'naben, njetcfye id) geftern The boys that I saw yesterday 

gefefyett Ijafre, (tub untoof)U are unwell. 

$on weldjem fpredjen <5ie ? Of which do you speak ? 

1. SBet and to&$, however, are irregular in the genitive 
singular. Like the English ivho and what, they have no 
separate form for the plural (16). 



62 THE PRONOUNS. [l. 

SBeffen £mt fyabm @tc? Whose hat have you ? 

2Bem reidjen ©ie bie 9Mdj ? To whom do you hand the 

milk? 
2£er ftnb fie ? Who are they ? 

2. When the relative is of the first or second person, it is 
often followed by the corresponding personal pronoun. 

(5ie (often nn3, bte arir U)re They praise us (we) who are 
$rennbe nidjt ftnb. not their friends. 

L. 

The definite article is often used as a relative pronoun (3). 
£)er 33aum, ber bort fte()t, ift The tree that stands yonder is 

erne (Sid)e. an oak. 

£)a ftnb bte Sdjafe, bie er fat). There are the sheep that he 

saw. 

1. When the definite article is thus employed, the genitive 
case and the plural of the dative add the euphonic termina- 
tion — the former doubling 3 in the singular (15). 
£)er ©djiiler, beffen 23nd) id) The pupil whose book I had is 

tjatte, ift fauL lazy. 

£>te £)ame, son bev id) fpredje, ift The lady of whom I speak is 

f dj on. beautiful. 

Die ^fevbe, benen er 2Baffer gab, The horses to which he gave 

finb nid)t mem. water are not mine. 

LI. 

The definite article may also be employed as a demonstra- 
tive pronoun. When thus used it is declined the same as 
when a relative 
3d) fyatte tttettt papier, fte tjatte I had my paper, she had that 

ba$ ti)ve3 23mber3. of her brother. 

2)u gib (I benen, bie nidjta IjaUn. Thou givest to those who have 

nothing. 



LII.] THE ORDER OF WORDS. 63 

1. The definite article is often used instead of the possessive 
pronoun. 

(Sr fyat ben $ut in ber £.::tb. He has his hat in his hand. 

LII. 

The article precedes other adnominal words, when all limit 
the same noun. 

T)k Beiben SSlumen ftnb 2tftett* Both the flowers are lilies. 
©cfyretBen ©ie an einen fotcfyen Do you write to such a man ? 

SWann ? 
(Sin jebet fommt. Every one is coming. 

LIII. 

A personal, relative, or interrogative pronoun, whose an- 
tecedent is not a person, is seldom governed by a preposition. 
What is called the pronominal adverb takes the place of the 
preposition and pronoun. 

(£r fanfte etn $au$ nnb wotynte He bought a house and lived 
bar in. in it (therein). 

©tc t)at einen SBatt nnb fptelt She has a ball and plays with it. 
bamtt 

S3 omit fcfyreifct fie ? With what is she writing ? 

T)tv (Garten, tt>otin ftur fpielen, The garden in which we play 
ift grojj* is large. 

LIV. 

In addition to the principles already given for the position 
of words in the sentence, may be stated the general rule that 
the more indefinite element stands first. » 

1. A personal pronoun, being less definite than a noun, will 
precede it. 

3$ tyftfce ifynt ftudtx gegeben. I have given him sugar. 



64 THE ORDER OF WORDS. [LIV. 

2. A pronoun relating to a thing is generally less definite 
than one relating to a person. 

ipaBeit ©te e3 ii)r gefdutft ? Have you sent it to her ? 

3. A demonstrative pronoun is, of course, more definite 
than a personal pronoun; hence the latter will stand first. 

SBer fyat 3$neit bte3 gefagt ? Who told you this ? 

4. The indirect object is less definite then the direct. 

(£r gab feinem SSater ben 33rtef. He gave his father the letter. 

5. Adverbs of time precede all objects or adverbs. They, 
however, follow the personal pronouns. 

3$ Hit geftem fyiei* gemefen. I was here yesterday. 

(Sr §at I)eute bemSefyrer etn 23ud) He lent the teacher a book to- 

geltefyen. day. 

2Btr tuevben e3 ttjnen morgen We will give it to them to- 

gefcen. morrow. 

6. The negative adverb precedes the element to which a 
negative qualification is given. It will, however, follow ad- 
verbs of time. 

©te ijl ntcfyt fyter gemefen. She has not been here. 

©ie ftnb nid)t au$ ber ©tabt They have not come out of the 

gefommen. city. 

3$ X)abe e3 noc^ nitty t gefetjen. I have not yet seen it. 
Sffitr fommen tyente ntdjt We will not come to-day. 

7. Short expressions will naturally stand before those which 
are more extended and consequently more definite. 

(Er toofynt bort in ber ©tabt He resides yonder in the city. 
Urn nue »ic( Ufjr fommt fte an ? At what o'clock will she arrive ? 
©te «)irb iibermorgen urn fed)3 She will arrive day after to- 
Ufyr anfommen. morrow at six o'clock. 



LIV.] 



THE ORDER OF WORDS. 



65 



8. The emphasis, the harmonious flow of the sentence, or 
the nature of the thought, often furnish a sufficient reason for 
departing from these rules. 



Slttfommen, to arrive. 
23eibe, both. 
33e|'uo)en, to visit. 
Darin, therein, in it. 
Derm, for. 
Dort, yonder. 
(Sidje, oak. 
gauf, lazy. 
®eftmt, yesterday. 
$anb,f. hand. 



Vocabulary. 

£eute, to day. 
£)Ut, m. hat. 
S^bCer), every, each. 
3e{3t, now. 
Sitte, lily. 
Sofcert, to praise. 
),f. railk. 



9)?orgen, morning, to- 
morrow. 
SRetcfren, to hand, reach 



(Sd)b'nf)ett, beauty, 
©old), such, 
©ommer, summer. 
Ue6era((, everywhere, 
ttefcermorgen, day after 

to-morrow. 
Uf^r, y. clock, watch. 
Um, at, around, 
Utttoohl, unwell. 
5Bmb, wind. 



Mxamples. 

Die betben $bnige roerben morgen in ber ©tabt anfommen. 

^peute fonnen rtnr bag Dbrffein ntcr)t befucfyen. 

@r toirb nicbt fdjon btinb, aber taub gemorben fein. 

Die Gutter f)at Ijeute um em U()r bag $inb iibcratt gefudjr. 

Sin 35ucfy fcott ®olb fyielt ber £err in ber ipanb. 

21 Ce 3()re $naben merben balb gu 3fyuen gurMfommen. 

9J?eine beutfd)e Setjrerut §at mir bag a ties gegeben. 

Sin son Allien geiiebteg Sanb ift immer bag $atertanb. 

$3er gab i()m ben $ut? Die ©djmefter gab U)n tym. 

©eftern fiat fie mir fcfyon ein grofeg Sfteffer gegeben. 

Da5 Sanb, worm nnr immer gemofynt l)aben, ift Slmeriftu 

Die Stfien unb 3tofen ftnb je£t iiberatl fcfyon. 

Diefen 9ttorgen erfjalte tdj einen 33rief son 3()nen. 

(Sr fyat ein $ferb nnb fpridjt immer ba$on. 

SBir loben ben Jput beg ©emitters unb ben beg @$miebeg. 

Die £anb ift ifym ben gangen Jag fait gcn>efen. 

Die $rau, beren £>unb ©ie gefefyen fyahm, ift fet)r arm. 

SBcflcn U()r f)abt ibr? (Eg ift bie meineg s $aterg. 



66 DECLENSION OF NOUNS. [LV. 

3dj lieBe eudj, bie i^r ben better lie&t 

2Bos>ott fpricfyt ber Secret ? 55on gftiffert unt> SBalbern. 

Sr fa$t mtr jebeit Xag : nue siel U^r ift e3 ? 

Exercise. 
A poor man sat the whole day under the old oak. A boy 
saw him there and gave him something. The lady of whom 
you speak is a teacher. The country which lies on the other 
side of the Rhine is the land of oaks. The old miller has 
brown flour. He has not sold much of it. How will you 
describe the beauty of this dwelling, I cannot speak of it 
because I have not been in it. He played with me every 
day. Such a man will not receive my money. Hand me a 
glass of milk. He can come, for he has nothing to do at 
home. We all speak of the beauty of (the) flowers. Yes, 
you all speak of it. The lazy boy who stands under the apple- 
tree will not go with his little sister to the village. Both the 
boys are unwell to-day. What o'clock is it now ? It is now 
eleven o'clock. It has struck ten. Day after to-morrow I 
shall hear from my sister. The weather will be much better 
to-morrow, for it has rained all day (the whole day) to-day. 
I wish to go to the city day after to-morrow. The little boy 
had his knife in his hand and was playing with it. 



LESSON FOURTEENTH. 



Declension of Nouns. 
LV. 
The noun, to which an adnominal word belongs, is often 
omitted. The latter, however, retains its proper termination 

(XXXIV). 






LVI.] DEGXENSION OF NOUNS. 67 

©erTOe fjat ben 3un<jen gelo 6 t. The old (man) praised the 

young (man). 

IDer ®e(e()rte htfudjt ben $ran= The scholar (learned man) 

fen. visits the patient (sick man). 

J)ie Sfrme gt6t bem ^eifenben The poor (woman) gives the 

ettua3 ^n effen, traveler (traveling man) 

something to eat. 
2Iffe lieBen bas SGafyre, ba$ All love the true, the beautiful 
©djone unb ba» ©ute. and the good. 

LVI. 

Some adnominal words which once expressed the quality 
of an object understood, now stand as the nouns possessing 
the specified quality. Thus are derived many, if not all, of 
the masculine nouns which terminate in e. They still retain 
their endings as adnominal words and, therefore, belong to a 
euphonic declension (30, a). 

£)er @f(aoe gifct bem $naf>en The slave gives the boy his 

fein Sfteffer* knife. 

Unfcrc Sfteffen waxtn ^reitfen. Our nephews were Prussians. 

1. A few masculines which have dropped the final e, and a 
large number of the masculines from foreign languages, are 
declined in the same manner (30, b) . 

1)a$ 33 ud) be* ©tnbenten v at er He has sent the student's book 

bem ©olbaten gefdjtdt. to the soldier 

9fteine £erren, Ue&et atle Wlm* Love all men, Gentlemen, 
fcfyen. 

LVII. 

A few feminine monosyllables originally terminated in t, 

£He$ran(e) ge()tanfbte $o[t(e). The woman goes to the post- 
office. 
£ctt>en ©ie bie IH)v(e) ? Have you the watch ? 



68 DECLENSION OF NOUNS- [lVIII. 

1. For this reason they still take the euphonic ending to 
form the plural (29, c). 

Die Ufyten tyafcett jtoet gefdjlagen. The clocks have struck two. 
jpeute lemmen bie grctnen an. The women arrive to-day. 

2. Feminine nouns of more than one syllable form their 
plural in the same manner (31, a). 

9fteine ©tfymeftern lieben ijjre My sisters love their teachers. 

Setyrerinnetu 
Die SBotymtngen bicfer 2) amen The dwellings of these ladies 

jtnb gwei OTctlen roeit. are two miles distant. 

3. A very few masculines also take the euphonic ending in 
the plural (31, b). 

Unfere 9tad)£arn ftnb $ettern. Our neighbors are cousins. 
3n btefert ©taaten gibt e3 »icl In these states there is much 
33lei. lead. 

LVIII. 

A limited number of nouns in common use have assumed 
the liquid r, in addition to the regular plural termination e. 
The hard stem-vowel will, of course, be softened (32, a, b). 

©djon ftnb btefSefoer unb $>5r* The fields and villages are 

fer. beautiful. 

(£3 ftnb 9ter ©lafev unb fiinf There are four glasses and five 

23iidjer» books. 

Winter, nne Stele £ctnferfef>tU)r? Children, how many houses do 

iSBir lonnett bie Dcicfyer ntdjt you see ? 

3(if)fen. We cannot count the roofs. 

Die 93 offer (SnropaS ftnb ^U The nations of Europe are 

reidj nnb grof}. numerous and great. 

LIX. 

Masculine and neuter nouns of more then one syllable, 



LX.] DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 69 

which terminate in one of the liquid endings el, en (em), and 
ix, have the plural and singular alike (33, a). 

Die graulettt veifert morgen ab. The young ladies depart to- 
morrow. 
Die Scorer gatcn ben ©bittern The teachers gave knives to 

9ftej[er. their pupils." 

28er tjat tic ^ettfter gerftrodjen ? Who broke the windows ? 
Sure Gtfen ftnb in bent ^uer. Your irons are in the fire. 

1. A few soften the stem-vowel when it admits (33, b, c). 

Unfere $ater unb 23ritber ftnb Our fathers and brothers have 

atte geftorfcen. all died. 

Die $6gel pitfett tie Stcpfcl in The birds peck the apples in 

ten ©arten. the gardens. 

3t)r tyabt Icinc Defett. Ye have no stoves. 

LX. 

A small number of those which terminate in en may drop 
n, or en, in the nominative singular (34, a. b). 

®ott fennt bie Bergen ber SJfteit* God knows the hearts of men. 

fd>en. 
SBijfcn @tc ben tauten biefeS Do you know the name of this 

Jperrn ? gentleman ? 

3$ hjetfj fetnen tauten, after I know his name but am not 

lenne ifyn nic^t* acquainted with him. 

9ftetn ^lame ijt 3o$ann, ber3t) s My name is John, yours is 

rtge tft Ravi, ber fetnige tft Charles, his is Henry ; their 

£einrtd) ; it)re *ftamen metfj id) names I do not know. 

ntcfyt 
Der menfd)(id)e 2GitIe tft fret. The human will is free. 
Dte*$retf)eit be3 2Bitlen3 tft nidji The freedom of the will is not 

iiberctU gelntlten. everywhere maintained. 

Wan fprtdjt tton 3^'cm guten They speak of your good name. 

9?atneiL 



70 



DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 



[lx. 



2£ei§ matt ttiet fcon ber Wlm- Do we know much about the 
fd)en £er$en ? hearts of men ? 

©iijj fittgt bag ©ommer»6gc(* The little summer bird sings 
d)ett. sweetly. 

1. Observe that the adverb has the same form as the pred- 
icative adjective. 

Vocabulary. 



St&retfen, to depart. 
T)arf>/ n. roof, 
gret, free, 
gretyeft, freedom, 
giir, for. 
®ott, God. 
Bennett, to know. 
Wan, one, they. 
Wink, mile, 
9J?cn(di, man. 
9J?en[cfiltd), human. 



9lamt, m. name. ©tcrbctt, to die. 

SReffe, »»• nephew. ©htbent, »». student. 

Dfen, stove. Setter, cousin. 

*Ptrfen, to pick, to peck. SSolf, "• people, nation. 



*Po|t, post-office. 
*Preu§e, *». Prussian. 
Sftetfen, to travel. 
3rxtfcnb(er), traveler. 
©fla&e, w. slave, 
©olbrtt, »i- soldier. 
Staat, m. state. 



2Btfle, m. will. 
©tffen, to know. 
3^1,/. number. 
3vi'f}lcn, to count. 
3rtfyfretc&, numerous. 
3erbred)en, to break (in 
pieces). 



Exanijrfes. 

Sin S^eifenber fain an einem fatten Sage in bent 3)orfe» an. 
©eftern ?Jcorgen ift ber itranfe siel beffer gercorben. 
(Sd)on tyabe id) gwei $reugen nnb etnen Deutfdjcn gefetyen. 
•£)ie 1>ntfd)e gac> bent ©olbaten etmag ©nteg §u effen. 
3>r Jpnt meineg SReffen nnb ber beg <8fla^cn tuaren fcfyn?ar$. 
£ente £>at man bie 33iidjer beg ©tnbenten yerfanft. 
3Dte l)o()en 23<mme, meldje in ben SBafoern geftanben l)al>en, ftelen. 
SBeil bie .fttnber, beren SSater arm [tub, nodj nidjt? son nng erfyal* 

ten fyaben, wihtfdjen wir je&t urn fihtf llbr ju ifynen gn getjen. 
£)er gute ©ott bat ben 9flenf djen bag Sidjt beg Shtgeg gege&en. 
2Hg ber ^anfmann mir bag motlenc Xufy serfanfte gab er bent 

(Sot)ne $u yiel (Mb guriidf* 
2Cir fonnen biefen SDcorgen bie SSogcl [tngen tyoren. 
ID gtitd(id)er 9ttorgen ! in jebem 33anme flfct ber ftngenbe 55ogeL 



LX.] DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 71 

•Der (Mefyrte tarn geftern an nnb retft morgen 2lfcenb a&. 

©ie ging auf bie *Poft, after erfyielt feme S3ricfc. 

3Jjr s Wann tjat geftern ntcfyt an fie gefcfyrteben. 

SBelcfy etn fdjimer %a$ ! ftonnen ©ie in ben ©arten lommen? 

£)a3 ^Better ift fo fcfyon, bajj man in bte SBalber gcfyen fann* 

JExercise. 

The old soldier died yesterday. He has been ill all sum- 
mer. We have not heard his name. One of our students 
was acquainted with him. He had a wife and two small 
children. Where did they make his grave ? Two English 
miles distant from the village under the tall trees. (The) 
freedom rules in our fatherland. Can you count the soldiers 
who have fallen for freedom ? Who would be a slave ? 

Your aunt arrrived to-day from Louisville. She brought 
two women with (her). Do you wish to see her now ? She 
is one of my best friends. I know her well. I hear her 
laughing. Did she speak of me to you? I know her two 
children who live near the Ohio river. Did you ever live in 
Louisville ? Yes, I lived there five years. My aunt is 
growing old, but she is still beautiful and sings sweeter than 
a bird. I love very much to hear good singing. 

How beautiful the fields are to-day ! Yes, and the woods 
are as green as the fields. O happy day ! we are going to 
seek the beauties of the country. Where freedom reigns, 
everything is happy. See the lambkins leap and play. The 
sheep and the cattle are lying under the tall trees. We will 
now go and seat ourselves on the green grass and drink from 
the water of the river for the day is becoming warm. What 
a beautiful oak. Do you know what the birds in the oak tree 
are saying ? Praise God for he is good to all his children. 



72 THE SUBJUNCTIVE. [LXI. 

LESSON FIFTEENTH. 



The Subjunctive and Imperative. 
LXI. 

When a verb is in the subjunctive mood, it indicates that 
the statement is unreal or at least uncertain. 

The subjunctive mood is generally employed in giving, 
indirectly, the assertion of another person, which we do not 
ourselves assume to credit. 

LXII. 

The first person singular of the present subjunctive is 
formed by dropping the final n of the present infinitive (43, a). 
Wlan fagt, bap id) faut fei. They say that I am lazy. 

@r gfanbt, bap id) (Mb fyaoe. He believes that I have money. 

1. In the present tense, as well as in the imperfect, the 
third person singular is like the first (43, a, b). 

3d) fyoffe, bap er font me. I hope that he is coming. 

<3ie erftart, fie tuerbe retdj. She declares she is growing 

rich. 

LXIII. 

The first person singular of the imperfect subjunctive ter- 
minates in e (43, b). 
O bap er $u meinem 3Sater Oh that he would go to my 

gtnge ! father ! 

O bap mem @ofm nod) fyier Oh that my son would remain 

otieoe ! here still! 

1. In irregular verbs, when the imperfect indicative has a 
hard stem-vowel, it is softened in forming the imperfect sub- 
junctive (44, I, b). 



LXIV.] THE IMPERATIVE. 73 

SBcnn man fie ntd)t fcmbe, fo If she were not found, she were 

ware fie fid)ci\ safe. 

SDZcut fagt, er fa§e bie ,ftonigitt* They say he saw the queen. 

LXIV. 

What is called the conditional is formed with the imperfect 
subjunctive of merben, to become (43, I, g). 

£atte id) ®elb, toitrbe id) gern Had I money, I would gladly 

gefyen, go. 

SBave er gefatfen, ioiirbe er gennfj Had he fallen, he would cer- 

geftorben feirt* tainly have died. 

SGenn id) bag gettmfjt ptre, If I had known that, I would 

toitrbe id) U)tt gefd)lagen fyaben. have beaten him. 

LXV. 

In other respects the forms of the subjunctive are like those 
of the indicative. 

@ie fagten, baf? fie feme 23iid)er They said that they have no 

tyctbem books. 

SCenn itjx bie Qtit §M, fo merbe If you (ye) have the time, I 

idj end) befud)etu will visit you. 

3d) tt>iinfd)te, bag ©ie fommett. I wished that you would come. 

LXVI. 

The forms of the imperative correspond to those of the sub- 
junctive, except in the second person singular, where the 
imperative is like the first person singular of the subjunctive 
(43, 1, h). 

25leibe rul)ig* Remain (thou) quiet, 

fringe ba3 23udj* Bring (thou) the book. 

(5pred)et, U)r SBafber. Speak, ye woods. 

(£r fei roiltfommen. Let him be welcome. 

Soben ©te fid) md)t Do not praise yourselves. 



74 THE SUBJUNCTIVE. [LXVI. 

1. Most irregular verbs which soften the stem-vowel in the 
present indicative, drop the final vowel of the imperative, in 
the second person singular, and undergo the same vowel 
change as in the present indicative (XXXVII, 1). 

(Sprid) ttneber. Speak again. 

©iB nut ttwa$. Give me something. 

2. When the stem-vowel is a, however, it remains unchanged 
and the final vowel is not dropped (44, I, h). 

£anfe in ben ©avten. Kim into the garden, 

©djfafe nocfy rutyig. Sleep on quietly. 

3. When the subject of the verb in the imperative is @te 
(you), it should always be expressed. The verb is properly 
in the subjunctive, if any other pronoun is expressed as its 
subject. 

$ommen ©tc nad) £anfe. Come home. 

Sefucfyen @te un3 morgen. Visit us to-morrow. 

(£r fomme, totnn er Iran! ift. Let him come, if he is ill. 

Vocabulary. 

Slnttoorten, to answer. ®ern, gladly. S^uhig, quiet. 

23eere, berry. ©etttp, certain. ©tcfcer, safe, secure. 

23tfd)of, bishop. @(auben, to believe. 23er(terert, to lose. 

!Damit, in order that, ^offen, to hope. 23or, before. 

(Stnft, once. $(ug, shrewd. SBenn, if. 

(SrHarert, to declare. Safjen, to let, to leave. SSMeber, again, 

gecfoten, to fight. 9?ur, only. SBtUfommen, welcome, 

gragen, to a?k, question. Db, whether, if. Qtit, time. 

Examples. 

©in 33tfdjof fagte einft ju einem fefyr Hngen $inbe: 9ftem $tnb, 
i$ null btr einen 2lpfel geben, tvenn bu mir fag (I, mo ®ott ijh 

£)a$ $tnb antwortete : Unb idj frill 3()nen jmei geoen, wenn @ie 
mir fagen, roo er nid)t i(L 

2Benn id) son ifyr getyort tyatte, fo witrbe td) an ffe gefdjrteoen tjaoen. 



LXVI.] THE IMPEKATIVE. 75 

£atte ber 23if$of genmgt, bag bas tfittb fo Hug fei, ttmrbe cr e$ 

nicfyt gcfragt tjaBen* 
SQBenn er morgcn fommen faun, fo gefje idj mieber gurittf. 
SBenn er rul)ig MeiBt, rcirb er tmmer Beffer tr-erbem 
3$ nntf e^ t$m fagen, bamit er miffe, bag feine grau gefommen ijh 
3d) ttiirbe gern glauktt, bag bie ©otbaten gut fedjten, after ity 

ijabe getoig gef)6rt, bag fte gefdjlagen nmrbetu 
£atte i$ ntc^t gegtauot, bag fte bie $reugen gefd)(agen ^aben, fo 

toiirbe id) e3 3l)iteu fyeute nidjt gefagt tjaben* 
<Sie fragten itjn, oo er biefeu ©flatten fenne. 
(Er fagte mir, bag fte tuillfommeu feten. 
3d) glauote tmmer, er fei em Steifenber, 
Wan fagte mir, bag mem 55ater moI)t getr-efen fei. 
2tfs biefer Deutfd)e anfam, faub er ben <3o$n" ttor unfrer £l)itre 

ftet)en, 
3ener fragte biefen, ttarum er ttor unfere STpre gefje., 
(Er anttr-ortete, er fat)e bort bie £ammdjen in bem ©arten fptelen* 
3d) glaube, bag er em guter ftnafa ift 

Exercise. 
Let the bishop give this shrewd child two apples. If the 
child had one apple, the bishop had two. The child said I 
want the apple. No, they say that the child said it did not 
want the apples. Let us seat ourselves here and eat these 
sweet, ripe berries. If my father lost his horses, they say he 
has found them again. The weather will be good day after 
to-morrow, if it rain to-day. Once (upon a time) a king said 
to his people : Let all who believe that they have been good 
soldiers stand before me. When I was studying French, I read 
in a book which my uncle gave me, that French soldiers would 
fight well even if it were hot weather. We hope that this is 
true. Let us ask this man why he is so happy. He says he 
is always happy when he gives something every day to the 
poor. Ask this man whether he has been unfortunate. He 
4 



76 THE SUBJUNCTIVE. [LXVI. 

certainly speaks well. She asked us if we knew what time it 
was. What o'clock is it ? said my father. If I had known 
that you had fought for freedom in this country, you would 
have been welcome. If I had seen the tree, I would have 
known that it was an old one. My uncle says the tree is as 
high as his house. Let us visit the sick to-day. If I had 
had time, I would have gone yesterday. Henry, bring me 
my hat. If the poor man is not better, I fear that he will 
die. The traveler said the patient had been very ill. If it 
should rain to-morrow, we would be obliged to return. Speak 
to that man for me. He says, if he departs to-day, he will 
return to-morrow. If the old man of whom you spoke to me, 
who lived on the other side of the river, had written you a 
letter in order that you might know that I have returned, 
I am sure that you would have received it. Good night. 



PART II. 

SYNOPSES 

FORMS OF WORDS. 



SYNOPSES 

OF 

THE FORMS OF WORDS. 



1. The Personal Pronoun. 

First Person. 





Singular. 


Plural. 


Nominative, 


ify, 


I. 


hrit, we. 


Genitive, 


mein( 


^er), my, of me. 


imfer, our, of us. 


Dative, 


mix, 


to me. 


im3, to us. 


Accusative, 


mid), 


me. 

Second Person. 


un$, us. 




Singular. 


Plural. 


Nominative, 


bit, 


thou. 


i§r, ye. 


Genitive, 


fcein(er), thy, of thee. 


euet(er), your, of you 


Dative, 


irir, 


to thee. 


z\x§, to you. 


Accusative, 


w* 


thee. 

Third Person. 
Singular. 


tud), you. 


er, he. 




fte, she. 


e3, it. 


fein(er), his, of h 


im. 


iljr(er), her, of her. fein(er), its, of it. 


ifjm, to him. 




ttjr, to her. 


tf)m, to it. 


t^tt, him. 




fie, her. 

Plural. 


eg, it. 


Nominative, 


fie, 


they. 


Genitive, 




it)r(cr), 


their, of them. 


Dative, 




ifynen, 


to them. 


Accusative, 


fie, 


them. 



80 



THE ADNOMINAL WORD. 



[2. 



THE ADNOMINAL WOBD. 





A. Simple Declens' 


Ion. 
ouns. (m 




2. Demonstrative Peon 


i). 




This. 








Singular. 








Masculine. Feminine. 


Neuter. 




Nominative, 


btefer, biefe, 


biefen, 


this. 


Genitive, 


biefeS, biefer, 


biefeS, 


of this. 


Dative, 


btefem, biefer, 


biefem, 


to this. 


Accusative, 


biefen, biefe, 

P L U E A L. 


biefen, 


this. 




Masculine. Feminine. 


Neuter. 




Nominative, 


biefe, biefe, 


biefe, 


these. 


Genitive, 


biefer, biefer, 


biefer, 


of these 


Dative, 


biefen, biefen 


biefen, 


to these 


Accusative, 


biefe, biefe, 


biefe, 

ITICLE. 


these. 


j 


3. The Definite Ai 






The. 








Singular. 








Masculine. Feminine. 


Neuter 




Nominative, 


ber, bie, 


bas, 


the. 


Genitive, 


be$, ber, 


be^, 


of the. 


Dative, 


bem, ber, 


bem, 


to the. 


Accusative, 


ben, bie, 

P I- U R A L. 


bas, 


the. 


Nominative, bie, 




the. 


Genitive, 


ber, 




of the. 


Dative, 


ben, 




to the. 


Accusative, bie, 




the. 



4] 



THE ADNOMINAL WORD. 



81 



Masculine. 

guter, 
gutes, 
gutem, 



Adjectives. 
Good. 

Feminine. 

gate, 
guter, 

guter, 
like biefer. 



Neuter. 

gute£. 
guteS. 
gutem. 





5. 


Indefinite Pronouns. 








S o m e. 






etntger, 




eimge, 




emtgeS. 


etutgeS, 


The 


etmger, 
etc. 


(x 


eintger* 


6. 


Relative Pronoun. 


LIX). 






Who, Which. 






Masculine 




Feminine. 




Neuter. 


fceldjer, 




toetdje, 
etc. 




ttetdjeg. 



7. The Ordinal Numeral. 

First. 

erfier, erfte, erfteS. 

etc. 



8. The Past Participle, (xvi). 

Loved. 

geltefcter, getiefcte, geltefctes. 

etc. 



9. The Present Participle, (xliv). 

Loving. 

Ktel&enber, IteBeube, Xtcfeenbe^* 

etc. 



82 



THE ADNOMINAL WORD. 



[10. 



10. The Indefinite Article, (vii); (vdi). 

_A_, an. 

Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. 

tin, eine, em, a. 

etneg, einer, eineg, of a. 

einem, einer, einem, to a. 

einen, eine, eitt, a. 



tneiri, 



tnetne, 



ll. Possessive Pronouns, (vii). 

My. 

Singular. 

meine, 
like etn. 

P LU B A L. 

tnetne, 
like btefe. 



tneitt* 



meine. 



B. Euphonic Declension. 



12. The Definite Article and Adjective, (xxxiv, 1, 2). 



Masculine. 

ber gute alte, 
beg guten atten, 
bem guten alten, 
ben guten alten, 

bie gnten atten, 
ber gnten alten, 
ben gnten alten, 
bie guten alten, 



The good olcL 

Singular. 
Feminine. 

bie gnte alte, 
ber gnten atten, 
ber gnten alten, 
bie gnte alte, 

Plural. 

bie gnten atten, 
ber gnten atten, 
ben gnten atten, 
bie gnten alten, 



Neuter. 

bag gnte atte. 
beg guten atten. 
bem gnten atten. 
bag gute atte. 

bie guten atten. 
ber guten atten. 
ben guten alten. 
bie guten alten. 



13.] THE PRONOUNS. 83 

13. The Definite Article and Past Participle. 

The loved. 

ber geltefcte, bte gelteBte, bag geliefcte* 

beg geliefcten, ber geliebten, beg geliefcten- 

etc. 



14. The Indefinite Article and Adjective, (xxxv). 

A good old. 

eitt guter alter, erne gute alte, eitt guteg alteg. 

eineg guten alten, etner guten alten, eineg guten alten* 

eittem guten alten, etner guten alten, etnem guten alten- 

einen guten alten, eine gute alte, ein guteg alteg* 



IRREGULAR PRONOUNS. 

15. The Relative Pronoun T)tx. (l, l). 

Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. Plural. 

ber, bie, bag, bte* 

beffen, beren, beffen, beren. 

bem, ber, bem, benem 

ben, bie, bag, bie* 



16. The Interrogative Pronouns, (xlix, l) 

Who? ^What? 

roer, who. 



tteffen, 


whose. 


mm, 


to whom, 


n?en, 


whom. 




4* 



mag, 


what. 


toeff(en), 


whose. 


Oo^u), 


to what. 


n>ag, 


what. 



84 THE NUMERALS. [17. 

THE NUMERALS. 
17. Cardinal Numbers. 

1 em (3). 21 tin unb jtocm^tg, 

2 3»ei. 22 ^jvet ttub gn?an3ig. 

3 bret. 30 breifjjtg. 

4 iner. 31 ein unb bretfig. 

5 fimf. 40 ttiergtg. 

6 fe<$$* 50 fiinftig. 

7 fteben. 60 fecfyjig. 

8 a$t 70 ftebenjtg. 

9 neun. 80 adjtjtg. 

10 ^efyn. 90 neun^ig. 

11 elf. 100 Imnbert. 

12 gwoff. 101 Imnbert unb ein(3). 

13 brei^n. 105 ^unbevt unb fitnf. 

14 tiierjc^n* 200 atoeifyunbert. 

15 funfae^n. 1,000 taufenb. 

16 fed)3d)tt. 2,000 grcettaufettb. 

17 fteBenje^n. 10,000 ^ntaufenb. 

18 aifyt$tfyn. * erne WliUion. 

19 neunjetm. eine SSillion. 

20 inanity. tint Srittion. 

18. Multiplicative Adverbs. 

emntat, once. sttjanjtgmal, twenty times, 

jttjeimat, twice. bretfigmat, thirty times, 

bretmat, thrice. fitnfjtgmal, fifty times, 

tttermat, four times. neunjigmaf, ninty times, 

fiinfmat, five times. tmnbertmat, a hundred times, 

acfytmal, eight times. taufenbmat, a thousand times. 

$tfynma\, ten times. ttielmal, many times, 

jtvolfmal, twelve times. attentat, every time. 



19.] THE NUMERALS. 85 

19. Ordinal Numbers. 

£)er erfte, the first. ber tin imb 3ft>att3tgfte, the twen- 
ber ^titt, the second. ty-first. 

ber britte, the third. ber bretjngfte, the thirtieth, 

ber fcierte, the fourth. ber furtfjigfte, the fiftieth, djdjn 

ber fiinfte, the fifth. ber ad^tgfte, the eightieth, 

ber acfyte, the eighth. ber fyunbertfte, the hundredth, 

ber 3tt>olfte, the twelfth. ber taufenbfte, the thousandth, 

ber 3ir>an3tgfte, the twentieth, ber mi (lion fte, the millionth. 



20. Ordinal Adverbs. 
erfiertS, firstly. brittenS, thirdly, 

groettenv, secondly. *>ierten3, fourthly. 



21. The following are declined : 

einfad), or eittfatttg, simple, single, 
^metfacfy, or jtueifalttg, double, twofold, 
tyuttbertfacfy, or fyunbertfalttg, a hundredfold. 



22. Fractional Numbers. 

£>te £atfte, the half. U anbertyalfc. 

ein $at&(e$), a half. 2| brittljaiK 

ein £)rittel (Drittf)eil), a third. 3J Dterttyalfc. 

ein SStcrtct, a fourth. 4 J fiinfttyatfc* 

tin 3ttatt3tgftel, a twentieth. 5£ fed)ftf)aJK 



23. Variative Numbers. 

einerlei, of one kind. gman^tgerlei, of twenty kinds, 

gtoeterlei, of two kinds. fcielerlei, of many kinds, 

breierlei, of three kinds. aflerlet, of all kinds. 



86 



COMPARISON. 



[25. 



COMPARISON. 



24. The 


hard stem-vowel of a simple adjective is so 


in forming 


the comparative 


and superlative degrees. 


TO, 


old, 


alter, 


atteft 


Jung, 


young, 


jituger, 


iirngft 


retdj, 


rich, 


reidjer, 


reidjft 


ebet, 


noble, 


ebter, 


ebelfh 


toeife, 


wise, 


toeifer, 


toeifejh 


$eflfarMg, 


light-colored, 


tyetlfarMger, 


$ettfarfctg(h 


ungtutfftdj, 


unhappy, 


itnajitcfltcfyer, 


uugji'tcilitf)fi 



25. The following simple adjectives of common occurrence 
do not soften the stem-vowel : 



Man, blue, 
bras, brave, 
bunt, variegated, 
falfdj, false, 
fladj, flat, 
glatt, smooth. 
a.rau, gray. 
^ot)l, hollow, 
fyolb, favorable, 
faro,, stingy. 



fuapp, tight, 
la^m, lame, 
taut, loud, 
log, loose, 
mager, lean, 
matt, weary, 
platt, flat, 
plump, clumsy, 
rafcfy, quick, 
rant), rough* 
Satjm, tame 



rot), raw. 
mnb, round. 
fanft, gentle, 
fatt, satisfied, 
ftot^, proud, 
ftumpf, blunt, 
ftumm, mute. 
tank, deaf. 
»oH, full, 
toafjr, true. 



26. The following are somewhat irregular in comparison : 
gut, good, fceffer, fceft. 

Jjod), high, tyofjer, l)i>$fh 

naf), nigh, na^er, nadjft 

ttiet, much, me^r, metjh 



27.] THE SUBSTANTIVE. 87 

THE SUBSTANTIVE. 



A. Declension of Nouns. 



27. Regular Declension, (xii). 

a. The Friend. 

Singular. Plural. 

ber $rennb, the friend. Me $rennbe, the friends. 

be3 ^rennbeS, of the friend. ber grennbe, of the friends, 

bem ^reunbe, to the friend. ben ^rennben, to -the friends, 

ben ^reunb, the friend. bie g^^unbe, the friends. 

b. The Word. 

Singular. Plural. 

ba3 2Bort, the word. bie SBorte, the words. 

be0 $3orte£, of the word. ber SBorre, of the words, 

bem SBorte, to the word. ben Shorten, to the words. 

bag SBort, the word. bie 2Borre, the words. 



28. Vowel modified in the plural, (xii, 1). 

a. The Son. b. The G-oose. 

ber ©otjtt, bie ©oljne. bie (3an$, bie ©dnfe. 

be3 @ofjne3, ber ©ofyne. ber ®an$ f ber (Mnfe. 

bem ©ofyne, ben ©otynetu ber (SJcmS, ben (Mnfen. 

ben ©ofyn, bie @of)ne. bie (3an$, bie (Mnfe. 

c. The following masculines of frequent occurrence do not 
soften the stem-vowel in the plural : 
$rm, arm. £cmr, sound. $ctrf, park. 

23efndj, visit. Sftonat, month. $fab, path. 

ipuf, hoof. 9)?enb, moon. ©$nf), shoe, 

ipnnb, dog. Drr, place ©teff, stuff. 

Xa$, day. 3>oU, inch. 



88 THE SUBSTANTIVE. [29. 

29. The singular terminating in e. (xii, 2). 

a. The Lady. b. The Eye. 

bie Dame, bte Damen. bag 2htge, bie SIngm. 

ber Dante, ber Damen. beg 2htge3, ber 2lugen. 

ber Dame, ben Damen. bem 2htg,e, ben Slnant. 

bie Dame, bie Damen. bag 5luge, bte 2lngen. 

c. The following feminines in common use are declined 
like Dame (lvii, 1) : 

2trt, kind. $fUdjt, duty. $Qa% choice. 

S3a^n, road. $oft, P ost - SBelt, world. 

$orm, form. ©d)lad)t, battle. 3<*fy^ number, 

gran, woman. Ufjr, time-piece. 3 e ^/ time. 

d. Like bag Singe, are declined the following nouns of the 
neuter gender : 

S3ett(e), bed. (Snbe, end. £emb(e), shirt. 

3nfe!t, insect. D^r, ear. 



30. The Euphonic Declension, (lvi). 

a. The Boy. b. The Hero. 

ber $naBe, bte ^nafcen. ber ipefb, bie ipelben. 

beg $naBen, ber $naBen. beg ipetben, ber £elben. 

bem ^naBen, ben .ftnaBen. bent ipelben, ben £elben, 

ben $naBen, bie ^naBen. ben £elben, bie £elben. 

c Like the above are declined the following masculines 
of common occurrence (lvi, 1) : 

Sfftronom, astrono- £err, lord. £)d)g, ox. 

33ar, bear. [mer. 9ttenfd), man. ^>()tlofopl), philoso- 

Sljrtft, christian. 9ttonardj, monarch. $oet, poet. [pher. 
gitrft, prince. Wvo, nerve. ©olbat, soldier. 

(Stnbent, student. S^rann, tyrant. 



81.] 



THE SUBSTANTIVE. 



89 



31. Euphonic in the Plural, (lvii, 2, 3). 



a. The Sister. 

bie ©cfywejfcr, bte ©d)toeftern. 

ber @d)n>efter, ber ©cfywejiern. 

ber ©djroefter, ben ©cfymeftertu 

bie ©djiuefter, bie ©d)tt>eftern. 



b. The State. 

ber ©tacit, bie ©taaten* 

be3 @taate3, ber ©taatetu 

bem ©taate, ben ©taatem 

ben (Staat, bie ©taaten* 



c. A few masculines are declined like ber ©taat. 
53aner, peasant. ' Sorft, forest. 9tocfy6ar, neighbor. 

2)octor, doctor. -3ft a jl, mast. $antoffe(, slipper. 

(See, lake, better, cousin. 



32. Plural with the liquid r» (lviii). 



a. The Booh. 

bas 23n$, bie SSiic^er* 

be3 33u$eS, ber 53iid)er. 

bem S3ud>e, ben 33iidjern. 

bas 33ndj, bie 33itcfyer. 



b. The Man. 

ber Sftann, bie banner* 

be3 yRannt$, ber banner* 

bem ^Ratine, ben Sftannent. 

ben 9ftann, bie banner. 



c The following neuters form their plural like 23ndj 



S3ab, bath. 
S3anb, ribbon. 
35ilb, picture. 
SBfatt, leaf. 
SBrett, board. 
£)acfy, roof. 
£>orf, village. 
m, egg. 
Sag, cask, 
getb, field. 



©elb, money. 
©emitrt), mind. 
®efd)ted)t, sex, race. 
©eftdjt, face, 
©las, glass. 
$aud, house. 
£eiucjtf)um, sanct- 
uary, 
ipnljm, chicken, 
flalfc, calf. 



$inb, child. 
Samm, lamb. 
Sanb, country. 
Sieb, song. 
2oc$, hole. 
9ceft, nest, 
©djfojj, lock. 
<3 corner t, sword. 
Zfyal, dale. 
Xu&), cloth. 



93oIf, nation, bag SGeiB, the wife. 



90 THE SUBSTANTIVE. [33. 

d. The following masculines like 9ftann : 
©eift, spirit. £etf>, body. S3alb, wood, 

©otr, God. SRanb, edge. SBurm, worm. 

3rrtl)um, error. Sinfyfyum, riches. 



33. NO TERMINATION IN THE PLURAL. (Lix). 
a. The Carriage. b. The Father. 

ber 2£aa,en, bie SBagen. ber SBater, bte $ater. 

beg SBageng, ber 2Gagen. beg SSaterg, ber 25ater. 

bem SSagen, ben 2£aam. bent 23ater, ben $atern. 

ben SBagen, bie SBagen. ben $ater, bte 23ater. 

c. Like 3Sater, are declined the following masculines 
(lix, 1): 

2lcfer, acre. ffaben, thread. Mantel, cloak. 

Slpfel, apple. ©ctrten, garden. ^Ragel, nail. 

SBrnber, brother. ipammer, hammer. £)fen, stove. 
(Battel, saddle. 55oget, bird. 

d. Two feminines form the plural like 23ater. 

Wluttzx, mother. Xocfyter, daughter. 



34. Termination dropped in nominative singular, (lx). 

a. The HVame. b. The Heart. 

ber 9kme(n), bie 9kmen. bag £er$(en), bte ipeqen. 

beg 9?ameng, ber 9kmen. beg iperjeng, ber Jper^en. 

bem ^amen, ben ^arnen. bem £er$en, ben ^perjen. 

ben Viamm, bie 9?amen. bag £erj(en), bie ipeqen. 

c. A few masculines are declined like 5^ame. 
S3ud)ftaBe, letter. griebe, peace. ©tan&e, faith. 

£)anm(en), thumb. gnnfe, spark. £anfe, heap. 

gelg(en), rock. ©ebanfe, thought. ©ante, seed. 

SBitte, will 



35.] 



THE SUBSTANTIVE. 



91 



B. The Gender of Nouns. 
35. The following nouns in common use have now no ter- 
mination to show that they are of the feminine gender (lvii, 1): 



33d)n, road. 
SBanf, bench. 
SBibel, bible. 
Sutter, butter. 
£)iftel, thistle. 
$et>er, pen. 



£cmb, hand. ©per, opera. 

3nfel, island. $em, pain, 

^artojfel, potato. $erfon, person, 
^enntntf , knowledge. $cgel, rule. 



Setter, ladder. 
Waiter, wall. 



^utftermg , darkness. 9J?au3, mouse. 



gfur, field, 
^orm, form. 
©ctM, fork, 
©efafyr, danger. 



9Mc$, milk. 
SDTuftf, music. 
9tat>el, needle. 
Summer, number. 
$aty, number. 



©cfyaufel, shovel, 
©coulter, shoulder, 
©pur, trace. 
Ut)r, time-piece. 
$Qal)l, choice. 
2Bcmfc, wall. 
SGuqel, root. 



36. A few nouns terminating in e, which are not the names 
of male beings, are of the masculine gender (34, a, b, c). 
25ud)ftaBe, letter. ©ebanfe, thought. $afe, cheese. 
Sriebe, peace. ©laube, faith. Name, name* 

Suufe, spark. £aufe, heap. ©ante, seed. 

SBitte, will. 



37. A limited number terminating in t are also masculine. 
23art, beard. groft, frost. 9ftaft, mast. 

23teifttft, pencil. ©eift, spirit. 9>unft, point. 

£)uft, odor. . £aMcfyt, hawk. ©alctt, salad. 

£urft, thirst. £ut, hat. ©taat, state. 



38. Some neuters of frequent occurrence also end in t* 
Stmt, office. Srett, board. 2id)t, light. 

33ett, bed. geft, festival. 9?eft, nest. 



92 THE VERB. [39 

matt, leaf. ©ift, poison. Dfcjl, fruit. 

93Iut, blood. £aupt, head. ©tfymert, sword. 

S3oot, boat. $raut, vegetable. SBort, word. 

39. The following are frequently recurring neuters which 
were not used in Part I : 

33 ab, bath. $letb, garment. (Seit, rope. 

23ttb, picture. Seib, suffering. (Spiel, sport. 

(St, egg. £teb, song. ©trpty, straw. 

®raB, grave. 2o$, hole. Zfydl, valley. 

£eer, host. 5D?aI, time. Zljov, gate. 

£emb, shirt. 9Koo3, moss. Ufer, shore, 

iporn, horn. 9)actr, pair. 2Berf, work. 

3ot$, yoke. <5<$Iojj, lock. SBunber, miracle. 



THE VEKB. 



J.. Auxiliary Verbs. 
40. ipctoen, to have. 

Principal Parts. 

Sr>abtn, have. fjatte, had. getya&t, had. 

Indicative, Subjunctive. 

Present. 
Singular. Singular. 

id) tyaBe, I have. tdj fjat)e, I may have, 

bu tyaft, thou hast. bit fjabeft, thou mayest have, 

er fyctt, he has. er tyafce, he may have. 

Plural. Plural. 

nrit Ijaben, we have. ttnr fyctBen, we may have. 

i()r f)ao(e)t, ye have. ifyr tjapet, ye may have, 

fie fyahtn, they have. fie l)aUn, they may have. 



40.] 



THE VERB. 



93 



Indicative. 



Subjunctive. 



Imperfect — I had. 



idj tyatte, I had. 

bit Ijatteft, thou hadst. 

er fyatte, he had. 

fair fatten, we had. 

tljr fyctttet, ye had. 

fte fatten, they had. 



td) fydtte, I might have. 

bit ()dtteft, thou mightst have. 

er fyatte, he might have. 

ttnr fydtten, we might have, 

ttjr tjiittet, ye might have, 

fte fatten, they might have. 



Perfect — I have had. 



tdj Ijabt getjabt 
bu tyafl gefyabh 
er $at gefyabt 

ttur ijahtrt geljabt 
ityr $afa geljabt 
fte- 1) a 6 en gefyabt 



id) ()a6e gefyabt 
bu Jjabejt gefyabh 
er ^abe gefyabt. 

uur fjaben gefyabt 
ifyr fyabet gefjafct. 
fte fyabeu gefyabt 



Pluperfect — I had had. 



id) fjatte get)abh 
bu tyattejl gefyabt 
er fyatte gefjabt 
fair fatten geljabt. 
i^r fatter gefjabt, 
fte fatten gefyabt 

Future- 

idj merbe fyabtn. 
bu mtrft tyafceiu 
er ttrirb fyaltn. 

U>ir tuerben yabem 
t^r werbet fyabtn. 
fte n?erben fyabm. 



i§ tjatte getjafct. 
bu fj&tteft gefyabt 
er Ijatte gefyabh 
our fatten gefjabt. 
ityr tyattet geljabt 
fte fatten geljabt 

-I shall have. 

idj tperbe tjaben. 
bu merbeft ijabm* 
er twrbe IjaUn. 

toix tuerben fyafon. 
i()r werbet fjabem 
fte merbeu fyaUn. 



94 



THE VERB. 



[40. 



Future Perfect — I shall have had. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 



tdj tr-erbe gety&fct fyaUn. 
bu mirft Qtfyabt fydbm. 
er wirb ge^afct §afceru 

toiv Herbert geljabt tyafceu. 
tf)r fterbet cjef>a6t ^abett* 
fie iverbeu gef)a6t Ijafcen. 



id) toerbe gefyaBt tyapeu. 
bu tterbeft getjaBt tyafceu. 
er twrbe gefjafct fyabtxt* 

tt>ir Herbert getyaftt fyafon. 
ifyr merbet gefyabt tyafceru 
fie tuerben getjaBt fyaktu 



Conditionals. 

Fibst Conditional. Second Conditional. 

I would have. I would have had. 



i<$ ttitrbe fyctften. 
bu ttmrbeft l)aBen. 
er ttmrbe tyctkn. 

n?ir miirben f)aBem 
if)r ttmrbet fyafon. 
fie umrbeu Ijaben. 



t$ mitrbe gc^abt Ijafcetu 
bu umrbeft gefyafct fyabeu. 
er miirbe ge^afct fyaBeu* 

n?ir umrbeu gefjaBt fyafoti. 
tfyr miirbet gefyaot Ijafon. 
fie tr-itrbeu gefyafct ^a^en. 



Imperative. 

Singular. Plural. 

^aBe, have (thou). t)afcet, have (ye). 

Infinitives. 

Present. Perfect. 

fyafon, to have. geljafct fyaku, to have had. 

Participles. 
Present. Past. 

fjafceub, having. ge^abt, had. 



41.] 



THE VERB. 



95 



41. (Sein, to be. 

Principal Parts. 

fein, be. mar, was. gemefen, been. 



Indicative 


Subjunctive. 




Present. 


idj Mn, 


I am. 


idj fei, I may be. 


bu Mft, 


thou art. 


bu feieft, thou mayest be. 


er ift, 


he is. 


er fei, he may be. 


tx>ir ftnb, 


we are. 


mir feien, we may be. 


it)r feib, 


ye are. 


if)r feiet, ye may be. 


fie ftnb, 


they are. 


fte feien, they may be. 




Imperfect — I was. 


id) mar. 


mir maren. 


id) mare. mir maren. 


bu marft, 


ifyr mart. 


bu mar eft. tf)r maret. 


er mar. 


fie maren. 


er mare. fte maren.. 




Perfect- 


-I have been. 




td) Mn gemefen. 


idj fei gemefen. 




bu Mft gemefen. 


bu feieft gemefen. 




er ift gemefen. 


er fei gemefen. 




mir ftnb gemefen. 


mir feien gemefen. 




tt)r feit> gemefen. 


tijr feiet gemefen. 




fte ftnb gemefen. 


fte feien gemefen. 




Pluperfect — I had been. 




\6) mar gemefen. 


id) mare gemefen. 




bu marft gemefen. 


bu mareft gemefen. 




er mar getr-efen. 


er mare gemefen. 




mtr maren gemefen. 


mir maren gemefen. 




tfyr maret gemefen. 


iljr maret gemefen. 




fte maren gemefen. 


fte maren gemefen. 



THE VERB. 



[41. 



Future — I shall be. 
idj toerbe fein. tdj toerbe fein. 



bu ftirft fein. 
er roirb fein. 

tt>ir Herbert fein. 
ijjr tterbet fein. 
fte merben fetrt* 

Future Perfect- 
tdj tperbe gemefen fetn* 
bu nurft gcwcfen fcin. 
er ttirb gemefen fcin* 
nnr ttserben gewefen fein. 
tfyr tterbet gettefen fein. 
fie toerben gemefen fein. 



bu toerbeft fetn* 
er merbe fern. 

nnr merben fein. 
ifyr merbet fein. 
fte werben fern* 

—I shall have been, 
idj merbe gewefen fcirt* 
bu tuerbeft gewefert fetn. 
er merbe gemefen fcin. 
n?tr tuerben getvefen fein. 
tfyr tuerbet gemefen fcin. 
fte merbett getvefen fein. 



Conditionals. 



First Conditional. 
I would be. 
id) nmrbe fcin. 
bu ir-itrbeft fcin. 
er ftitrbe fein. 
nnr nmrben fcin. 
itjr tritrbct fein. 
fte toiirben fein. 

fei, be (thou). 

Present. 

fein. to be. 

Present. 

feienb, being. 



Second Conditional. 
I would have been, 
id) nmrbe gewefen fein. 
bu mitrbcft gcmcfeu fein. 
er autrbe gcwcfen fein. 
nnr mitrben gcmefcn fein. 
ifyr tourbet gcwcfen fein. 
fte toitrben getoefen fein. 
Imperative. 

feib, be (ye). 

Infinitives. 

Perfect, 

gemefen fein, to have been. 
Participles. 

Past. 

geroefen, been. 



42.] 



THE VERB. 



97 



42. SBerben, to become. 

Principal Farts. 

toerben, become. amrbe, became. gemorben, become. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

Present. 

I become, 
thou becomest. 



idj merbe, 
bu ttirft, 
er mirb, 



mx rcerben, 
ii)v tx>erbet, 
fte tverben, 



idj murbe, 
bu murbeft, 
ec t»urbe, 



tcfy fterbe, I may become, 
bit toerbeft, thou mayest become, 
he becomes. er faerbe, he may become. 

we become. ttsir toerben, we may become, 

ye become. if)r toerbet, ye may become, 

they become. fte tt>erbcu, they may become. 

Imperfect — I became. 

ix>ir ttitvben. id) luitrbe, nrir toitrbeu. 
ifjr faurbet. bu tr-itrbeft, ifj/t toitrbet. 

fte nmrbeu. er toitrbe, fte nmrbeu. 

Perfect — I have become. 



idj Bin gemorben. 
bu Btft gemorben. 
er ift geworben. 

toir ftnb getuorben. 
ifyr feib getr-orbeu. 
fte ftnb gemorben. 



i<fy fet gemorben. 
bu fetejt gemorben. 
er fet gemorben. 

unr feieu gemorbeu. 
tfjr feiet gemorben. 
fte feieu gettorbeu. 



Pluperfect — I had become. 

id) wax gercorbeu. id) metre getoorbett. 

bu warjl gercorben. bu ftjarejl geir-orbeu. 

er tear gen?orben. er tuare gemorben. 

uur u>areu getoorben. txur roaren getoorben. 

U)r »aret geieorben. ii)x uniret geroorben. 

fte u>areu gemorben. fte tx>arcn geroorben. 



98 



THE VERB. 



[42. 



Future 

idj tuerbe werben. 

bu nurft roerben. 

er nnrb fterben. 

n>ir tuerben merben. 

i(jr toerbet Herbert, 

fie toerben merben. 

Future Perfect 
tdj toerbe gemorben fein. 
bu wirjl getr-orben fein. 
er ftirb gemorben fein* 
ttJtr merben geiuorben fetn. 
i$r toerbet gemorben fein. 
fte werben gercorben fein. 



I shall become, 
idj werbe toerben. 
bn werbeft merben. 
er werbe n?erben. 
wir werben luerben. 
ifjr toerbet werben. 
fte werben werben. 
■I shall have become, 
id) werbe geworben fein. 
bu werbeft geworben fein. 
er werbe geworben fein. 
ttrir werben gemorben fein. 
iijr werbet gemorben fein. 
fte merben gemorben fein. 



Conditionals. 



First Conditional. 

I would become, 
idj ttitrbe rcerben. 
bu ttitrbeft iverben. 
er wiirbe werben. 
ttur roiirben werben. 
itjr witrbet werben. 
fte nmrben werben. 



Second Conditional. 

I would have become, 
id) mitrbe gemorben fein. 
bu wiirbeft gemorben fein. 
er nmrbe gemorben fein. 
ttrir nmrben geworben fein. 
ijjr tviirbet geworben fein. 
fte ttmrben geworben fein. 

Imperative. 
werbe, become (thou). tterbet, become (ye). 
Infinitives. 

Present. Perfect. 

fterben, to become. getvorben fein, to have become. 

Participles. 

Present. Past. 

tterbenb, becoming. getvorben, become. 



43.] 



THE VERB. 



99 



B. Regular Verbs. 

43. Siefcen, to love. 

I. ACTIVE VOICE. 

Principal Parts. 

tteften, love. liebte, loved. getie&t, loved. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

a. Present. 
Singular. Singular. 



1 idj liebe, I love. 

2 bu (tebft, thou lovest. 

3 er Itebt, he loves. 

Plural. 

1 tmr Itefteu, we love. 

2 U)r XieBet, ye love. 

3 fte lie&en, they love. 

b. 

Singular. 

id) tieBte, I loved. 

bu lieBteft, thou lovedst. 

er Ite&te, he loved. 

Plural. 

totr ttefcten, we loved. 
U)r tteotet, ye loved, 
fie lie b ten, they loved. 



I have loved, 
id) fyctBe gelieBt 
bu tyaji geltebt. 
er $at gelieM. 



idj Itefce, I may love. 

bu (tefteft, thou mayest love. 

er Hebe, he may love. 

Plural. 

ttnr (ieBett, we 
ifyr liefcet, 
fie liifa 



may love. 
ii)x ueuei, ye may love, 
fie lieben, they may love. 

Imperfect. 

Singular. 

icfy Hebete, I might love. 

bu liefteteft, thou mightst love. 

er tteftete, he might love. 

Plural. 

ttur lieBeten, we might love, 
tfyr Tiebetet, ye might love, 
fie lie6eteu, they might love. 

Perfect. 

Singular. 

I may have loved. 
tdj tjafte getieftt. 
bu l)abeft gettefct 
er Jjabe geliefct. 



100 



THE VERB. 



[43. 



Indicative. 

tt>tt fyctoen geliefct. 
tfjr l^aBt gettefct 
fte X)aUn geliefcr. 



Subjunctive. 



Plural. 



ttur ^aBen gefteBt 
it)r tjaBet gelieBt 
fie §a6ctt getieftt 



d. Pluperfect. 



I Bad loved. 

tdj Ijatte gelie&t 
bu Jjatteft geltefct. 
er Ijatte geltefct. 
rctr fatten geliefch 
i\)x tyattet geliefct, 
fte fatten geltefct. 

e. 
I shall love, 
id) toerbe HeBen* 
bu uurjt ttefceu. 
er toirb liekn. 

ttur merbeu IteBen. 
tfjr toerbet liefcen. 
fie tterbett lieften. 



I might have loved, 
idj fyatte geltcfct. 
bu fyatteft getiefct. 
er §atte gcXicB t. 

ttnr fatten gelieot. 
i()r Ijattet geltefct. 
fie fatten geliebt 

Future. 

I will love. 
\&) toerbe Heft en. 
bu tuerbeft Itefceiu 
er tterbe Urijen. 

ttur tuerbeu lieBen* 
tfjr toerbet tiefcen. 
fie twrbeu lieben. 



f. Future Perfect. 



I shall have loved. 

id) iuerbe geliefct Baben. 
bu tturft gettefct fyafreu. 
er tturb geliebt \)abm. 

ttnr tr-erbeu geltebt l)akm. 
i\)x tverbet geltebt l)ahtn. 
fte toerbeu geltefct Jjafcen* 



I will have loved. 

id) tr-erbe gelieBt l)abm. 
bu ttcrbeft gelieftt fjabett. 
er n?erbe geliefct fyafceu. 

ttur wcrbeu geftefet tjafceit. 
il)r werbet gettebt tyafcett. 
fie roerben gette&t l)afceu + 



43.] 



THE VERB. 



101 



First Conditional. 

I would love, 
idj ftitrbe liefteu. 
bu tt>iirt)eft lieku* 
er toiirbe IteBen* 

ttnr ttmrbeu ItcBen* 
i()r toitrbet IteBen. 
fie toitrbeu lieben* 



Conditionals. 

Second Conditional. 

I would have loved, 
id) mitrbe gelteut Ijabm* 
bu toitrbeft geltebt f)a6em 
er ttiirbe gefiebt l)abem 

tt>ir mitrbeu gelteot t)a£em 
ttjr umrbet geliebt ijacem 
fie nmrben geitebt tjabm. 



h. Imperative. 

Singular. Plural. 

liefte, love (thou). XieBet, love (ye). 

i. Infinitives. 

Present. Perfect. 

tiepeu, to love. geue6t fyabm, to have loved, 

k. Participles. 

Present. Past. 

tiebenb, loving. geltept, loved. 



II. PAS 



Indicative. 



I am loved. 

Singular. 

idj tterbe gelteut 
bu roivft gelieot 
er unrb geliebt* 

Plural. 

tuir fterbeu getieBt 
tljr toerbet gettcBt. 
fie merben getie&t 



3 1 YE VOICE. 

Subjunctive. 
Present. 

I be loved. 

Singular. 

id) merbe getieot 
bu werbeft gelieot 
er toerbe gelieBL 

Plural. 

toir rnerbeu genecr. 
itjr toerbet getieot 
fie toerbeu geliept. 



102 



THE VERB. 



[43. 



b. 
I was loved. 

tdj umrbe geliebt. 
bu nmrbeft geliebt. 
er murbe geliebt. 

ttur ttmrben geliebt. 
tfjr nmrbet geliebt. 
fte nmrben geliebt. 

c. 
I have been loved, 
td) bin geliebt trorben. 
bu bift geliebt tr>orben. 
er ift geliebt morben. 
ttur ftnb geliebt toorben. 
i^r feib geliebt n?orben. 
fie finb geliebt worben. 

d. 
I bad been loved. 

idj mar geliebt tt>orben. 
bu tt>arft geliebt tt>orben. 
er tt>ar geliebt tt>orben. 
ttur ttmren geliebt worben. 
il)r maret geliebt tr-orben. 
\k toaren geliebt tt>orben. 



I shall be loved, 
idj tterbe geliebt fterben. 
bu tturft geliebt werben. 
er ttn'rb geliebt tr-erben. 



Imperfect. 

I were loved. 

tdj ttmrbe geliebt 
'on ttmrbeft geliebt. 
er ttmrbe geliebt 

tt>ir ttmrben geliebt. 
ifyr ttmrbet geliebt. 
fie ttmrben geliebt. 

Perfect. 

I may have been loved, 
id) (W geliebt tr-orben. 
bu feift geliebt worben. 
er fei geliebt morben. 
toix feien geliebt trorben. 
il)r feiet geliebt worben. 
fie feien geliebt trorben. 

Pluperfect. 

I might have been loved. 

id) mare geliebt tr>orben. 
bu trareft geliebt tt>orben. 
er tt>are geliebt morben. 
ttur tt>aren geliebt morben. 
(§r tr-aret geliebt tuorben. 
fie maren geliebt ttorben. 

Future. 

I will be loved, 
idj tt>erbe geliebt n?erben. 
bu tr-erbeft geliebt werben. 
er n>erbe geliebt tt>erben. 



43.] 



THE VERB. 



103 



toix tterben gelieBt merben. 
ii)x tt>erbet gelieBt tverben. 
fie twrben gelieBt fterben. 



ttnr merben gelieBt twrben. 
il)r n>erbet gettebt Herbert* 
fte roerben gelieBt fterben. 



f. Future Perfect. 



I shall have been loved, 
idj toerbe gelieBt ttorben fein. 
bu ttirft gelieBt ttorben fein, 
er toirb gelieBt ttorben fein* 
ttnr toerben gelieBt ftorben fein. 
tfyt werbet gelieBt toorben fein. 
fie merben gelieBt ftorben fein. 

g- 

First Conditional. 

I would be loved, 
tdj ttitrbe gelieBt merben. 
bn ftitrbeft gelieBt faerben. 
er miirbe geltebt werben. 

toix ttmrben gelieBt n>erben 
iljr ttmrbet gelieBt fterben. 
fte ttmrben gelieBt merben. 



I will have been loved, 
id) luerbe gelieBt ttorben fein. 
bn toerbeft gelieBt tuorben fein* 
er fterbe gelieBt worben fein. 
ttnr tterben gelieBt morben fein. 
it)r toerbet gelieBt ttorben fein. 
fie tterben gelieBt worben fein. 

Conditionals. 

Second Conditional. 

I would have been loved, 
id) ttiirbe gelieBt ttorben fein. 
bn miirbeft gelieBt ttcrben fein. 
er mitrbe gelieBt ttorben fein. 

ttnr ttmrben gelieBt ttorben fein. 
tfyr ttiirbet gelieBt ttorben fein. 
fie nmrben gelieBt toorben fein. 



h. Imperative. 
tterbe gelieBt, be (thou) loved, tterbet gelieBt, be (ye) loved. 

i. Infinitives. 

Present. Perfect, 

gelieBt fterben, to be loved. gelieBt morben fein, to have been 

loved. 

k. Participles. 

Present. Past. 

gelieBt tterbenb, gelieBt ttorben. 



104 



THE VERB- 



[44 



C. Irregular Verbs. 
44. @d)lagen, to beat (to slay). 
I. ACTIVE VOICE. 
Principal Parts. 

fd)lctgett, "beat. f&fug, beat. gefcfylagen, beaten. 



I beat. 

idj fd)lctge. 
t>u fdjtagft 
er fcfytagt. 

ttir fcfytagen. 
ifyr fdjfagt. 
fte f^Iagen, 

b. 
I beat. 

td) fd)lug. 
bit fcfyhtgft. 
er fd)lug. 
tt>ir fcfylugett. 
if)r f^titgt 
fte fd)htgen. 

c. 
I have beaten. 

tdj ^aBe gefd)lagen. 
bu fyaft gefd)lctgen. 
er $at gcfcfolagett. 
nrir tjafcen gefd)lagen. 
ifjr tyaBt gefd)lagert. 
fie fyaBen gefd)lagert. 



Subjunctive. 

Present . 

I may beat. 

id) fd)tage. 
bit fdjlagejh 
er fd^tage. 

ftir fdjlagem 
i^r fd)laget. 
fte fdjlagen. 

Imperfect. 
I might beat- 
idj fd)liige. 
bit fd)litgeft. 
er fcfytitge. 
»it fdfotugen. 
tfir fd)litget. 
fte fcfyliigcn. 
Perfect. 
I may have beaten. 

id) Ijafre gefdrtagett. 
bu fiafceft gestagen, 
er fyabt gefd)Iagen. 
ttrr fyafren gestagen, 
ifyr Ijafcet gestagen, 
fte l)aUn gcfdjlagen. 



44.] 



THE VERB. 



105 



d. 

I had beaten, 
id) Jjatte gefd)tageu. 
tm C)atteft gefd)tageu. 
cr fyatte gefd)(ageu. 
toix fatten gefd)lageu 
itjr r)attet gefdjlageu. 
fte fatten gefd)lagem 
e. 

I shall beat. 
id) merbe fd)lagen. 
bu mirft fd)tagen. 
er rcirb fd)tageu, 
tt)ir toerbeu fdjlagen. 
tfyr tterbet fd)tagem 
fte Herbert fdjtageu. 



Pluperfect. 

I might have beaten. 
id) fyattt gefc^tagen. 
bu fjatteft gcfd)lageu. 
et* ijatk gefd)(ageu. 
uur fatten gefdjlageu, 
il)i* ^attet gefdjfagen. 
fte fatten gefd)lagen. 
Future. 

I will beat, 
id) ttetbe fd)(ctgeu. 
bu tv-evbeft fdjlageiu 
er merbe fdjtageru 
Uur merbett fd)Iageu. 
tfyr tuerbet fdjfagen. 
fte toerbeu fdjlagen. 



f. Future Perfect. 



I shall have beaten, 
id) merbe gefd)lageu IjaBeu, 
bu uurft gestagen fyabm. 
er tt>irb gefd)tageu fyafon. 
tvir Herbert gefdjlageu tja'6en. 
t(jr tr-erbet gefd)lageu fyabm. 
fte tverbeu gefcfylageu tyaben. 

g- 

First Conditional. 

I would beat, 
id} ftiirbe fdjtctgen. 
bu nmrbefl fdjtagett. 
er mitrbe fdjlagen. 
tuir toitrbeu fd)lageu 
ifyr wurbet fd)(ageu. 
fte untrbeu fdjlagen. 



I will have beaten, 
td) tr-erbe gefd)(ageu fyaBeu. 
bu merbeft gefd)Iageu tyafcert. 
er merbe gefd)lageu ijahtn. 
uur tr>erbeu gestagen fyahm. 
ifyr ttcrbet gefd)(ageu l)abm. 
fte merbeu gefcfylageu fjaljem 
Conditionals. 

Second Conditional. 

I would have beaten, 
id) toitrbe gefd)tageu l)abm. 
bu mitrbeft gefcfylageu $ab>tn. 
er umrbe gefd)lageu fyafon. 
uur wiivben gefdjtagen fya&eu. 
i()r witrbet gefd)(ageu fyabeu. 
fte witrbeu gefd)Iageu Ijaben. 



106 



THE VERB. 



[44. 



h. Imperative. 
fd)Iage, beat (thou). fdjlagt, beat (ye). 

i. Infinitives. 

Present. Perfect. 

fcfylageu, to beat. gefdjlagen fyaUn, to have beaten, 

k. Participles. 

Present. Past. 

fdjlageub, beating. gefd)lageu, beaten. 



II. PASSIVE VOICE. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

a. Present. 
I am beaten. I be beaten. 



idj merbe gefdjlageu. 
bu n?trft gefdjtagen. 
er tr-irb gefd)lageu. 

toix toerbeu gefd)Iageu. 
tfyr toerbet gefcfylagcn. 
fte tterbeu gefd)lagen. 



idj tr-erbe gefdjtageu. 
bu merbeft gefd)(agen. 
er tr-erbe gefd)(ageu. 

ttur toerbeu gefdjtageu, 
U)r tr-etbet gefd)lageu. 
fte merben gefd^lageu. 



b. Imperfect. 
I was beaten. I were beaten. 



tdj nmtbe gefcfylageu. 
bu murbeft gefcfylageu. 
er txmrbe gefd)Iageu. 

n>tr ttmrbeu gefd)fageu. 
fyx murbet gefd)lagen. 
fie wurben gefdjlageu. 



td) ttmtbe gefd)(agem 
bu ttmrbeft gefd)(agem 
er miirbe gefd)Iagem 

tmr ttiirbeu gefd)Iageu. 
iijr itsih'bet gefd)(ageu. 
fte mitrbeu gefd)(agen. 



44.] 



THE VERB. 



107 



Perfect. 

I may have been beaten. 

id) fet gefd)(agen toorben. 
bn feift gefdVlagen ftorben. 
er fet gefdjtagen morben. 

mir feien gefd)(agen morben. 
tfjt feiet gefd)lagen tuorben. 
fie feien gefd)lagen toorben* 

Pluperfect. 

I misrht have been beaten. 



I have been beaten. 

id) Bin gefdjlagen tvorben. 
bn Mft gefcfylagen toorben. 
er ift gefdjlagen » orb en. 

nu'r ftnb gefd)Iagen morben. 
tt)r feib gefd)lage'n morben. 
fte ftnb gefd)iagen worben. 

d. 
I had been beaten. 

idj wax gefdjlagen toorben. idj mare gestagen tuorben. 
bu marft gefdjlagen worben. bn mareft gefd)iagen morben. 
er tt>ar gestagen toorben. er metre gefd)lagen roorben. 

nur trtaren gefd)lagen worben. wir nwren gestagen morben. 
tt)r nwret gestagen worben. i§r nwret gefdjlagen toorben. 
fte maren gefdjlagen toorben. fte waren gefdjlagen morben. 

e. Future. 

I will be beaten, 
id) tuerbe gefd)lagen merben. 
bn tterbeft gefdjlagen n?erben. 
er faerbe gestagen toerben. 
ttnr merben gestagen tterben. 
i v r toerbet gefd)(agen merben. 
fte merben gefdjlagen toerben. 

f. Future Perfect. 

I shall have been beaten. I will have been beaten. 

idj tuerbe gefd)tagen morben fein. tdj fterbe gefdjlagen toorben fetn* 

bn ftirft gestagen roorben fein. bn merbeft gefdjlagen toorben fein. 

er nurb gestagen tcorben fein. er toerbe gefdjlagen toorben fein. 

5* 



I shall be beaten, 
idj toerbe gefdjlagen werben. 
bn tt>ir(l gefdjlagen fterben. 
er nnrb gefdjlagen twrben. 
nu'r tterben gestagen tterben. 
iljr toerbet gefdjlagen toerben. 
fte toerben gefdjlagen toerben. 



108 THE VERB. [45. 

nrir Herbert gefd)lagen toorben fein. toix twrben gefdjlagetttoorbenfeiiu 
tyx toerbetgefcbtugenioorbettfeitu tt)r tterbet gefcfylagen worben fein. 
fte werbeit gefdjlagen toorben fein. fie merben gefd)Lagen morben fein. 

g. Conditionals. 

First Conditional. Second Conditional. 

I would be beaten. I would have been beaten. 

t<$ toixrbe gefcfylctgen merben. id) mitrbe gefcfyfagen ttorben fein. 
bn mitrbeft gefd^lagen werben. bu ittittbeft gestagen it) orbenfetn. 
er witrbe gefd>(agen ioerben. er n?iirbe gefc&lagen roorben feitu 

itnr nmrben gefcfyfagen werben. fturtonrbengefd)lagenmorbenfettt. 
i^r mitrbet gefcfylagen loerben* iljr tviirbet gefd)lagen ttorben fein. 
fte toitrben gef^lagen t»erben. fte ttmvben gefd)lagen ttorben fein. 



45. ©tngen, to sing. 

Principal Parts. 

fmgett, sing. fang, sang. gefnngen, sung, 

a. The following verbs form their principal parts in the 
same manner: 

fctnben, to bind. ringen, to wring. fprtngen, to spring, 

brtngen, to press. fd)lingen, to sling. ftinfen, to stink, 

ftnben, to find. fdjannben, to vanish, trinfen, to drink, 

gelmgen, to succeed. fd)ttnngen, to swing, ttunben, to wind, 

fltngen, to sound. finfen, to sink. Ringen, to force. 



46. ©predjen, to speak. 

Principal Parts. 

fpredjen, speak. fpradj, spoke. gefprod^en, spoken. 

a. The following form their principal parts similarly : 

fceginnen, to begin, gefmren, to bring fdjwimmett, to swim. 
I?efef)len, to command, forth. fmnen, to meditate. 



47.] 



THE VERB. 



109 



Bergen, to hide. gelten, to be worth. 

Berften, to burst. geunnnen, to win. 
Bremen, to break. fyelfen, to help. 
brefd)en, to thresh, tommen, to come. 
empfcBlen, to recom- neljmen, to take. 

mend. ttnnen, to run. 

erfd)reden,to frighten, fcfyetten, to scold. 

ioerben, to become, tuerfcn, 



fpinnen, to spin, 
ftedjen, to sting. 
fte()(en, to steal, 
fterben, to die. 
treffen, to hit. 
&ert>erBen, to spoil. 
rcerBen, to win. 
:o throw. 



b. The imperfects of fommen, trejfert, and Herbert, are lam, 
traf, and ttutrbe. The old form mart) is chiefly used in poetry. 

c. In the present indicative and imperative are found the 
modifications indicated xxxvn, 1 ; lxvi, 1,2. 

d. The imperative of nefymen is nimm, — the same vowel- 
change taking place in the present indicative. The past 
participle is gen om men. 



47. <Sd)ft>oren, to swear. 

Principal Parts 



fdjworen, swear, 
frteren, freeze, 



fd)tt>or, swore, 
ft or, froze. 



a. In like manner the following : 
Beftegen, to induce, fttegen, to fly. 



Btegcn, to bend. 
Bteten, to offer, 
erfitren, to choose, 
erlb'fdjen, to extin- 
guish, 
fed) ten, to fight, 
fled) ten, to twine. 



fltefyen, to flee. 
flie§en, to flow, 
giifyren, to ferment, 
gentejen, to enjoy, 
gtcfjen, to pour. 
gltmmen, to glimmer. 
fyeBett, to lift. 



gefd)tt>oren, sworn, 
gefroren, frozen. 



KeBen, to cleave, 
fttmmen, to climb. 
frtedjen, to creep, 
(itgen, to lie. 
melfen, to milk. 
pffegen, to practice. 
queUen, to gush, 
riedjett, to smell. 



110 



THE VEEB. 



[48. 



faufen, to drink, 
fangen, to suck, 
flatten, to resound, 
fd^eren, to shear. 
fd^ieBen, to shove, 
fcfyiefen, to shoot, 
fdjlief^en, to shut. 



fttebert, to drive (as 

dust)* 
triefen, to drip, 
tocrbricgen, to grieve, 
tterlieren, to lose, 
roeben, to weave, 
rciegen, to weigh. 



fdjmelgen, to melt. 

fcfynctufcen, to snort. 

fcfyraitben, to screw 

fdjnoaren, to fester. 

fcfyrcelfen, to swell. 

fteben, to boil. 

fpriefen, to sprout. 

jte^en, to draw. 

b. In the imperfect and past participle of faufcn and trtefen, 
the f is doubled — also the b in the same parts of fteben is 
changed to tt t foff, troff, gefotten ; whilst in gtefyen, the I) be- 
comes g: 30 g, gejogen. 

c. In fecfyten, fletf)ten, tofcfyen, ntelfen, qnetlen, fctnfen, fdjeren, 
fcfymetjen, fcfyroellen, the imperative and present indicative vary- 
according to xxxvn, 1 ; lxvi, 1, 2. 



48. 33et$en, to bite. 

Principal Parts. 

Beifen, bite. Mfj, bit. geMjfen, bitten, 

reiten, ride. ritt, rode. geritten, ridden. 

a. The following form their parts the same : 



Befletfen (jtdj), to fneifen, to pinch. 

apply one's self. leiben, to suffer. 

Dieicfyen, to fade. pfeifen, to whistle, 

gteicfyen, to resemble, reiten, to tear, 

gleiten, to glide. fd)leid)en, to sneak, 

greifen, to seize. fcr)leifett, to grind, 

leifen, to chide. fcfytetfjen, to slit. 

b. As in reiten, a single consonant is doubled in the im- 
perfect and past participle. Instead of doubling b, however, 
tt is used ; as, leiben, litt, gelittem 



fcfymeifen, to smite, 
fdjneiben, to cut. 
fd) reiten, to stride. 
fpleifen, to split, 
ftreicfyen, to stroke, 
ftreiten, to contend, 
roetcfyen, to yield. 



49.] THE VEEB. Ill 

49. Zxtxhtn, to drive. 

I* rincipal P arts. 

tretBen, drive. IrieB, drove. getrieften, driven, 

a. Similarly form the parts of the following : 

MeiBen, to remain, rei&en, to rob. fdjtoeigert, to be silent, 

gebeifyett, to prosper. fd)ett>ett, to divide. fpeiett, to spit, 

leifcen, to lend. fd)cinen, to shine. ftetgett, to mount, 

meibett, to shun. fdjveifcen, to write. ftetfen, to show, 

pteifen, to praise. fd^reten, to cry. get^en, to accuse of. 



50. fatten, to fall. 

Principal Parts. 

fatten, fall. "ftet, fell. gefafa, fallen, 

rufett, call. rtef, called. gerufert, called. 

a. Similarly are formed : 

Mafen, to blow. tyangen, to hang. taufen, to run. 

Bratett, to roast. fjctuen, to hew. rattyett, to advise, 

fangett, to catch. fteifjen, to call. fd)(afett, to sleep, 

fatten, to hold. taffett, to let. ftofen, to push. 

b. Except in fyawn and rufen, the vowel of the present 
indicative is modified according to xxxvn, 1. 

c ^ing and tying are now used as the imperfects of fangen 
and tyattgen. The imperfect of tyauen is tyieft. 



51. £ragen, to carry (to draw). 

Principal Parts. 

ttagett, carry. trug, carried. getragett, carried, 
a. Similarly form the parts of: 
fcacfen, to bake. fafyren, to journey, laben, to load. 



112 THE VERB. [52. 

grakn, to dig. f^affen, to Create. tt>ad)fen, to grow, 

toafcfyen, to wash. 

b. Except fdjajfen, these verbs follow the rule for modify- 
ing the stem-vowel in the present indicative (xxxvn, 1). 
©cfyaffen also omits one f in the imperfect which is fcfyuf. 



52. (5e()en, to see. 

Principal Parts. 

fefyen, see. fat), saw. gefe^en, seen. 

a. In like manner are formed : 

Bitten, to beg. gefcen, to give. tiegen, to lie. 

effen, to eat. genefen, to recover, meffen, to measure, 

fveffen, to eat (as a gefcfyefyen, to happen, ft£en, to sit. 
beast). lefen, to read. treten, to tread, 

ttetgeffen, to forget. 

b. With the exception of genefen, to recover, the above 
verbs which come under the rule (xxxvn, 1 ; lxvi, 1, 2) 
modify their stem-vowel in the imperative and present in- 
dicative. 

c. The parts of fi{3en, are fa£, gefeffen — those of bitten, hat, 
gekten* 

d. The past participle of effen is gegeffen — the second g being 
euphonic. 



53. The four following are quite irregular : 

Infinitive. Imperfect. Past Participle. 

getyen, to go. gtng, gegangen* 

fein, to be. war, gemefen. 

ftefyen, to stand. ftanb, geftanben* 

ttyun, to do. rtyat, getfyan. 



54.] THE VERB. 113 

54. The following are regular verbs, but change the stem- 
vowel to a in the imperfect and past participle : 

Bremten, to burn. Bramtte, geBramtt 

fennen, to know. famtte, gefatmt 

nennen, to name. nannte, genannt 

renttett, to run. ramtte, gerannt. 

fenben, to send. fanbte, gefanbt. 

toenben, to turn. toanbte, gercanbt 

a. The last two of these verbs are also inflected regularly. 
In all, the imperfect subjunctive is regular. 

b. Three merely change the modified vowel. 

bttrfen, (dare) to be permitted. bitrfte, gebttrfh 

fomtert, (can) to be able. hunk, gefomtt 

mitffen, (must) to be obliged. mufjte, gemufi t 

c. Three have also a consonant change as in English. 

Bringen, to bring. Bradjte, geBradjt 

benfen, to think. bad)te, gebadjt 

mogen, (may) to be allowed* modjte, Qmofyt. 

d. The parts of ttuffen, to hnoiv, are ftiffett, toufjte, gettitft 



55. Seven verbs have an irregularity in the singular of 
the present indicative (xxxvi, 1). 

Infinitive. Present Indicative. 

bitrfett, (dare) to be permitted. idj barf, bit barfft, erbarf* 

f omten, (can) to be able. id) fann, bit fanrtft, cr fantt. 

mogett, (may) to be allowed. id) mag, bit magft, er mag. 

mitffen, (must) to be obliged. tdj mug, bu mugt, er mitf. 

fallen, (shall) to be in duty bound. \fy foil, bu fotfft, erfoTL 

nnffen, to know. id) n>et£, bit toeijjt, er feeijj. 

mollen, (will) to want. id) tmfl, bit antlft, er »iff. 



114 



THE PREPOSITIONS. 



[56. 



PKEPOSITIONS. 



56. 

instead (of) 



on this side. 



ttttftott, 

jtatt, 

ftuperfialb, without, outside 

bteffettS, | 

btejjett, j 

fcalber, j on account C of )- 

tnnerfyatb, within, inside. 

jenfette, ) , , : , 

• fi-L > beyond, on that side 

jenfett, j J 
fraft, by virtue (of). 
KangS, along. 
Ittitt, according to. 
ob, on account (of). 



Governing the Genitive (xxxix). 
oberbalb, above, 
trotj, in spite (of), 
urn — tmtfett, for the sake (of), 
ungeadjtet, notwithstanding, 
unterfyalb, below. 
Uttferit, ) not far from, 
untoett, j near. 
*enmttelft, ) 

mm% \ h ? means ( of > 

fcermoge, by dint (of), 
ttctyrenb, during, 
tfegert, on account (of), 
jufolge, 
tnfc 



forge, | . 
fofge, j 1 



in consequence (of). 



57 
.au$, out of. 
au§er, outside of. 
bet, by, near. 
Inrnten, within, 
entgegen, towards. 



Governing the Dative (xxx). 



gemd'p, conformably 
idng3, along. [with, 
tntt, with, 
nacfi, after. 
ttd'd)ft, next, 
gegenitber, over against, nebft, together with. 

58. Governing the Dative or Accusative (xxxvin). 

fttt, on, at. ttt, in, into. Uttter, under, among. 

Ctitf, upon, on. ttebett, beside. i>or, before, 

htnter, behind. iiber, over. 

59. Governing the Accusative only, 
burd), through. c^ne, without, 
fur, for. fonber, apart, 
gcgen, toward. uitt, around. 

60. The following prepositions, employed as verbal prefixes, 
are inseparable when unaccented (xlviii, 2) : 

burd), through. iiber, over. um, around. uttter, under. 



oh, over, at. 

famirtt, together with. 

fett, since. 

»0tt, from. 

$U, to. [of. 

gttfolge, in consequence 



jtmfdjen, between. 



rotber, against, 
enticing, along. 



PART III. 

SPECIAL PRINCIPLES. 

READING AND ANALYSIS. 



SELECTIONS 

FOB. 

READING AND ANALYSIS. 



I. — The Golden Apple. 

1 dlafyan, em $ropl)et nnb tocifer Setjrer ^u ©atern, fag nnter 
feinen 3ungent.unb bie SBorte ber 2Bet3i)eit floffm mie £onig son 
feinen Sippen. 

2 ©a fprad) einer feiner 3imger, Gamaliel: 9ftetfter, tmefommt 
eg, bag ttir fo gerne beine getyrert empfangen, tmb aHe ber Sftebe 
beineS 9Jcnnbe3 ()ord)en? 

3 £>a lacfyelte ber Bef^etbene Setjrer uttb fprad) : £>ei§et tnein 
Sftame ntdjt ®et>en? £>er 9Jcenfd) nimmt ja gerne, ttmn man nur 
ju gefcett »ct§. 

4 SBie giBft bit bernt ? fragte £iM, em anberer son benen, bie 
3it fetnen gitfen fagen. 

5 Unb sftattjan anttr-ortete: 3d) reid)e end) ben gotbenen 2tpfet in 
fttberner ©cfyale. Die Gofyak e m p f a n g e t il)r, — after v&r 
finb et ben 2fpfeL 



NOTES. 

1. @itt; see Parti, vn. — $ropf)ei; see lvi, 1. — toetfer; see 
vi. — Secret; see lix, also Partll, 33. — fafi ; see Part. II, 52, a, c. 
— unter; see xxxviii, also 58. — fetnen; see xxrx, also 11. — 
3 it n g e r n ; see lix, also 33. — bie 2B o r t e ; see xn, also 27 and 33. 
■ — ber 2Betgf)ett; see xxxn, also x. Observe that an abstract noun, 

117 



118 READING AND ANALYSIS. [i. 

when used in a general sense, requires the definite article. — floffett ; see 47, a, 
also iv and xxv. — $ o n t g ; see • xiv and xxxm. — <o o tt ; see xxx 
and 57. — Stppert; see xn, 2 and xxxn. 

2. X)d; see xlyi. Observe that b(t refers to a point in time as well as 
in space. — fpr ad); see 46. — e titer; see lv. — fe titer; see xv. The 
genitive usually takes the place of a noun which, in English, is governed by 
the preposition of ', — fomtttt; see m. — e6; see v. — baf is a conjunction 
but b a $ is a pronoun or article. — g e r tt and a number of other ivords may 
assume a final e wherever euphony requires. — e tttpfattgeit; see xlv, iv, 
and 44, a. The prefix e It t often becomes e ttt p, when f immediately follows 
it. — oUe; see lv. — ber 9tebe; see xxxn and xxvm, 1. — The dativi 
regularly supplies the place of to with the objective. — 9)?uitbe3 ; see ix, 1; 
xxxm. — borcbeit; see xxn ; xlv. 

3- Id'djelte; see xxiv; xi. — b e fcbe tb ette ; see xxxiv, 1. — £eft- 
rer; see xlvi. — me in; see vu. — 5?ante; see 34 and 36. — ®e- 

bett; xliv, 1. The infinitive used substantively corresponds to the par- 
ticipial and verbal nouns of the English. <ft a t fy a It, in Hebrew, signifies to 
give. — ber 5??enfc^; see lvi. A noun which is representative of a ivhole 
class or is otherwise used in an unlimited sense, takes the definite article. 
tt i ttt nt t ; see 46, d. — ^Sl a It has no corresponding indefinite pronoun in the 
English. It always stands in the nominative singular. — j u ; see xvm. 
gebett; see 52, a. — toetf ; see 54, d and 55, also xxxvi. There is no 
word in German corresponding to how, as used with the English infinitive 
after know. SB t f f e tt © t e J U I e f e tt ? Do you know how to read ? 

4, g t b ft ; see xxxvn, 1 and 52, b. — b U ; see n; and iv, 3. — a tt b e r e r ; 
see vi and xxxv. — beitett; see li and l, 1. — bte; see l and xn. — 
$it§ett; see xxix and xn., 1, also v. Compare foot, feet, with gtlfji, 
giipe. 

5. eitd); see xxvn and 1. — ben; see vm and 3. — Slpfel; see 
xxxm; lix, 1 and 33, b, c. — tit; see 58 and xxxvm. —ft lb enter ; 
see xxvm, 1. Many adjectives are similarly formed; as, boljertt, 
wooden, bleiertt, leaden, bettterit, of bone. — £)te; see vi, 1. — ettt* 
pfaitget; see xl and 43, a. 

The use of bit and tbr indicates the familiarity which generally 
exists between a teacher and his pupils. These pronouns are used 
much more frequently than thou and ye in the English. 



[il. READING AND ANALYSIS. 119 

Exercise. 

The wise teacher sits among his disciples. Gamaliel listens 
to the words (speech) of his mouth, and gladly receives his 
instructions. Master, how does it come, that the words of 
wisdom flow like honey from thy lips ? The prophet smiled 
and said : Was your name called giving! Does (the) man 
take willingly, if we only know (how) to give ? (The) man 
takes gladly indeed. How does he give, pray ? Another of 
those who sit at his feet answers. How do people know 
(how) to receive? asks Nathan, one of the wise teachers. 
You hand me a silver apple in (a) golden cup. I receive the 
honey, but you give me the words of wisdom. This disciple 
has a leather apple in a wooden cup. 



II. — Hope and Patience. 

£offnung tft etn fefter <Stao, 
Unb ©ebutb etn 9teifeftett>, 
©omit man burd) 2Mt unb ©rati 
SBanbert in bte (Sroigfeit 



NOTES. 

£offttltttg; see xxxn. utt g corresponds to ing in hoping- {ft; see 

53 and 41. — ettt; see vn and 10. — fefter; see xxxv and 14. — ©tab; 
see xxxm; xn, 1, and 28. 

©ebttlb* Most nouns terminating mulb are feminine. — 3^e tfefletb ; 
see 39 and 32, c. — 2B Ottttt; see Liu. — matt; see Notes i, 3, matt. — 
bttrct) ; seen; xxvi, and 59. — 2BeIt; see xxxn and 29, c. — ©rafc; 
see i and 32, c, also 39.— SBattb ert ; see 43, a.— ttt; see xxxvm, 1, 2, 
and 58. — bie; see Notes i, 1, also vi, 1 and vm. — SttMCjfett; see 
xxxn ; lvii, 2, and 31, a. 



120 READING AND ANALYSIS. [ill. 

Exercise. 
My staff has always been hope- Patience will now be our 
traveling-dress. With these we shall wander through the 
world. With a firm staff let us travel into (the) eternity. 



III. — The Three Friends. 

1 (Sin 2ftann Jjatte bret ^wkH jivei tton ifynen Ttebte er fefyr; 
ber britte to ax ifym gleid)giiltig, oBgleid) biefer feinBeftergreunbftar. 

2 (Etnft nmrbe er t>or ben 3tid)ter geforbert, tuo er — oBfd)on 
unf&utbig — bod) fyart serflagt n?ar. 

3 $3er unter eud), fagte er gu fetnen greunben, mitt mit mir at* 
fyn unb fin* midj geugen ? bettn idj Bin ungered)t oerffagt, unb ber 
$onig gitrnt 

4 £)er erfte feiner greunbe entfd)ulbigte fid) fogfeid) unb fagte, er 
fonne nid)t mit ifym gefyen, megen anberer ©efd)afte. 

5 £)er 3^eite Begleitete ifyn Bis gu ber Sfyitre beS 9Tid)tfjaufeS ; 
bann tr-anbte er ftdj urn unb gtng guviicf, auS $urd)t $or bent gor* 
nigen diifytex. 

6 2>r £)ritte, auf n>eld)en er am memgften geBaut tjatte, ging 
l)tnem, rebete fiir tf)n unb jeugte" son feiner Un(d)u(b fo freubig, bap 
ber Sftidjter i(jn loSiiep unb Befdjentte. 

7 £)rei greunbe l)at ber SDtenfd) in biefer 2CeIt; mie Betragen fte 
fid) in ber ©tunbe beS SobeS, menu ($ott iljn oox fetn (Seridjt 
forbert ? 

8 Das ©etb, fein erfter greunb, ijerlafjt ityn juerjl, unb gefit 
nidjt mit i()nu (Seine 35ern?anbten unb greunbe Be* 
gleiten i^n Bis gu ber £t)iire beS ®raBeS, unb fefyren bann 3uriid 
in tfyre £ (infer. 

9 Der Dritte, ben er im SeBen am ofteften ttergap, fmb feine gu= 
ten SB'erfe. ©ie atlein Begteiten iljn Bis gu bem Sfyrone beS 
3ftd)terS ; fie gefyen ttoran, fpredjen fiir tfyn, unb finben $$axml)ex* 
gigfeit unb ®nabe. 



III.] READING AND ANALYSIS. 121 

NOTES. 

1* ^atttt; 32, b. — fyatteis more easily pronounced thanf)abte; 
40; xxiv.— bret; 11; 17.— greunbe; xn; 27.— jtoefj xvm ; 17. — 
Oon;xxx; 57. — fatten; xxix. ; l.— Hebte; 48, b; xxiv. — britte; 
xxxiv, 1 ; lv ; 12. — to a r ; 53 ; 41. — g f e i d) g it f t i g ; vi, 2. — b refer; 
vi : lv. — feitt; vii. — befter; xxxv; 14. — ftar;xLv. 

2. 2Burbe;42; xliu, 3; 43, n, b. — er; xlvi. — <o or; xxxvm, 1; 58. 
— b e tt ; vm ; 3. — g e f r b e r t ; xvi ; xi. — u tt f d) U I b t g. An adnominal 
word, when thus used, takes the predicative form; vi, 2. — f) a r t ; lx, 1 
— tt e r H a g t ; xlvih ; xlv. 

3. 2Ber; 16. — uttter; xxxvm; 58.— end); 1; xl ; iv, 8. — ju; 
xxx ; 57. — f eittett; xxix ; 11. — to ill ; xxxvi, 1. — mtt; 57. — mir; 1. — 
gefyett ;53;xvn. — fur; 59. — mid); 1. — benn; u. — id); 1. — bin; 41; 53. 
—lingered)*; lx, 1.— 

4* erfie ; xxxiv, 1; lv; 12; 7. — feiner; xv; 11. — greunbe;ix. — 
en tfd)ufbigt; xlvhi. — fid);xLi. — f Butte ; lxi ; lxh. — it id) t; liv, 6. 
— get) en; 53; xvn. — to eg en; xxxix ; 56.— anberer; xv. — ®e- 
f d) a f t e* Most nouns with the prefix ge are of the neuter gender. 

5, begtettete; xlvih ; xxiv.— tjjn; 1.— bev; xxvm, 1 ; 3. — 
£ litre; xxxn. — n> a n b te — it m is from umtoenben ; xlvi ; xlvu ; 54. — 
gtng; 53 ; xlvi. — a it S ; 57. — gurd)t; xxxn. — bem; xxvm; 3. — 
j or nig en ; xxxiv; 12. 

6. Ctttf; xxxvm; 58. — foeldiett; xlix ; 6. — am stands for an bem* 
Whenever euphony will admit, the definite article and preposition may be thus 
combined, toenigfteu; xxxiv ; lv. This mode of expressing the superla- 
tive of the adverb is very common. (£ r I) alt mid) am 6 e ft e tt* He holds 
me best. I) a 1 1 e ; xlv. — |) t n e i n ; xlvu ; N. iv, 1, f) t tt. When trt is a 
verbal prefix it has the form tin* — tt tt f d) U I 0, N. n, ©ebulb.— f r e U b i g ; 
lx, 1. — I o 3 1 i e $ Get loose); xlvu, 1 ; 50. 

7; fiat; 40; 1.— ber;N. 1, 3.— ^ettfd) ; 30, c— ttt;xxxvm; 58. 
— 2B e 1 1 ; xxxn ; 29, c. — b e t r a g e tt ; xlvih ; iv. — © t u tt b e ; xxxn ; 
xii, 2. — %ob e$ ; ix, 1 ; xxxm ; N. 1, 2. — r ; xxxvm, 1. — © eri d) t ; 
see note 4, ©efdjd'fte. — f o r b e r t ; xlv. 

8. b a 3 ; N. 1, 3, ber $?eufd) ; 3. — ® e ( b ; 32, c. — e r ft e r ; 
xxxv. — erf aft; xlviu ; xxxvn, 1 ; 50, b. — 23 e r to a rt b t e rt ; lv 
and lvi. — ® r a b e 8 ; 32, c. — 3 u r it cf ; xlvu ; liv, 8. — £ a u f e r ; 32, c. 



122 READING AND ANALYSIS. [iV. 

9, b e n ; l ; 15 — tm for in bem ; see Note 6 above. £ c h en ; N. i, 
3. — When the infinitive becomes a noun, it is of the neuter gender and regu- 
larly takes the definite article. — a ttt f t e ft e It ; 24 ; see Note 6 above. — 
» e r g a g ; 52, a ; xlvui ; xlv. — g u t e n ; xxxiv. — % f) r o n e ; 
xxvm, 2 ; xxxm. — fft i fy t e r $ ; ix, i. — a nan; xlvh. — 58 arnt|er = 
g t g f e 1 1— ® it a b e ; xxxn. 



Exercise, 

Although these are my best friends, two of them are in- 
different toward (to) me. The second was summoned before 
a judge. Who among them will witness for him. The king 
is unjustly accused and his judges are angry. The king said 
he could not excuse the judges on account of his other friends. 

The third accompanies me as far as the door. When he 
saw the king, he turned (himself) about and came back out 
of fear of (before) the angry judges. 

Our acquaintances released us because this man bore wit- 
ness of our innocence so cheerfully. The one whom at first 
we love the least, goes in advance, and accompanies us even to 
the throne of the judge. 



IV. — The Brooklet. 
1 

£u 23ati>Iein, ftlber^etf uttb Uav, 
£)u eilft ttoritfrer immerbar* 
2fm Ufer ftetj id), ftnit' uitb firm' : 
2Bo fommft bu fyer? 28o getyft bu f)tn? 

2 

„3$ tomm attS bimffer ^effen (Bfyood ; 
Wlein £auf gefyt itber SSlum 1 imb Wlwd ; 
Shtf meinem Spiegel fd)it>e6t fo mtlb 
S)e3 Matten £immel3 freunbltd) 33ilb. 



IV.] READING AND ANALYSIS. 123 



jD'ritm IjaV tcfy frofjen Winter jinn ; 

@3 treibt midj fort, weij? nifyt woijin, 

3>r mtcfy gernfen cms bent (Stein, 

2)er, ben! id), nurt> mein $iU)rer fein." 

© o t b e. 



NOTES. 

1. 23ad)Iettt; xxxi, 1.— filbert) e II; N. m, 2; vi, 2.— & Dr- 
ub er; xlvh and liv, 8. — 21 m stands for an b em. N. m, 6, am. — ■ 
U f e r ; 39. — ji el); i, 1. — Final e is o/ten omitted. This occurs most fre- 
quently in poetry, and where the following word begins with a vowel. 

t (^ ; xl vi. — fyer is compounded with verbs to indicate a motion 
hither, or toward the speaker ; xLvn.^-b t tt, on the contrary, denotes a 
motion hence, or from the speaker. — g e f) fi ; 53. 

2. fomi; see ft e t), N. 1. — au3; xxx; 57. — buuFIer; xv; 4. 
Observe that the e is dropped between t and the liquid L — elf en ♦ lx ; 34, 
c. — ?0?etn; vu ; 11. — 2a uf O ea P); X1X - — iiber; xxxvm, 1; 58. — 
23 1 u m e ; xxxn. —tyl o o 3 ; 39.— a u f ; 58. — 9J? e t n e m ; xxvm ; 11. — 
© |> t e g c I ; xxxm.— m 1 1 b ; lx, l. — T) e 3 ; ix ; 3. — b fa u e n ; xxxiv . 

12. — f r e U n b 1 1 d). The termination t$ is omitted to improve the measure 
of the verse. Such omissions are common in poetry. — 23 1 1 b ; 39; 32, c. 

3. I) 1 rum forbar U nt. — A frequent contraction. — f r b e It ; via ; 
4. — ^tnberftnn; xxxm. The first element in a compound word often 
stands in the plural, when its plural is formed by adding a liquid. See xii> 
2 and lviu. — t r e t b t — f r t ; xlvu ; 49. — ft e t $ ; 54, d ; 55. Supply 
t d). — tt> of) i tt. When bin and b. e r are combined with prepositions or ad- 
verbs, they still indicate the direction of the motion implied in the verb ; N. 1. 

— £er ; l; 15. It is here equivalent to he who. gemfen; 50; xvi, 
1. Supply bat When a dependent sentence xohich precedes the indepen- 
dent has its verb in a compound tense, the finite part of the verb is often 
omitted. — T>er, for the sake of definiteness, is here used instead of e r. 
— to t r b ; xliu, 1 ; 42'; xvn. — g it b r e r ; xlvi. 



124 BEADING AND ANALYSIS. [V. 

Exercise, 

Brooklet, thou art bright as silver. Why art thou ever 
hurrying by ? On thy bank we stand and meditate. From 
whence didst thou come ? Whither didst thou go ? We came 
from the bosom of a dark rock. Our course goes over the 
moss. On the mirror of this brooklet hovered the image of 
the blue sky. Therefore the brooklet has a childlike mind. 
Whither is it driving us on ? (He) who (has) called it from 
the bosom of a rock will stand on the bank of the river. He 
will be the leader of its course. 



V- — The Harp of Ossian. 

1 Dfjtan, gimjars Boljn, ber Minbe Sanger son Sftor&en, fag 
einft, ati ber Sag ftcfy neigte, am (Singange (einer felftgten £afle. 
SDIatsina, S£o$car'$ Mitfyenbe Softer, ftanb nekn bem fdjroeigenben 
©retfe. 

2 Da fragte er, Ijat fcte*@emte fdjou ifyreu Sauf sootfenbet, unb 
ijl ba$ Slbenbrotft am n?eftltdjen £immel ? @ic [tnfet in biefcm 
SlugenMtd krniebcr, attttoortctc Sftafoina unb feufjte. 

3 SSarum fcufgcjlbu, 9Eal»ma ? fragte ber Minbe ©rete. 3(d\ 
mdn Setter, anttuortete bie 3ungfrau, bag bu feut s ))corgcn* unb 
lein 2l6cnbrotf) fichcft. 

4 Unb adj ! — fejjte ber ©rete mit liidjcmber Stppe funju — audj 
ntc^t -Btalsritta'S, meiner Xod)ter freunbficBe^ 2httlt£. — Sltcr fun*' 
tdj itidjt, SUlalirina, ben 8aut betner fiigen (Stimme $u bem ,ft(ang 
meiner £arfe, unb t»ai? Sdjiuefcen ber ©eijter urn iftre Soiten ? 

5 2Bie sermagft bu benn bie £aure ber unftd)tftareit ©etfter ju 
tternehmen, mem SBater ? fragte 2ftat&tna« 9htr ifym, 5ftahnna, 
fpradj ber ©rete, bem bie augere 2Bdt erftarb unb untcrging, er* 
tenet ba>? teife ©aitfetn tu'Ijerer SBetten. 



Y.] READING AND ANALYSIS. 125 

6 ©ie$e, IBlateina, fein Stuge tft fd)on gefcfytojfen, el)c ber £ob 
fommt, unb tote (Srbe rufyet yor ttjm in s J?ad)t unb Dunfel $er£)it(It 
@o nue ber oerbunfelten (Erbe nur ber ©terne ©lana erfdjeint, fo 
fd)n>eben son oben auf itjn tonenbe ©trafylen t)ermeber, unb be= 
ritfyren bie ©aiten feiner Jparfe unb femes fe()ertben ®etfte$* 

7 Sflct^e mix bte £arfe, 9ftat»tna. (So rebete Dfftan ; -Jftatoina 
reid)te ifym fdjmeigenb bie £arfe unb nun ftiirmte ber bitnbe ©rets 
in U)re ©aiten. 



NOTES. 

1* ^ftrtgafS, 2%e apostrophe is sometimes used with the genitive of the 
names of persons. © o f) n ; xn, 1. — b (tube; xxxiv, 1 ; 12. — fa $ ; 52, 
a, c ; xxv. — X a g ; xxxm ; 28, c. — n e i 9 1 e ; xxiv ; 43, 1, b. — a ttt ; N. 
m, 6. — Stttgattge; xxxm; xxvm, 2, — fettter; x. — f el fig ten ; 
xxxiv. — £ a II e ; xxxn ; xn, 2 — b I it t) e it b e ; xliv ; 9. — % o ct) t e r ; 33, 
d. — ft a tt b ; 53. — n e b e n ; xxxvm ; 58. — f cf)tr>etgenbett; xliv ; 

XXXVlll. 

2* £) a ; N. i, 2. — (© o tt tt e ; xxxn.— f $ o tt ; liv, 5.— t 1) r e n ; viii ; 
11. — ijollettbet; xlvih, 2; xvn. — £>tttttttel; xxxm. — ©te (she, the 
sun). As in English, the personal pronoun agrees with its noun in gender. 
ftttfet; m. — ttt; 58. — 21 it g e tt b 1 1 cf (eyeglance) ; N. iv, 3, — b e r = 
tt t e b e r is the prefix of the verb f t n l e tt ; xlvii. 

3. bit; iv, 3. — m e t tt ; vn ; 11. — 9ft o r g e tt => The hyphen is often 
employed to indicate that the word which precedes is joined to an element 
which does not immediately succeed it. — ft e b e ft ; lxi. 

4. lacfKlttb er ; see blitfyettbe, note 1. — t)tttjit; xlvii. — 9ftal=* 
&ttta'g;see %inQaV$, note 1.— £oct) ter ; x.— t) bY ; N. iv, 1.— £attt ; 
37; 28, c. — © tint me; xxxn. — flange; xxxm; xxvin, 2; xn, 1. — 
©djttnbett; N. m, 9.— ber; xv ; 3.— ©etfter; 32, d ; 37.— ttttt; 
59.— ©aitett; xn, 2; 29, a. 

5. t> e r m a g jt ; 55. — » erttebmen; 46, a, d ; xlvih, 1 ; xvn. — 1 1) ttt 
depends upon ertb'ttet. — be ttt; l; 15. — 2BeIt;xxxn; 29, c. — er* 
jtarb; 46, a. — utttergittg; 53; xlvii, 1. The imperfect, as usual, 
denotes the continuation of a condition. — letfe; xxxiv, 1. — ©attfeltt; 
N. m, 9.— t) b t) e r e r ; 26 ; xv. 

6. ©tet)e; lxvi; 52.— 2tuge; 29, b— gef<$U ffett; 47, a — 



126 READING AND ANALYSIS- [VI. 

£o b ; N. 1, 3, ber 9D?enfdj.— b e r ; xxvm, 1 ; N. i, 2.— ©terne; ix.— 
erfcfjetnt; xlv; 49, a.— tb'nenbe; xliv; 9.— (Straiten; xxxm ; 
31, b. 

7* S^t e t (^ e 5 lxvi.— r e b e t e j xlvi.— f $ ix> eig enb ; xliv ; N. m, 2. 
— ftihmte; xlvi; xxiv. 



Exercise. 

When the day was declining and the glow of evening was 
on the western sky, my blooming daughter stood near the old 
minstrel. Alas, that thou shouldst hear no hovering of the 
spirits around the strings of my harp. Yes, adds Malvina 
with smiling lip, I too hear the music of its sweet strings ; 
but pray, how can I perceive the sounds of the spirits and 
the rustling of a higher world ? His eye is closed and he 
cannot see the maiden's cheerful countenance. Before death 
comes, when the earth is wrapped in darkness, sounding beams 
from higher worlds descend (float down) upon his beholding 
spirit. 

She silently handed the harp to the old man. Do you hear 
the sound of a sweet voice ? The sun is setting at this moment. 
He (she) has already finished his (her) course. The night 
has come, the stars appear, and the earth reposes in darkness. 



VI. — The White Deer. 
1 

&$ gtngen bret 3^* tool)! auf bte 23trfct), 
(Bit motltett etjagen ben weifen iptrfdj* 



©ie legten fid) imter ben Sannenoanm, 
£)a fatten bte Drei einen fettfamen £ranm. 



VI.] READING AND ANALYSIS. 127 

3 ©er (Srfte. 
Mix tjat getrciumt, id) Hopf auf ben 23ufd), 
3) a raufd)te ber £irfcfy fyerauS, fyufd), fyufd) ! 

4 J)er 3w«ite» 
Unb ate er fprang mit ber £unbe ©effaff, 
£)a oramtt' td) ttjm auf ba$ gett, piff, paff ! 

. 5 £)er ©rttte. 

Unb aU idj ben £irfd) an ber <Srbe fa$, 
©a ftieg id) luftig tn'S £orn, trara ! 

6 
@o lagen fie ba unb fpradjen bie £)ret, 
25 a rannte ber ttetfje £irfd) ooroei. 

7 
Unb e^ bie brei 3ager ifyn gefelj'n, 
@o mar er bason it6er Xiefe unb £o$'tu 
£ufd), tjufd) ! piff, paff ! trara ! 

U&lanb* 



NOTES. 

1. (£$, <z£ £Ae beginning of a sentence, is often expletive or euphonic. In 
such cases it is either rendered by there or entirely omitted in translation. — 
fling en; fromgefoen; 53. — 3ager; 33. — n>of)t is often a word of 
euphony. There is no word in the English which will here give its full 
import. — atlf is used as in the phrase auf bte 3>agb, upon the chase, a 
hunting. — 33 1 r f d), also written SB i r f d) e ; lvh. — e r jag en. The prefix 
er implies the actual attaining or getting of the object aimed at. 3a gen, 
to hunt; etjagett, to secure by hunting or chasing; — so also, bait en, to 
hold ; e r b a 1 1 e It, to receive. — b e tt ; vm. 

2. fid); xli. — unier; xxxvm, 1. — £raum; xxxm ; xn, 1. 

3. Srfte; 19; 7. — 9)Hr fya t getraumt This expression is like 
to me (it) seemed, in English. — $lopf ; N. iv, 1. — ba ; N. l, 2. — fy e r =» 

a u 3 ; xlvii. 



128 



READING AND ANALYSIS. 



[VII. 



4. £ u n b e ; xy ; 28, c— © e f 1 a f f ; N. m, 4, ®ef$afte ♦— b a 3. 7%e 
definite article usually takes the place of a possessive pronoun when there can 
be no doubt as to who is the possessor (li, 1). In most cases the dative or 
accusative of the personal pronoun accompanies. 

5. ber; xxvin, 1; xxxvm. — fttefj; from jiojjen; 50, a. — lufttg; 
ix, 1. — in'g for in bag ; N. m, 6, am. 

6. lagett is from Uegett ; 52, a. — ba; N. i, 2. — rattnte; 54. — 
fcorfcet; xlvu. 

7* g e f e|) e tt ; N. iv, 8. gerufeit. — ©0 is often used to introduce that part 
of a proposition which is the direct statement of a consequence or inference. 
It cannot always be translated. — % \ e f e. Many feminine nouns are formed 
from adjectives by adding e. Compare lv and lvi. 



Exercise. 

These hunters are going to hunt deer. They lay and talked 
under a fir-tree. When the first sees the deer coming, he 
blows (into) the horn. As the second was rapping on a bush, 
the deer rushed by. Before the two had seen him, he was 
lying on the ground. They all had a dream. When the deer 
heard the yelping of the dogs, he ran past. Before they 
could speak, he was away. Have you ever seen a deer run- 
ning ? Can you lie under a tree and catch a deer ? 



VII. — Genius. 

1 Der menfebticfye $orper soft *fter»en nnb 2Ibern, in beren Gtentro 
bie menfcfylicfye ©eele jt£t tote eine ©ptnne im (Sentro ityres ©ewe* 
TbeS, ift einer £arfe gu ijergteidjen nnb bie Dtnge in ber 2Belt nm 
Ujn ben ^ingern, bie anf ber $arfe fpteten. StUe £arfenfaiten 
beBen nnb cjefcen einen Xon, toenn fte berttfyrt toerben. 

2 (Etrttge #arfen aber ftnb son einem fo glitcflicfyen 93au, ba$ fte 
g(eid) nnter bem finger fceS $nnft(er3 fprecfyen, nnb itjre ©atten 
ftnb fo inntg jum 35ebcn anfgelegt, bap fid) ber Zon yon ber ©aite 



[VII. READING AND ANALYSIS. 129 

loSretft unb ein leid)teS atfjerifd)e3 SBefen fitr fid) ctu3mad)t, bas 
in ber Suft ttmfyer tr-atft, unb bie ^erjen mit fitter ©djroermutfj 
anfittlt. 

3 Unb biefeS teid)te citfyerifdje SBefen, ba3 fo frci fitr fid) in ber 
2 uft umfyer toaUt, roenn bie ©aite fd)on aufgefyort l)at gu betien, 
unb bas bie iper^en mit fitter ©djmermuti) anfitllt, lann nidjt an= 
berg at$ mit bent tauten ©enie getauft merben, unb ber 9)?ann, 
bem e3 fid) auf ben $opf fejjt n>ie bie ©ule auf ben $opf ber Sfti* 
nerija, ift ein Sftantt, ber ®enie $at; unb ber geneigte £efer nnrb 
nun tyoffenttidj Beffer, aU tdj, ttiffen, voa$ ®enie ift* 



NOTES, 



1, 9tfer»en; 30, c. — beren; l, 1. — detttro is a foreign word. — 
tmis for in bem. — ©etoefceg; N.m, 4, ®ef$afte. — ju sergleicfjett. 
iw a case of this kind the active infinitive is employed where in English we 
use the passive. (£g tfijufyoffett. It is to be hoped. — um; 59. — 
ben gingem depends upon sergletdjen ; N. i, 2, ber 3^ebe. — X o tt ; 

XXX111. 

2. eittem fo; lu. — gludHcfyett; xxxiv. — j p r e c^> e n ; 46; xlv. — 
jum for ju bem ; N. i, 8, ©ebett. — aitfgelegt. When the past parti- 
ciple of a verb, which does not take the auxiliary (ein in the active voice, is 
thus used, it is properly a predicative adjective. — fid); liv, 1. If the sub- 
ject of a, dependent sentence is a noun, a personal pronoun belonging in the 
same sentence will usually precede it. — aU$mad)t; xlvii, 1. — ba$; L; 
xlix. — £ e r j e tt ; 34, b. 

3* awfgerjort; xlvii, 2. — ba$ refers to SBefett, its antecedent. 
— fatttt^ 55; xxxvi, 1. — bem. Here the relative stands in the da- 
tive ; N. vi, 4, bag.— ber 9flitter»a; x;3.— ber ® ettie; l ; 15.— 
getteigte; 13; xxxiv, 1.— nuffen; xvn; 54, d. 



Exercise, 
Does the human soul sit in the center of the human body ? 
This harp is to be likened to the web of a spider. Our fingers 



130 



READING AND ANALYSIS. 



[VIII. 



are full of nerves and veins. These harps are of such an un- 
happy construction that the strings do not vibrate even when 
we touch them. Ethereal beings move to and fro in the air 
of their own accord. 

The harp-strings are so intimately disposed to (the) vibrating 
that they speak at once, if you touch them. When the spider 
has already ceased to spin, the owl seats itself upon the head 
of Minerva. 

Do you see the artist playing upon the sweet strings ? Do 
you know what genius is ? How the sound fills the heart 
with sadness ! 

The being who sits upon the head of the man who has 
genius, is to be compared to a large white owl. The devoted 
pupil, it is hoped, will now know (how) to touch the chords 
of the human soul. 



VIII. — We are Seven. 



(£3 fafj kt fiunten 23htmen aitf eiuem ®raB etn $tnb ; 
3n feinen Socfen fptette ber frifdje 9JZorgennnnb. 
3fym glitfyten frifdj bie 2£angen, wic $irfd)en in bem Sflat, 
Unb feine 2lugen ftrafylten wit ©terne liar imb fret. 

2 

9ttd)t fcftclt ber ^in? fo ^etle, ber in ben S^etgen ftngr, 
<5o fro()lid) bie ©alette, bie in bem SBalbe fpringh 
„(£* fag', rote tftel ©efcfyroifter feib tfyr, metn ItekS $inb ?" 
£)a$ $inb fprad) freunblid) : „©iekn in 21 Hem nnfer finb. 

3 

„3it)et faen in bem ©arten, jroet rutj'n tm ©rak ()ter ; 
3roet ftfc^en anf bem SBaffer, brum ftekn, £err, ftnb roir." 
„2Benn aroet tm 9fteere ftfdjen, unb aroet tm gelbe ftnb ; 
Dann feib U)r ja nid)t ftekn; fag an, metn Kek* $inb/' 






VIII.] HEADING AND ANALYSIS. 131 



„(£i gtvet oon -unS ja liegen int griinen ©rabe t)ter ; 
Drum ftnb e3 unfer fieBert, |a fteben, £err, ftnb ttur." 
„2Benn gwci son end) begraben im griinen ©rabe ftnb; 
£)ann fetb Ujr ja nur fiinfe, mein guteS, Iiebe3 ^tnb." 

5 

„D nein, o nein, nicfyt fiinfe ; nein, fteben, iperr, ftnb mir ; 
!Denn 23riiberd)en nnb @d)mefterd)en, bie lommen oft ju mix* 
@e()r lange tag ba3 (Sd)toeftercfyen gebulbig bei una Irani, 
Unb blidte nocfy fo freunbiid), aU fcfyon fein ^'opfc^en fan!, 

6 

„$)er Hebe ©ott im .Ipimmel, ben e$ mir oftma(3 tt>ie3, 
£)er rtef bas Iranle ©d)n>efterd)en ^n fid) in' 3 $arabte$* 
2)a ging ify mil bem 53riiberd)en gar oft 3um ©rabe I)tn; 
2Bir fd)miidten es mtt 33(umen nnb fpielten in bem ©run* 

7 

„£)odj aU ber latte Winter bie 23iiimletn fc^neite ein; 
£)a rtef and) ©ott ba» 23riibercfyen ^um lieben ©ctymefterfem. 
Drnm fiinfe nid)t, nein, fteben ftnb, £err, in 5ltlem ttnr ; 
3m ©arten, anf bem Staffer nnb in bem ©rabe fyter*" 



NOTES. 

L (SS; N. vi, 1.— fa§; 52, c— bie; N. vi, 4, baS — frtft^ ; lx, 1. 
— 99» a t ; xxxm. The names of the days of the week, and of the months 
and seasons of the year, take the definite article. 

% belle; N. i, 2, gem.— ber; l; 15.— fag'; N. iv, 1, fftt)\— fefb ; 
41. — unfer is in the genitive plural ; 1. Observe that, except in the 
case of Uttfer, these genitives are formed by adding tX to the corresponding 
possessive pronouns. 

4. begrabett; N. vn, 2, aufgelegt.— fiinfe ; N. i, 2, germ 

5. 23riiber&)en. The diminutive terminations &) e n and I tin are 
often expressive of endearment. The latter is seldom used except in poetry. 

6* 



132 READING AND ANALYSIS. . [iX. 

b t e 5 N. iv, 8, ber. — I a tt g e. The final e is retained when 
lattg is an adverb. — lag ; 52, a. — Bet as employed to indicate the place 
of residence or of business. S3 e i ntetttem 33 a t e r* At my father's. 

23 ei bent Kaufman n. At the merchant's. — fanf ; 45, a. 

6, ben; l; 15. — eg refers to @cf» defter tt)e n ; N. v, 2, fie* — tote 3 
49, a. — ber; N. iv, 3, ber. — rtef; 50. — itt$, forinbaS. — gtng; 53; 
xlvi.— t)tn; N. 4, 1, bin.— ©run; lvi. 



JExercise. 

There sat a child upon a little grave. The cool evening 
wind plays in its golden curls. Its eyes glow like stars and 
its cheeks like apples in autumn. The finch which was singing 
in the forest did not look so joyous and bright. How many 
brothers and sisters have you ? There are five of us in all, sir. 

Two are resting in the green grave. Then you are not 
really seven. My little sister lies ill at our home. Even 
when her little head is sinking, she still looks as patient. The 
good God called her to paradise. Her brother adorned the 
grave with variegated flowers. How gaily the gazelle leaps 
through the forest. Will your brother be fishing on the water 
when the *winter covers the flowers with snow ? No, he will 
be at his uncle's. 



IX. — Death and Sleep. 

1 £ob unb ©cfylaf, ber £obe3engef unb ber Sngef be3 ©&)fum= 
merS, 6ritber(ttf) umfcfytungen, burd)roanbetten bte (Srbe. @* roar 
SJbenb. @ie lager ten jidj auf einem £uget, nidjt feme oon ben 
2Bor)nungen ber Sftenfcfyen. Sine roefymittfytge ©title roaltcte rings 
ttmf)er, unb bte 9I&enbgtode tm fernen 2)orflettt oerftummte. 

2 (Stiff unb fd)roetgenb, roie eg tl)re SGetfe tft, )a$en bte Betbcn 
roof)ltl)attgctt ®enien ber 2ftenfd$ett in trault^er Umarmung. unb 
fdjon nafjete bte 9?ad)t. 



IX.] READING AND ANALYSIS- 133 

3 £)a ertjoB fid) ber (£nget beg (Sd)tnmmerg »on feinem Bemooften 
Sager, nnb ftrenere mit leifer £anb bie nnfid)tBaren ©djlnmmer* 
fornleyu <£>te SIBenbnnnbe trngen fie gu ben ftttten 2Bol)nnngen 
beg mitben Sanbmanneg. 9tnn nmfing ber fitjjje ©djlaf bie 23e* 
moaner ber lanbltdjen Jpittten, yon bem ©retfe, ber am ©taoe get)t, 
Ms gu bem ©angling in ber SBiege. £)er $ranfe ttergaf feme 
©djmer^en, ber Sranernbe feinen Summer,- ber 2lrme feine ©orgen* 
Mt 2lngen fdjloffen fid). 

4 3ej?t, naci) ttoftenbetem ®efd)iifte, legte fidj ber n>ot)ltf)atige 
(Sngef beg ©drummers nueber $u feinem ernfteren 25rnber fyuu 
„2Benn bie Sittorgenrotije anbrtdjt", rief er mit frofylidjer Unfd)nlb, 
„bann preifet mtd) bie 2Mt aU tf)ren grennb nnb $M)lt()ater ! 
SD tt>eld)e ^renbe, nngefefyen nnb tjeimlid) ®nteg gn tfynn ! SBte 
glitdltd) finb fair nnfid)tbaren53oten beg gnten ©etfieg ! $3ie fdjon 
unfer (litter 33eruf ! 

5 ©o fprad) ber frennbtid)e (Engel beg ©djfnmmerg. £)er £0= 
begengel fatj U)it mit (litter 2Be!)mntf) an, nnb eine £l)rane, rote fte 
bie UnfterMid)en fteinen, ftanb in feinem grofen bnnllen 2fnge* 
„5Id)", fprad) er, „ba$ id) ntdjt, rote bn, beg frof)tid)en Daniel mtdj 
frenen lann; mid) nennt bie 2Mt ifyren $einb nnb grenbenftorerl" 

6 „£), mein 33rnber", ernneberte ber (£nge( beg @d)lafeg, „tt>irb 
nidjt and) Beim @rn>ad)en ber ®nte in bir feinen ^rennb erlennen 
nnb banfBar bid) fegnen? ©tnb nur nid)t 33rnber nnb 33oten 
eines Waters V @o fprad) er ; ba glance bag 2htge beg £obeg* 
engelg, nnb 3&rtlid)er nmarmten fid) bie Briiberlid)en (Senien* 

$ x u m m a d) e r. 



NOTES. 



1. umfdjlungen, bur cfytuanbeltett $ 60; xlvh; xlvui, 2.— 

f e r n e ; see N. 1, 2, gerne, — © 1 1 1 1 1 ; see N. vi, 7, Xtefe, 

2. fefcto etgenb ; xliv; lx, 1. — faf en; 52, a, c. — betben ; m; 11. 
In referring to two objects which are considered together, b e t b t tt usually 
takes the place of 5 ft) e L 



134 READING AND ANALYSIS. [lX. 

3, erfyofc is from ertyeben. — Uttftd^tbaren. The termination lax 
corresponds to able or ible in £Ae English. — t r U g e n ; 51. — u in f t n g is 
from nmfangen; 50, c— »erga§ ; 52, a.— £ranernbe; lv;xxxiv, 
1. — fdjloff en; 47, a- 

4, anbric&t; 46, a; xxxvn, 1; xlvh, 1.— rief ; 50.— Unfc&utb; 
see N. ii, ©ebulb. — mtc$; see N. vn, 2. — toir; xlyi. — 23 o ten; lvi. 

5» ft a n b ; 58. — f r e U e n, and a few other verbs when used reflexively, 
may govern an object in the genitive. 

6. 23 r U b e r ; 33, b. c. — e i n e g ; 17. This is the only cardinal num- 
ber which is declined throughout all the cases. 



Exercise, 
It was morning. The angel of slumber had lain down 
upon a moss-grown couch. How beautiful the morning 
bells ! The occupants of that distant cottage have forgotten 
their cares. What joy to walk about the earth when the glow 
of morning is on the sky ! No melancholy silence reigns around. 
The angel of death stood and wept far from the abodes of 
men. Am I not an invisible messenger of the sick and 
mourning? The poor in the rural cottages call me their 
enemy. The fraternal genii are sitting arm in arm. The 
evening winds grew still. Alas, that the good are not per- 
mitted to bless me gratefully ! How happy are those who do 
good unseen ! When the sick man had forgotten his cares, 
an angel arose from his couch and called him his benefactor. 
They are all messengers of the invisible spirit. The mourner 
embraced her brother and a tear such as mourners weep stood 
in her dark eye. Shall we not forget our griefs and rejoice 
(ourselves) in (of) cheerful gratitude ? The night is already 
approaching. The distant evening bells are all silent. The 
babe is sleeping in its cradle. The eyes of the weary are 
closed. The angel of death is sitting upon a distant hill. 



X.] READING AND ANALYSIS. 135 

X. — Lorelei. 

1 

3d) wcig ntdjt, tva$ foil eg fcebeutett, 
Dag tdj fo traurig Bin ; 
(Sin 9ftar$cu aug atten 3eiten, 
Dag fommt miv nidjt aitg bem ©inn* 

2 

Die Suft ift !itt)I tint) eg bunMt, 
Unb rufyig fltefjt ber SRjjetn; 
Der ©ipfer beg Sergeg funlett 
3m 5lbenbfonttenf^eitt. 
3 

Die fdjonjfc 3uttgfrau fljjet 
Dort oBen hmnberfcar, 
3^r golbneg ©efdjmeibe Mijset, 
@ie fainmt il)r golbeneg ipaar* 
4 

@te fammt eg mit golbenem $amme, 
Unb ftngt ein Steb bal>ei, 
Dag tyat eine nmnberfame, 
(Semaltige $Mobeu 
5 

Den (Sniffer im lleinen @<fytffe 
(Srgreift eg mit nntbem SBetj ; 
@r fcfyaut nidjt bie gelfenrtffe, 
(£r f$aut nur tjinauf in bie £6$\ 

6 

3$ glauBe, bie 2BeKett t>erf(^tittaen 

21m (Sttbe nod) gtfdjer «nb $af)n; 

Unb bag tjat mit intern ©ingen 

Die Soretet getfyan. 

£> e t n e* 



136 BEADING AND ANALYSIS. [XL 

NOTES. 

i. foil; xxxvi, 1; 55.— 9J?tr; N. vi, 4, bag, 

2. fHeft; 47, a. - 

3. ® e ftt)metbe; N. m, 4. 

4. baoet;Liu. — 9fteIobet is for 9)?elobte. It is a poetical form. 

5. ben ©differ is the object of ergreift. — e3 refers to £teb.— 
$ o fy ; see N. rv, 1 and N. yi, 7. 



Exercise, 

The air is becoming cool. How calmly the Rhine flows 
by ! Do you know what it can mean ? The fisherman and 
his boat will not go (come) out of my mind. The loveliest 
maiden is sitting on the top of a mountain. Her jewels flash 
in the evening sunlight. She looks at the sailor and sings a 
song at the same time. He sits in his little ship. Does he 
not see the reefs ? 

I ween the melody is powerful. It will not come out of his 
mind. Does the maiden look aloft ? He only hears the song 
and sees the mountain. Have the billows swallowed the 
singer or the fisher? Does (the) Lorelei do this by her 
singing ? But it is growing dark, and I am very sad. 



XL — New- Year's Night. 

1 (Sin alter 9ftenfcfy ftanb in ber 9?eujat)r£na$t am 5cnfter unb 
fdjauete nut bem 33 ltd etner langen 33eqn>etfluna, anf gum unbe^ 
toegUcfyen, ettug Mitftenben £immef unb f)erab auf bie ftifte, reine, 
tt>ei§e (Srbe, toorauf jejjt 9ttemanb fo freuben* nnb fdjlaflos tear, 
aU er. £)enn fein ®rab ftanb natye an ifim ; e3 roar Mo£ »om 
<5d)nee be£ Alters, nidjt »om ©run ber 3ngenb serbetft, unb er 
fcrad^te au3 bem gangen' retcfcen £efcen SWdjtS mir, aU 3rrtfmmer, 
©iinben unb .ftranffyeit, einen serfyeerten $6rper, eine serobete 
<5eele, bie Sruft »ott ®ift unb ein Sitter doH 3teue. 



XI.] READING AND ANALYSIS. 137 

2 (Seine [gotten 3ugenbtage manbten ftdj Ijeute aU ©efpenfter 
urn unb gogen ifyn toteber oor bent fyeilen 9Jtorgen t)in, mo iljn fein 
$ater guerft anf ben ©cfyetbetoeg be3 SebenS geftetlt, ber red)t3 anf 
ber ©onnenbafyn ber £ugenb in ein mette^ rui)ige3 2anb oott £id)t 
nnb (Ernten nnb ooft (Sngel bring:, nnb metier linf$ in bie WlauU 
tx>urf3l)uge( beS SafterS fyera^tefyt, in eine fcfymarge £6i)le oott fyer= 
untertropfenben ©ifte3, ootl gifdjenber ©cfylangen unb fmfterer, 
fd) muter £)ampfe. 

3 2ldj, bie ©djtangen fyingen um feine 25ruft, nnb bte®ifttropfen 
anf fetner 3 ltn g e / wn *> er voufytt nun, mo cr mar. ©tnnioS nnb 
nut unauSfprecfylicfyem ®rame rief er gum £immet tunauf: „©tb 
mir bie 3ngenb mieber ! O $ater, fteUe mid) anf ben ©djetbemeg 
mieber, bamit id) anberS mafyle* 

4 2Iber fein 9Sater nnb feine 3ugenb maren langft baljin* (Sr 
fatj 3rrtid)ter anf ©itmpfen tangen unb anf bem ©otte^ader er* 
lofdjen, unb er fagte: „@$ ftnb meine tpricfyten £age*" (£r fat) 
einen ©tern au3 bem ipimmet fliefyen unb im gatle fd)immern unb 
anf ber (Srbe gerrinnen* „T)a$ Bin id)/' fagte fein btutenbes iperg, 
unb bie ©d^langengafyne ber 9teue gru6en barin in ben SSunben 
meiter* 

5 bitten in bem $ampf flog ptofclidj bie 9ftuftf fur ba3 9?eu* 
jaljr oom £t)urme fyernieber mte ferner ^irt^engefang. (£r murbe 
fanfter bemegt — er f^anete um ben iporigont fyerum unb itber bie 
mette Sr.be, unb er bad)te an feine 3ugenbfreunbe, bie nun, glitdli* 
d)er unb beffer ati er, Sefyrer ber (Srbe, $a ter glitdttdjer ^inber unb 
gefegnete 9ftenfd)en maren, unb er fagte : „fD, id) lonnte and) mie 
il)r biefe erfte 9kd)t mit trodenen 2htgen oerfd)tnmmern, menu id) 
gemollt fyatte. — 21 dj, id) lonnte glitdtid) fein, i()r tl)euern (Sltern, 
menu id) enere ^euiafyr^munfcfye unb M)ren erfiitlt l)'atte !" 

6 (£r serfyittlte ba3 Sluge ; taufenb I)ei^e Zljxanm ftromten oer= 
ftegenb in ben ©cfynee — er feufete nur nod) leife, trofttoS unb firm* 
lo$ : „^omme nur mieber, 3ugenb, lomme mieber I". . , ♦ 

7 Unb fie tam .ioieber ; benn er ^atte nur in ber 9?enj;a{)r£nad)t 



138 READING AND ANALYSIS. [XI. 

fo fitrcfyterltdj getranmt ;— er toar nod) em Siingting; mtr feine 
Serirrnngen rcaren fern Zxaum gettefcn, 2tber er banfte ®ott, 
baf er, nod) jung, in ben fd)mn£igen ©angen be3 £after3 nmfef)* 
ren nnb jtc§ anf bie @onnenbal)n ^nriidbegeben fonnte, bie itfd 
reine 2anb ber Srnten lettet 

8 M)re mit tfym, jnnger Sefer, nm, ttemt bn anf fetnem ^moege 
fteftft £)tefer fcfyredenbe Xranm mtrb liinfttg bein ^tdjter toerben ; 
after menn bn einft jammerootl rnfen nmrbejt : $omme roieber, 
fcfyone 3ugenb ! — fo ttitrbe fie nidjt tvteber fommen. 

3ean tyaul 

NOTES. 

1. ©0) nee; xxxm. Nouns terminating in ee are masculine. — »oitt 
is for soon tem. — 3ugenb» J/os£ ttowrcs whose final syllable is ettb are 
feminine. — brad)te; 54, c. — mit is here a part of the verb which is 
ntitbrtngen; xlvii. fommen @ie mit. Come with (me). 

2. jogen; 47, a, b. — fyeruntertropfenben. The genitive singu- 
lar of an adnominal word in the simple declension is often euphonic. Ob- 
serve that i> o 11 governs the genitive when the noun is preceded by a limiting 
word. 

3. btngett; 50, c— h>u§te; 54, d.— rief; 50. 

4. gruben; 51, a. 

5. flof ; 47, a. — bacfete; 54, c. — fottttte; lxi ; Lxin, 1. 

6. taitfeitb, and also fyitttbert, are commonly used without the 
indefinite article 



Exercise, 

This sunny path leads to the left into a land of virtue and 
happiness. From his long life he has brought nothing but a 
bosom full of hissing serpents. Nobody upon the pure, quiet 
earth is so comfortless and sleepless as I. He gazes upon the 
blooming sky with a look of despair. O father, give me again 
the lovely youthful days ! He saw specters dancing upon 
gloomy swamps. 



XII.] READING AND ANALYSIS- 139 

He hears the music for the new year floating down from 
the steeple. As he looks around the churchyard he thinks of 
the friends of his youth. In the midst of the music he calls 
to heaven: "Set me again upon the path of virtue." A 
thousand hot tears stream from their eyes, and they still sigh 
softly : " Come again, youth, only come again !" He looked 
around the horizon and saw a bright star glittering as it fell. 
The youth did not know where he was, and dreamed that he 
is an old man. 

If this old man should ever call : come again youthful 
days ! they would never come. This path leads to the right 
into a beautiful land of harvests. The other brings you into 
the sultry vapors of error. Let us turn about and walk in 
the sunny path. 



XII. — M I G N O N. 
1 

$ennft bu bag £anb, too bie (Sitrottett Mufm, 
3m bunleln %auo bie ©olborangen gluten, 
(Sin fanfter 2Binb $om Blauen pummel tt>ef)t, 
£)ie myxtyt fttfl unb tyocfy ber Sot&eer ftef^t? 
^ennft bu eg mo^l ? 

Detain ! Qaljin I 
S>Zod)t' tcfy mit bit, o mem ©eliefcter, gtet)tu 

2 
^ennft bu bag $au$ ? 5luf ©auten rttfyt fetn Qafy, 
(Eg glanjt ber ©aat, eg fd)tmmert bag ®emadj, 
Unb SJlarmorMlber ftefyn unb fefyn mid) an : 
2Bag tyat man btr, bu armeg $tnb, getfyan ? 
^ennft bu eg wofyt ? 

£at)tn ! £)at)in ! 
Sftodjf idj mit bir, o mein 23efdjii£er, gtetyn* 



140 EEADING AND ANALYSIS. [XII. 

3 

^ennft bn ben 33erg unb fehten 2SoIfenfteg ? 
Dct£ Waulfykx fud)t im 5^ebel fetnen 2£eg ; 
3n £of){en too^nt bet £)tad)ett atte SBrxit ; 
®3 jiurgt ber gel3 itnb itfcer if)it bte glutf)* 
^ennft bu eg motyl ? 

£)af)in ! £)atjin ! 
©ef)t unfer 2£eg ; o better, taf imS $tel)n I 



NOTES. 



1. ©olborangen. The g in Drartge is pronounced like z in azure. 
— MUfott instead of H life en. — to o fy I ; see N. vi, 1. — SEftocH 1 ; ixi. 
I would like, or I fain ivould, or Would that I might. 

2. (£0; see N. vi, 1, e31 — ber © a a I is the subject of glanjt — 
feben mid) an; supply asking. — m a n ; N. i, 3, man* 

3* ber!Drad)en;xv; lvi.— g e I $ ; lx ; 34, c— I a § ; lxyi, 1, 2. 



Exercise. 

What has my protector done to you ? Do you know the 
roof that rests upon a marble pillar? I can hear the flood 
tumbling over the rocks. Do you know where the race of 
ancient dragons dwells? The mule seeks the rocky path. 
How these apartments glitter ! I am looking at a marble 
statue. Do the lemon-trees bloom in this land ? Away, away, 
thither let us go ! I fain would rest where the golden orange 
glows. Gentle breezes blow where the lofty laurel stands. 
Knowest thou the mount where my beloved resides ? A 
mist hangs around it. Would that I might see the quiet 
myrtle and the oranges glowing in the dark foliage ! 



XIII.] READING AND ANALYSIS. 141 

XIII.— The Rainbow. 

1 9Mj$ItdjeS, 2Bofyltfyatige3 unb UnentfcetyrlidjeS, mas gur 
iftafyrung, gur 23efteibung unb gum Dobad), iioerfyaupt gur (£rtjal= 
rung ber lebenben ®efd)6pfe gefyort, ftnben nur inter garden 9ktui\ 
2)a3 SBaffer Iofd)t unfern £urjl ; fitr un$ macfyfen allerlet gvitcfyte, 
urn un3 gu fiittigen ; nur ftnben SDtateriaTien gu unferer 23ef(eibung 
unb gum 23au unferer SBofynungetu Sine aUmadjtige #anb reict)t 
un3 2ltfe$ bar, tua» »tf fcebitrfen. 

2 Slber aucfy ©d)one3, ©ro£e3 unb iperrticfyeS l)at ©ott ge* 
fcfyaffen, mas mir mit ftaunenbem Sutgifden oetrad)ten, toa$ unfere 
35emunberung erregt unb unfere Bergen mit ^reuben erfiiftk 2)er 
(Slant be3 @rernent)tmme($, bie SDtorgen- unb 2T6enbrott)e, bie tter^ 
fcfytebenen ©eftalten unb garben ber SBollen, bag fd)6ne ©rim ber 
SBtefert unb flatter an ben SSaumen, bie 33futt)en unb 33 lumen 
getgen un3 eine <Sd)onf)eit unb $radjt, bte un* rittjrt unb fcemegt 
unb unfere (Seele gu ©ott in banfbarer 2In6etung er'fjeBt, ber fein 
grofieS ©djopfunggwerf fo tjerrlidj unb unnad)al)mlid) gefefymiidt 
§at. 

3 T)er mit 33ernunft oegabte 9ttenfcr) ift e3 auf ber (Srbe adein, 
t>er bie3 (Bfyont, (Erfyabene unb ©ottiidje empfmben unb benlen 
faun. 3 U biefen ©cbonfyeiten in ber Sftatnr, bie nur gu genuffen 
3eiten mafyrnefymen, recfyne idj and) ben ttielfarbigen ^egenoogen. 
Wan muf ftaunen, mnn man oebenft, bafj er burdj 3iegentropfen 
entfte()t, bie au3 ben SBoflen gur (£rbe nieber fatten, in benen ftd) bie 
£id)tftra()Ien brecfyen, ruelcije ifym biefe yerfefyiebenen gjavfoen geben. 

4 SSenn it)r barauf gemerlt fyabt, fo erfd)eint eud) ber Sftegen* 
Bogen nur bann, menu end) bie ©onne tm SRitden fteftt nriD in ben 
SRegen cor md) feine ©trafylen fallen lafjt. 3mmer alfo ber ©onne 
gegenitber erfefyeint ber ^egenbogen, beS SlfoenbS in Dften, be3 9ftor* 
gens in SBejren, in ©itben nur im Winter, mnn bie (Sonne niebrig 
ftet)t (Sr geigt befto r)el(ere garoen, jc bunHer bie balnnterftebcnbe 
SBolfe ift. @3 ftnb nic^t bie Diinfte ber SBolfen, fonbern mirf(id)e 
21ropfeit, bie it)n biiben. 



142 READING AND ANALYSIS- [xilT. 

5 £)ie .^anptfaroen be3 Sftegenoogena ftnb : sjtolctt, inbigoblan, 
^etfblau, grim, Ijelfgelo, orangengetb, rotlj, anferbem after nod) atle 
garden, bie bnrd) ben Uebergang oon einer mr anbern entftefyem 
S8i3tt>etlett ^iefyt jtd) urn ben Jpauptregenbogen in gleicfy wetter 
(Sntfernung »on i()m etn 9Zebenregenbogen, beffen garben »on jenem 
in »erfe$rter 3>ttd)tnng Itegen ; feltener entftefyt and) tin britter 
3xegenbogen, beffen ^arben mieber fo anf einanber folgen, nne voir 
fie in bent ipanptregenbogen fafyen. £>er 9Jebenregenbogen geigt 
nn3 matttxt garben, nnb bet bem britten ftnb fie ant fdnoad)ften. 

6 $Qenn nid)t an alien ©eiten eine SBolfe regnet, fo erblidt 
man nnr ba ©tiicfe son einem ^tegenbogen, wo ^egentropfen nie= 
berfatlen, nnb btefen nennt man Sfcgengatfe. Set grof^en SBajfer* 
fallen, wo stele Ditnfte bie Suft erfiillen, ftef)t man, wennmaneben* 
falls bie Sonne im linden fyat, sor ftd) bie fd)onften SRegenbogen, 
bie bad erfyabene <3d)anfpiel ber 9?atttr, wic bei bem Sfaagarafaff, 
ber atlco S)enlen fo madjrtg crfd)itttert, nod) me()r fcerfdjonern. 

7 2Bemt bte ©onnenftrablen son einer rnfyigen, ftitfen 2Baffer= 
fliid)e 3ttvitd in ben mebcrfalienben 9iegen geworfen werben, fo ent= 
ftei)t auty eitt 9iegenbogen, bod) mit bent Untcrfcfyicbe, bajj bte $ar= 
hm in U)tn gerabe in oerfebrter Sfxid) tung wte bet einem wtrflid)en 
9tcgenbogen liegen. 2£enn ba3 s 3)?eer ftiirmt, nnb bie SBetlen in 
Sropfen nnb £>itnften anffteigen, bann ergeugen bie ©onnenftrafylen 
oft jwanjtg, bretjjtg ^Regenbogen mgleid), beren $arbe gegen bie 
(Sonne gelb nnb gegen bas s D?eer blafjgrnn ift. SDaS 9Jtonblid)t in 
ber 9lat^t biibet btewetlen and) SRcgenbogen ; fie ftnb aber fefyr 
blaf unb nnr roeifj ober gelt. 

8 Side ^Kegenbogenfarben fpiegetn ftdj be3 SftorgenS in ben 
ffeinen £()antropfd)en, bie fnnfelnben @ternd)en gleid)en nnb ben 
gluren nnb SBBiefen eine nnnad)a()mlid)e $rad)t leifjen. 2)er !oft= 
barfte Diamant funfelt bann nid)t fo fd)on, aU biefe Sropfcn, xon 
benen bie spftangen nnb £atme itberftrent 311 fein fdjemen, 'Man 
ftet)t mit jebem Stngenblide einen neuen SRegenbegen, tpetl bie die* 
gentropfen Winter etnanber im beftanbigen fallen, ftnb, nnb bie 



XIII.] READING AND ANALYSIS- 143 

garBen son immer neuen SEropfen gebilbet roerben ; after roir ne§* 
men biefen SBecfyfel nid)t tt>at)r, roett in tie ©telle eined jeben fatten* 
ben £ropfend roieber ein auberer tritt 

9 ©tel)t man auf einer toeit itber bem Jporigont erfyabenenipofye 
ober ber Sftegenrootfe natje genug, fo erfcfyeint ber 9fagenbogen aid 
ein uottig rnnber $rete* 2Bir fefyeu i()u nur aid etnen £albfretd. 
3eber ©onnenftral)! beftefyt au$ fteben garben nnb gertt>etlt fid) in 
btefelben, roenn er in einem burd)ftd)tigen $(irper gebrocfyen roirb. 
£)iefed ftefyt man fcfycn an einem ©lafe Staffer, mnn bie (Sonne 
baranf fd)etnt, nodj metyr aber burdj ein breifeitig gefd)ltffened ©lad, 
bad man ein $ridma nennt 2agt man bad ©onnenlid)t burd) ein 
fold)ed ©lad in ein bunfled 3^ mmer fatten, fo getgen ftcfy bie fcfyon* 
ften bnnten ^arben, bie fid) and) an bem Sxegenbogen geigem 

10 yflan fann fid) eine ftnnlidje $orftettung son bem S^cgen* 
fcogen macfyen, roenn man eine glaferne ^uget mit SGaffer anfiittt 
nnb auf fie unter einem geroiffen $3infet bie <3onnenftra()len fatten 
lagt, bann erblidt man auf einer roeigen SGanb, twelve bie JefatTb* 
ten £td)tftra()len auffangt, im Clemen einen farbigen 9xegenbogem 
Und mug ed geniigen, bie $3erfe eined t)ol)eren ©etfted mit Slnbetung 
unb Q3erounberung feiner ©rope gu betracfyten, roenn ed unferm 
fd)roacfyen $erftanbe aud) nicfyt yergonnt ift, bad 2Bte unb 333arum 
gu begreifen, 9ft it U e r* 



NOTES. 

1. 9? U 1} 1 1 d) e d* When that which is denoted by a word is spoken of 
abstractly, the substantive employed stands regularly in the neuter gender ; 
compare N. i, 3, ©eben. — J U X for ju ber + — II t X 1 e 1 ; 23. — to a d and 
to e r, when relative pronouns, do not refer to a definite antecedent. 

3. b e Q a b t e» Such participial constructions are often used instead 
of a limiting sentence. The English idiom would be, man who is 
endowed with reason, e d, in this case, may be rendered that or the one; 
see N. vi, 1. — bted; termination ed omitted. — ber 9?atttr; N. i, 1, 
3, ber 9ftenfd).— b enen; l, 1 ; 15. 



1-W HEADING AND ANALYSIS. [xill. 



4. gegettiiber follows the noun which depends upon it ; 57. — 
beg 31 b e n b 3. When a day of the week, or a part of a day, is mentioned 
as an indefinite point of time, the noun denoting the same will usually stand 
in the genitive case. — (on b e r XI implies a direct contradiction of a nega- 
tive statement contained in the first part of the sentence; as, @r tfi 
nt d; t arm, ( o n b e r n r e t d). He is not poor but rich. 

5. Sen etlter; supply gar be. — son ttjm is more definite than 
bason; mi. — j e n em refers to Isauptregenboge n. — o e r f e t) r * 
ter; xlvhi.— a m fd; road; ft en for bte fd; ro ad; ft en ; 24; N. m. 6, 
am roemgfren. 

6. f o; N. vi, 7. — bie bag; bte is a relative pronoun and subject of 
oerfefyb'nertt. 

8* £ t) autr bp f ct) en. en?« dropped before the diminutive termination 
d)en; as, ©arten, ©d'rtcben. — bte is a relative pronoun, subject of 
gletdjett a verb which governs the dative. — to til\ ♦ ♦ ♦ ftttb J because 
the drops of rain are constantly falling in succession. 

9. erfyabenen; xlvhi; see above N. 3, begabre. — gefc§ltff ene3 
is from fd)leifert ; 48, a, b. 

10. jj i (fc has the same form in the dative as in the accusative ; xli. 



UJxercise. 

In the secondary rainbow the colors are inverted. Is it 
granted to our understanding to know the why ? Can you 
make a sensible representation of the colors of a sunbeam ? 
What do we see when the sun shines upon a glass of water ? 
The rays of light are refracted and this gives the different 
colors. You have observed that it appears only when the 
sun is behind you. Do you know why the rainbow always 
appears opposite the sun ? To-day the rainbow appeared in 
the east. The brighter the cloud which stands behind, the 
colors are the paler. In the evening the sun shows itself at 
an equally great distance from the blue cloud. If these drops 
of rain do not fall on all sides we cannot see the sublime 
spectacle. These little drops of dew seem to resemble spark- 
ling stars, still with the distinction that they all reflect the 



XIV.] READING AND ANALYSIS. 145 

colors of the rainbow. Whatever pertains to the clothing 
and preservation of living creatures we find in nature. Rivers 
flow down from the mountains in order to quench our thirst. 
A beneficent hand proffers us everything that we need for the 
building of our habitations. Let us lift our hearts to God in 
grateful adoration. Man alone can perceive the beautiful 
and sublime. 



XIV. — The Maid of Orleans. 

Extract. 
1 

Ms toxx nun bte ipotjen 
53et 5?ermanton erretcfyt un'o in bas Zfyai, 
T)a$ tue gjonne burcfyftromt, fyerunterftiegen, 
£)a ftanb in roettcr (Sbene 9 or unS ber getnb, 
Unb 2£ajfen Mitten, ba xvix riidwarts far)n* 
Umrungen fa()u toxx un3 son Beibeit £eeren, 
9li$)t ipoffnung wax gu ftegen, nodj gu fltety'n ; 
£>a fan! bem Sapferften ba$ £erg, unb 2We3, 
SSergiveiflung^ttotl, mill f(t)on bie 28affen ftrecfen, 

2 
21(3 nun bie giifyrer mtt einanber nodj 
math fu^ten unb nidjt fanben— ftef), ba ftetlte ftdj 
Sin feltfam SBunb'er unfern ^ugen bar ! 
£)enn au3 ber STtefe bee ©efro^eS plo^Itd) 
£rat etne 3ungfrau mtt oefyelmrem £aupt 
2Bte etne ,ftrtege$gotttn, fdjon gugteid) 
Unb fcfyredlid) anjttfelm ; urn tbren dladm 
3n b unrein 3Rtngen ftct ba$ $aat ; cin Ottanj 
SSora £tmmel fd)ten bte £ofye gu umleudbten 
2H$ fie bie ©timm 1 crlutb nub atfo fpradj : 



146 BEADING AND ANALYSIS. [XIV. 

3 

„$&a$ gagt i*jt, tapfre granfen ! 2htf ben getnb ! 
Unb warenfein meljr benn beg ©anbg im SDtoe, 
©ott unb bie fyeil'ge 3uttgfvau fittjrt eudj an \" 
Unb fcfynelt bem gafynentrager aug ber £anb 
SftijT fie bie 5^^' unb x>or bem 3uge ^ev 
9ftit fiifynem Slnftanb fd)rirt bie 9)Zad)ttge* 
$3ir, ftumm sor ©taunen, feloft nid)t tootlenb, folgen 
£)er i)oi)en ^^n' unb ifyrer Sragerin, 
Unb auf ben geinb gerab' an ftuvmen toix. 

4 
2)er, f)od)ktroffen, fte^t oemegungglog, 
Sftit weit geoffnet ftarrem 33Itcf bag SCunber 
3lnftaunenb, baf fid) feinen 2(ugen jeigt — 
£)odj f6neK, alg fatten ©otteg <5d)reden ifyn 
(Ergrtffen, ttenbet er fidj urn 

3ur ftlnfyt, unb, 2M)r unb SBaffen son fidj toerfenb, 
(Sntfcfyaart bag gauge £>eer fid) im ©efilbe ; 
Da l)itft tein 9ttad)tworr, feineg giifyrerg $uf ; 
23or ©(^reden fmnloS, ot)ne ritdgufdHtu'n, 
©tiirgt $Zann unb 2to§ fid) in beg gtuffeg 23ette. 
Unb la£t fid) toitrgen oijjne SMberftanb ; 

5 
Sin <SdjIad)ten mar'g, nidjt eine ©djfadjt, ju nennen! 
3n?eitaufenb granfen bedten bag ®eftlb\ 
T)ie nid)t gered)net, bie ber g(ug v>erfd)lang, - 
Unb son ben Unfern iuarb fein Vflann sermi&t. 

(©filler. 

NOTES. 
1. erreia)t; N. iv, 3, gerufen.— u m r u n g e n ; xlvhi, 2; GO.— 
bem £abfetfteit. The substantive here stajids in the dative ; see 

N. vi, 4. 2HI e g is often used in the neuter singular even when it refers 

to persons only. 

■ 



XIV.] BEADING AND ANALYSIS. 147 

2. f eltfam; N. iv, 2, frennblid) — t r a t ; 52, a. — ft e 1 5 50.— 
fdjten ; 49, a. — .£> i) e ; lv ; lvi. — u m I e u d) t e n 5 xlvhi, 1 ; 60.— b 1 e 
<2> 1 t in m 1 j -wl, 1 ; N. vi, 4, ba6. — e r t) u b is for e r f) b ; 47, a. 

3. SB a 8 v ^l/) * s more abrupt and emphatic than njarillll. — f ettt is 
frequently used for fetner ; see N. vin, 2, nnfer. — b e n n in this 
sense is almost obsolete, dt i § ; 48, a. — fd)rttt; 48, b. — folgenawd 
a/ew o^Aer veris ta&e their object in the dative instead of the accusative. 

4. ber ; l. — § ocbbetroffen ; N. 111, 1.— beaugungSloS ; lx, 1. 
— batten; lxi ; lxiii, 1. — © d) r e cf e n ; lix ; 33, a. — ©eft I be. 
Neuter derivatives, with the prefix g e, have a collective or frequenta- 
tive meaning ; as, g e I b, jfoZd, © e f il b e, ./?c&fo ; ©tern, star, © e * 
ft t r n, constellation ; 33 e r g, mountain, © e b t r g e, chain of mountains. 
On account of the plurality of their signification, a large part of them 
terminate in e and have no separate form for the plural. If, however, 
the e is dropped in the singular their plural is formed regularly ; xn ; 
27. — t) 1 1 f t ; xxxvn, 1 ; 46. — b n e and Uttt require ju before an infin- 
itive which depends upon them ; xlvii, 2. 

5. junenncnj see N. vn, 1. — b t e n t d) t ; li. — b t e b e r ; l ; 15. 

Exercise. 

When we had reached the vale through which the river 
flows we saw the enemy standing in the plain. They looked 
back and saw themselves surrounded by our two armies. Not 
reckoning those who were scattered in the plain, not one of 
our men was missed. Why do the brave Franks tremble ? 
Then sinks the heart of (to) the bravest. The maiden sud- 
denly steps forth from the wood. The dark hair which falls 
around her neck is terrible to behold. Were there more of 
you than of the leaves on the trees, I would wrest the standard 
from your hands. 

Our leaders kept seeking for counsel and finding none. 
Did you see the light shining around the mighty one. It was 
not a battle, because the steeds plunged into the bed of the 
river. Our enemy gazed a moment in mute amazement and 
then throwing away their (his) weapons, they scattered them- 
selves in the distant plain. 



148 READING AND ANALYSIS. [XV. 

XV. — The Ascent of JEtna. 

1 yiafybtm mir bas 9Jcerfnmrbigfte in (Satania gefeljen, mafyttn 
wir unS auf ben 2Beg nadj bem ©ipfel bes 2Ietna. Ungefatyr 
3moIf ejtgltfc^e Snellen bis gum £)orfe fRtcoIoft fteigt matt aflmattg 
burd) reid)e SBeinberge ttttb Sttautbeerpflanjungen, aber audj biefc 
waren ttott bem te^tett £aoaftrome burd)brodjen imb ttieifad) %tx* 
ftbrt. £)ie ©egenb oon Sfticoloft war nodj rings umfyer mit trotfe* 
ner fdjwarger 3lfc$>e bebedt, unb bie nad)ften £iigel, iiber weld)e fid) 
bie %a$a ergoffen tjatte, waren nod) fo nnfrud)t6ar, ate wenn ber 
2ht3brud) erft geftern gefd)el)en metre. 

2 33 on bem ©ipfel etttes £itgel$, wetd)en id) beftieg, fat) idj nm 
mid) t)er eine gro£e Stnjaljt afynlidjer ($rb6I)ungen, eitttge gleid)fatf3 
wnfvud)tbar, anbere reid) mit SCein bepffanjt, anbere mit (Sidjen- 
walbern ben?ad)fen. 3" bem Softer oon Sfticoloft rul)tett loir ein 
Wenig aus unb oerfolgten bann unfere $eife, gefitfyrt yon einem 
23atter bes £)orfe£. ipier fangt bie wafbtge ©egettb an unb battert 
bis ju ber 3iegenl)b'()le, ungefaljr fed) 3 SDieilen. £)er ©teig ift ben 
gan^en 2Ccg itber fteil unb wirb jafyer, je l)bl)er man fommt 

3 X)ie SScranbcrung be<? $lima ift fel)r aujfallenb. 3» Satania 
war man in ber 9flitte ber ^ornernte ; ju 5^icoIoft befanb fid) Mes 
in ber ^aienbiitbte ; in ber 9?al)e ber 3^gent)6()(e aber trieben 
bie 35aume bas erfte %anh unb bie Suft war feljr fait unb fdjnei* 
benb. 2$ir marten in biefer fleinen £ol)le ftmtx an, raftetett M$ 
9ftittcmad)t unb ftiegen atsbann burd) unfrudjtbare 2lfd)e unb 
£aoaftitde bem (SHpfel ju. 9cad)bem wir ungefafyr ad)t SQieiiett 
geritten waren, warb ber 33erg fo fteil, baf? wir nn$ gcttotljigt fan* 
"ten, unfere s Dcaultl)iere gtt oerlaffen unb ben itbrtgen 2Beg $u $u$e 
ju sollenben. 2Bir fyielten eine SJeile tune, urn bie (Scene, bie oor 
unS tag, ju bctrad)ten. 

4 £)ie 9cad)t war ftar unb eben T)cll gettug, urn uns bie allge* 
meinen gormen ber ($egettftattbe, 9?id)t3 aber im Sitt3elttcn, ju jei* 
gen. (S3 l)errfd)te bier eine weite, tiefe ©tille, bie nur Kim &it 
3U 3 ei t unterbrod)en wurbe burd) bas ®etofe beS Merges, weld)eS 



XV.] READING AND ANALYSIS. 149 

lant nnb feierlid) ffang, aU mnn bie See ftc£> im Stnrme brit^t* 
Der Crater toar ^n nnterfd)eiben an einem rotfyen, biifteren St^te, 
bas bnrd) bie freiten Dampfivolfcn brad), bie fid) fyeroortoa^ten* 
Da$ (3an$e bilbet eitte l)6d)ft fnrd)tbare Scene, ber ttieileidjt 9tidjtS 
in ber 2Be(t serg(id)en iverben fann* \ 

5 SSir fanben ioenig Sd)nee an biefer Seite be3 25erge3 ; aber 
bie $alte mar fo ftrenge, bag ttrir fie !anm ertragen fonnten* 2Be* 
ber bag ®emid)t ber Icleiber, nod) bie 2lnftrengnng, bnrd) tofe 2tfd)e 
jn llimmen, bie bet jebem Sd)ritte nacfygab, wotlte nn3 erwarmen* 
Die $alte wax fo mad)tig, bag ber tyeifje Dampf, welder an3 ben 
fleinen Stiffen in ber 9taf)e beg Craters fyeroorbrang, fofort an ben 
Steinen gefror. 9cad)bem wix nngefafyr groei Stnnben mit l)6d)fter 
Sftii^e nnb 25efd)ft>erbe fyinangeftommen maren, gelangten wir an 
ben ^Ranb beS Craters, Die 2lnSftdjt, bie ftdj t)ter jeigt, ift itber 
atle 33efd)reibnng nnb Sinbilbnng* 

6 Die ganje 3nfel Statien, Wlalta, Salabrien nnb bie lipari* 
fdjen 3nfeln erfd)ienen gerabe nnter Sinem, tine anf einer ^arte. 
Da3 Gmtjelne wax atte3 in ber btanen £tnte beS 9ftorgen$ tter= 
fdjnmnben, nnb bas <3an%t gnfammen fd)ien in Sd)meigen nnb 
#M)e oerfenft 3d) fiH)Ue mid) felbft itber bie s 3ftenfd)t)eit erfyoben 
nnb fat) mit 33erad)tnng anf bie gemaltigen ©egenftanbe ber (£t)x* 
fnrdjt nnter mtr* Die Sd)anplaiae, anf benen fo ttiete mad)ttge 
Stabte bnrdj ^nnft nnb SBaffen bliti)ten, fo ga()lreid)e glotten nnb 
Jpeere urn bie £>errfd)aft ber 3Mt fampften, fd)ienen nnr bnnfete 
$leden gn fein. 

7 W.U bie ©onne anfftieg, tr>arb bie Scene nad) nnb naclj anf= 
gefiart Die glad)en nnb Serge, Seen nnb gtitffe, Stabte nnb 
SBalber tmtrben atlmatig benttid)er* %U \k aber dnm gennffen 
©rab ber ^peWtgfeit ervetct)t fatten, fd)ft>anben fie nneber ftnfemt>eife 
in bie Ditnfte, meld)e son ber Sonne in bie £of)e ge^ogen tuarem 
Der 5letna felbft bitbete einen nngefyenrat Sonnen^eiger, beffen 
Sd)atten fid) mit itber ben ftdjtbaren iporigont erftrecfte, ftobnrcfj 



150 READING AND ANALYSIS- [XV. 

idj midj itberjengte, bag man son Jjier au^ mit etnem gnten £e* 
leffope bie $itfte son Slfrila tsitrbe fetyen fonnen* 

8 Unter un$ an bem Serge fonnten roir bie ©purcn eincr gro* 
fen 9ftenge Sasaftrbme erfennen, roelcfye bod) 9ttd)t3 ftnb gegen bie 
3af)l berer, bie fid) nid)t metyr nnterfd)eiben taffeiu 3>nn nnter* 
fudjt man bie tiefen Stealer, tseldje bnrd) 23ergftrbme au3getsafd)en 
tserben, fo ftetyt man, bag ber gan^e 23erg an$ serfcfyiebenen £asa= 
fd)id)ten beftefyt, bie nad) langen 3»ifd)cnraumctt itbcr einanber ge= 
flojfen ftnb ; jwifdjen ben ein^elnen ©djidjten erfennt man nod) ben 
nen angebilbeten 33oben son abroed) felnber Dide. \ 

9 (Stye isir gnritdfefyrten, entfd)log i^ mid), in ben Crater t)tn= 
etttjufdjauem Unfcr ftufyxtx rongte babei siel son ber ©efaijr 3U 
fagen, nnb eqafyite, nne bie tyotyt itbertyangenben Sasabanfe ofter 
etngeftiir^t feicn. 2lber nacfy einigem 3*ii'eben unb nad) etltd)en ®e* 
beten, roobet e$ mix bod) fd)anerlid) jn 9Jcutbe tsnrbe, fnfyrte er un3 
an eine ©telle, tveldje fd)on bnrd) irgenb einen fiitynen trembling 
serfud)t roorben. 35on ba au$ blidte id) in ben fit rd) ted id) en 
geuerf^Iunb nnb faty nngetycure sorragenbe gelfen, $tsifd)en benen 
mactytige ^ampfwoifen bersorbracfyen, bie immer mit eincm triiben, 
jittemben Sidjte sermifd)t roaren. 

10 3d) fonnte leinen ©runb erfennen, tootyl after bag @<$laa,ett 
nnb Jofen ber $3eUen son gefd)molgener Sftaterie, iscfdje ettt foldjes 
®eriinfd) mad)tcn, bag fie mir son ben $int()en nnb SGtrbefwinben 
eines fturmifd)en genera, roeicfye unten rafeten, eimgett 23egriff ga= 
bm. 5^ad)bem roir nnn inforoeit unferer 9ceugier gennttfafyrt, ftie* 
gen isir gtemtid) erfroren jn ber ip6l)(e ^nritd, um m\v bort wicber 
$n ensdrmen nnb jn erqniden, nnb le()rten aUbann nad) Catania 
jnritd, too tsir SlbenbS, son s IRitbigleit gait3 erfd)b>ft, anlangten.^ 

©b'tbe/ 

NOTES. 
1. gjferftoitrbigfte; lv.— ge f e t) e n ; N. iv, 3, gerufen.— 31 f d) e. 

Some nouns are used in the singular which are plural in the English. 
3flttge, tongs; 23 rill e, spectacles. — ft) are; lxi ; Lxin, 1; XLii. 



XV.] READING AND ANALYSIS. 151 

2. BejHeg; 49, a.— retcb; lx, 1. 

3. trieben; 49.— jit eg en; 49, a.-bem ©tpfel jiu At the 
end of a sentence ju frequently stands after the noun it governs. — 
toaren; xlh. — toarb; 46, a, b. — urn; N. xiv, 4, ofyne. — lag; 52, a. 

4. um, in this case, does not refer to $u. — Hang; 45, a. — © e e 
is used in the masculine or feminine — as if b t e © e e, the sea, were 
mother of b e r (See, the lake ; N. xi, 1, ©djnee. — ju un terfdjetben; 
see N. vn, 1. — bev; l; xxvm, 1; 15. 

5. ft r e n g e ; N. 1, 2, gerne.— ® e to i <$ t ; N. xiv, 4, ® e f 1 1 b e + — 
fyer&orbrang is from feert>orbringen^ 45, a. — g efr r is from 
g e f r t e r e n ; 47.— to a r e n ; xlh. 

6. »erfd)tounben; 45, a.— io c r f en ft 5 xlviu.— benen ; l, 1 ; 15 

7. © e e n is plural of b e r © e e. 3D t e <S e e is not used in the 
plural; see note 4 above. — erretdj't; xlviu. — gejogen toaren; 47, 
a, b; xlii. — beffen; l, 1 + - The genitive singular of to e I d) e r is 
very rarely employed. — ft) it r b e. The infinitive of a verb which is 
followed by another infinitive without J n is used instead of the past 
participle, whenever the first mentioned verb is in a compound tense 
in which the past participle regularly occurs ; as, 3d) f) dh e ntd)t 
gefyen liinnen (not g e f tt n t). / have not been able to go. If the 
verb is in a dependent sentence the finite part stands before the other 
parts. T)a fteifynntcfjttyat fefyentoollen. Since she has not 
wanted to see him. 

8. ©pnren; lvii. — berer is here used for beren; li ; 15. 

9. to u {3 t e ; 54, d.— f e t e n ; txi ; 41, 

10. ge(d)m o\ jener ; from fdjmeljen; 47, a. — etn fold)e3; 
lii. — getotllfafyrt is from the inseparable verb to til fasten. Most 
verbs compounded with nouns or adjectives are inseparable. 51 b e n b § ; 
N. xm, 4, be3 StbenbS. 



Exercise. 
The woody region began here and continued as far as Nico- 
losi. The country around the monastery was covered with 
black ashes. We rested ourselves awhile among the vineyards 
and then pursued our journey. Some of these hills were 
covered with plantations of mulberry, others where richly 



152 READING AND ANALYSIS. [XVI. 

grown with oak forests. Near the elevation everything was 
in the bloom of May ; even the trees had put forth their first 
leaves. After we had ridden about eighteen miles, we kindled 
a little fire and rested until midnight. As the sun was rising 
the lakes and rivers gradually became more distinct. The 
view which here presented itself was beyond all description. 
The individual vanishes in the tint of the morning, but the 
whole seems sunk in repose. The solemn silence was from 
time to time interrupted by the roar of the mountain. We 
could easily endure the weight of our clothes, and the exertion 
of climbing over loose, wet ashes which give back at every 
step was not sufficient to warm us. The whole island of 
Malta appeared directly beneath me. I feel myself lifted 
above humanity and look with contempt upon the fleets and 
armies which struggle for the mastery of the world. When 
the air has attained a certain degree of clearness it begins to 
grow dark. When I told the guide that I had resolved to 
look into the crater, he spoke much of the danger attending 
it. We could see no bottom, but indeed the beating of the 
billows gave us some conception of the whirlwinds that are 
raging beneath. We reached the village in the evening and 
were entirely exhausted. 



XVI. — My Fatherland. 

1 

2Bo ift *>e3 dangers SSatcrlanb ? 

2Bo efcler ©eijhr $unfen fprittjten, 
2Bo Grange fitr t>a$ <&d)fau blutjten, 
2Bo ftarfe iper^en freubig glut) ten, 
giir 2llles £etltge entfrrannt ; 

£)a wax mem ©aterfanb. 



XVI.] READING AND ANALYSIS. 153 



2£ie fyeijjt be£ ©angers $atetfanb ? 
3e£t iiber feiner ©o()ne 2eid)en, 
3e£t weint e£ unter fremben ©treicfyen ; 
(Sonft tyiefj e3 nur ba3 Sanb ber gidjen, 
£)a$ freic Sanb, ba$ beutfd)e Sanb ; 

©o tyiefjj mein SSatcrlanb. 



2£a3 wctnt be3 (gangers $atertanb ? 

£)a3 Dor be3 2Bittt)rid)3 Ungemtttern 
©tc giirften feiner Golfer gittern, 
£)afj it)re tjeit'gen SGorte fptittern 
Unb ba§ fein 9xuf fein £6ren fanb ; 

£)'rum tueint mein Saterlanb* 



$3em ruft beS ©angers 2$atertanb ? 

(S3 ruft nac^ ben fterftummten ©ottern, 
9ft it ber ^erjmeiflung I)onnertt>ettem 
9lacfy fetner greifrett, feinen better n, 
%la&) ber SSergettimg 2tad)ert)anb ; 

2)em ruft mein 23atertanb* 



SBas wilt be3 ©angers JBaterlattb ? 
£)te $ned)te mitt e3 nieberfd)tagen, 
£)en 33lut(utnb au3 ben ©rengen jagen, 
Unb fret bie frcten ©ofjne tragen, 
Cber fret fte fatten unterm ©anb ; 

£a£ and mein 5ktcrlanb. 



154 READING AND ANALYSIS. [XVI. 

6 

Unb t)offt beS ©anger^ ^aterlcmb ? 

@3 ()ojft auf bie gerecfyte ©adje,. 

£offt, baf fein treueS %$olt txxoafyt, 

£ojft auf bes grogen ©ottes 3fla^e, 

Uttb Ijat ben 3^ad)er niifyt serfannt; 
£)'rcmf §offt mein $aterlanb* 

Corner. 



NOTES. 

1. e b ler ; xv.-6 a) o n e, £ e t H a. e ; lv ; N. xm, 1, 9?ii|Ud)e3. 

2. fetner refersto SSaterlanb ; xv; 11.— hte§ is from hetfjeh, 
50, a. 

3. SBaS; N. xiv, 3, »»ag.— Golfer.; plural of Self; 32. c. The 
practice of adding an r to the regular plural form is most common in 
the rural districts of Germany. Compare the tendency among us to say 
idea-r, Maria-r, Noah-r. 

4. 2Bem; xlix, 1; 16.— ber: x; 3. 

6. auf takes the place of the English for with to hope. — erfo ad) C 
lxi ; lxii, 1. — b t x I a n n t is from serfennen; 54. 



Exercise. 

Where was my fatherland ? It is where brave hearts are 
glowing for everything noble. My native land is weeping 
over the dead bodies of its minstrels. Formerly it was called 
only the land of freedom. We all weep because the sacred 
words of our princes found no hearing. For that reason it 
was called the land of slaves. To whom are you calling ? 
We are calling for the avenging hand of the silent gods. 
They will come with thunderstorms of retribution. Let us 
chase the tyrants from our borders or make our beds beneath 
the oaks. Your fatherland hopes that her righteous people 
may awaken. They will not mistake the strokes of the great 
God. 



XVII.] READING AND ANALYSIS. 155 

XVII. — The Falls of Niagara. 

1 Dtefer fo beritfymte SBafferfatf ftiiqt eigentlid) in $tt>ei @tro= 
men son feinem getfentljrone fyerab. £)ie 33reite beg einen (Stro= 
meg betragt etma 300 gu£, nnb biefert nennt man ben amerifani^ 
fcfyen, ruetl er, ba bte (Sren^inte gwtfd)en beiben bnrcfygesogen ift, ben 
$ereinigten (Staaten son ^orbamerifa 3itgebort 23on bem anbern, 
bem englifd)en, toirb er bnrd) bie fogenannte 3^ e B ert ^ lt f e ^ gefd)teben 
£)iefer te^tere, anf ber Seite i?on Sanaba, ift ber fd)onfte gall. 

2 3n feiner 9?at)e empftnbet man bag 23eben beg 35obeng, anf 
bem man fte()t; bag ©etbfe beg gatteg aber fyort man fcfyon inmet* 
(enmeiter Sntfentnng. s #nfangg matfte ber (Strom fanft fort ; je 
nafyer toix aber bem 2£afferftnr3e famen, befto ftarfer nmrbe fein 
Donner. $3ir mnrben bte itber ifym fcfymebenbe £)nnftn>o!fe ge= 
wafyr, bte einer ber bidften SBolfen am £tmmel g(id). (Sie erfd)ien 
nng nad) bem oerfd^iebenen Stanbe ber (Sonne, bie fte mit ifyren 
(Strabten beriifyrt, balb bnttfc(fcfytt>ar3, balb glan^enb tr>eig* 2)te 
9)caffe biefeg 3)nnfteg ift fo brett nnb grog, ba$ man glanben 
mbd)te, ber (Strom fade in einen tobernben 23nlfan, n>eld)er atfeg 
Gaffer fogleid) in £)nnfte oermanbelt 

3 5tuf einem langen nnb gefal)rltd)en Ummege famen tr-ir bei bem 
fogenannten Safelfelfen an, n>eld)er au$ einer am Stbfyange big linfen 
lifers l)er*orragenben gelfenmaffe beftefyt 3Som 3tanbe beg gelfeng 
fann man fenfrecfyt in ben branfenben, Snellen fd)tagenben, anf* 
fprij^enben jleffel t)inabfd)auen, in bemein getvaltiger ^vieg fyerrfd)t, 
wenn man ebm fo mittl)tg aU nengierig ift nnb bie 2lnwanblungenbeg 
S>d)tt>inbelg nicfyt faint 3Me garbe beg SBafferg ift bei feinem gatfe 
son bem getfenabfyange bigroeilen bnnfelgriin, ijettgiangenb, »cig, t»ie 
Scbanm, nnb geigt ein taufenbfarbigeg Sicfytfpiel, na$ ber 33efd)af= 
fent)eit ber 2ftmofp()are, bem (Stanbe ber Sonne nnb ber <Starfebeg 
2£inbeg. ilttten freifet ba$ Staffer in mad)tigen Snellen nnb 
©trnbeln lange nmfyer, etje eg ^um gortfliepen fommen famt. 3n 
bielteinften Mmpfe jerpeitfcfyt nnb anfgeloft, nnrb eg in bieSnftin 
®eftatt eitteg bitfen Rebels ober Sftancfyeg gnm £t)eil emporge()oben» 



156 BEADING AND ANALYSIS. [XVII. 

4 3emefyrmcm biefem er^aoenen ©d)aufpie(e ber 9larur nafyet, 
bcjlo unebener loirb ber Robert. 2m etnigen @te(Ien mu§ man auf 
ipanben unb gitpen friedjen unb burd) lange bunfle SSege unb 
©auge geljen. £)te gelfett, toeid)e man pafftren mufj, ftnb yon ben 
eioigen 2mdbihtftungen fo najjglatt, bap man ftdj nur burd) biegropte 
33oifid)t gegen ben fd)redlid)en ©turj in ben SlBgrunb ftdjern 
faun, 9?od) eine 23iertelftunbe mupteu loir toanbern, urn an ben gujj 
bed SBajyerfatfed m fommen, unb fdjott toaren nur burdj feme £)tmfte 
fo burd)nafjt, ale ob ioir und in einen g(up getaud)t fatten. 

5 £)iefe £>eite ift mit (Xebern unb Sannen beioad)fen, bie iiber bent 
ipaupte bed 2lnfd)auerd gu fd)toeoen fd)einen unb iljn augenblidiid) 
^u germalmen broken. s DM)rere biefer 53aume fyabett U)re SBipfel nie* 
berfenft unb ()alten ftc£> am 23oben nur nod) fd)toad) mit il)ren 2Cur* 
gelm Siinf ote fecfod ©djritte ging id) Winter bem mad)tigen 2Baf= 
ferftra^le fort, urn nod) meljr in $a$ 3nncrc biefer £6l)len tytnetn* 
guMicfen ; aber balb, balb ware id) l)ier burd) einen t)errfd)cnben 
SBirbelnnnb umgetoorfen toorben, ber immenoafyrenb am gupe bed 
galled fetn ©ptel treiot, unb ber burdj bad ftiirmtfdje ^erabftitr^en 
ber SSaffermaffen auf bie gelfen oerurfad)t nurb* 

6 $ein 2tudbrud ift oermogenb, einen beutltcfcen S3egriff oon 
ben (Smpftnbungen m geben, bie ein fo ftird)terltd)ed ©djaufpiet 
einfioft; atle ©inne ftnb oon ©taunen, gurdjt unb 2lngft ergrtf* 
fen; bad taute ©etofe flojjt erne 'Setounberung gang eigener 2lrt 
ein, toenn man bebenft, bap nur ein leifer fyaufy btefed 28irfcelioitt* 
bed ben fd)ioad)en ©terMtcfyen oon bem gelfen, auf bem er fteljt, 
Jjimoegfd)leubern unb ifyn in bem Stbgrtmbe, ben er oor ftc^ ftefyt 
oerfdjnmtben laffen fann, au$ bem' Hjn leine 9Jtenfd)engetoalt m 
retten oermag. Dad C()r ift bctaubt oon bem £)onnern unb SSrau* 
fen; bad 2(uge irrt unftat unb oenoorren umfyer unb ioeif nic&t 
joot)tn ed fid) rid)ten foil; bie (Seek fitfylt ftdj erfd)itttert unb ift in 
einer oortyer uie gefannten 53eroegung* 

Griffon. 



XVIII.] HEADING AND ANALYSIS. 157 

NOTES. 

2* gctoafyr. The verb is getvahrwerben ; xlvh. — git cfi ; 48, a; 
governs the dative emer which is feminine to agree with 2B o ( I C 
understood. 

5. ft> orb en; xliu, 3, 4, a; 42. — b inter; xxxvm, 2. 

6. b t n fo e g f a) I e u b e r n depends upon fcmn* 



Exercise. 

I stand upon the brink of the abyss and look far in behind 
the roaring flood of falling water. If we had taken one more 
step we should have been hurled from the brink of the 
precipice. After we had crept upon our hands and feet for a 
quarter of an hour we came to a place where the water was 
lashed into spray and dissolved into a white mist in which we 
could see all the colors of the rainbow. When we had arrived 
at table rock, the more I gazed at the sublime spectacle the 
more confused I seemed to become. 



XVIII. — The Minstrel's Curse. 
1 

Q?S ftanb in alten Stittn em @d)tog fo fyodj nnb t?efjr, 
2£eit gtan^t es itber bte £anbe Ms an v bas Mane 9)?eer. 
Unb rings son buft'gen ®arten ein Miitfyenreicfyer ^rang, 
jD'rin fprangen frifcfye 23rnnnen in SRegenoogengtan^ 

2 
T)oxt fa$ em ftoi^er $i3nig, an £anb iytb @tegen reid) ; 
(£r fag anf fetnem Zl)vom fo ftnfter nnb fo Meid) ; 
£)enn was er fmnt, ift ©cfyreden, nnb was cr Midi, ift 2Bntfy, 
Unb was er fpridjt, ift ®et£ei, unb was er fd)retM, ift 23(nt 



158 HEADING AND ANALYSIS. [XVIII. 

3 

(Shift gog naty biefem ©djloffe em ebte3 ©dngerpaar, 
£)er Sin 1 in golbnen Soden, ber 2lnbre gran son £aar; 
£)er SHte mit ber £arfe, ber fag auf ftfymutfem Sftof, 
@8 fcfyritt tfym frifc^ gur ©cite ber blitfyenbe ©enofj. 

4 

£>er 2Hte fpradj gum 3ungen : „^lun fei Berett, mein ©otm ! 
Denf unfrcr ttefften Sieber, ftimm 1 an ben ftollften £on ; 
9?imm atte $raft gufammen, bie £ujl unb and) ben ©cfymerg ! 
(£3 gilt unS l)mV $vl rit^ren be3 JtonigS fteinern £>erg." 

5 
©$on ftef^n bie oeiben ©anger im l)ofyn ©dulenfaal, 
Unb auf bem %t)xom ft£en ber $imtg unb fein ©cmafyl ; 
2)er $onig furd)tfrar prdd)tig, »ic Mufger ^orbltd)ifd)ein; 
2)ie ^onigtn fiijj unb milbe, aU Micfte SSotlmonb b'rein* 

6 
T)a fd)lug ber ®rei3 bte ©aitcn, er fd)lug fie untnbersoff, 
2)af reiser, immer reiser ber $Iang gum Dtjre fd)wotI, 
£)ann ftromte fyimmtifd) fyetle be$ 3imgttngg ©timme oor, 
2)e0 5l(ten ©ang bagnufd)cn nue bumpfer ©ctfterd)oi\ 

7 

©ie ftngen t>on £eng unb £ieoe, son fePger golbner 3eit, 
23on gretfyett, 5Jtdnnerwurbe, oon Streu' unb £etltgfett, 
©ie ftngen Don allem ©ii§cn, \va$ 9)icitfd)cn(mtft burd)oe6t, 
©ie ftngen son allem £ofyen, ma3 9?tenfd)eni)erg crfyebt. 

8 
2)ie ipofIing£fd)aar im $retfe aerlernet jeben ©pott, 
£>eS $onig3 tro^ge $rieger \k ocugcn ftdj sjor ©ott, 
£)ie .ftontgm, gerfloffcn in 9Be$mut$ unb in Suft, 
©ie nnrft ben ©dngern itieber bie 9tof oon ifyrer 23ruft» 



XVIII.] READING AND ANALYSIS. 159 

9 

„3f)r KjaBt mem SSoIf oerfiitjret, oeriodt tijr mm meitt 2Bei6 ?" 
£)er ^ontg fd)reit e3 mittfyenb, er bebt am gangen 2ei6, 
@r nurft (ein ©tfyroert, bas bftjjenb bed 3ungling3 93rujt burcfybringt, 
D'raus, ftatt ber golbnen Steber, ein 23lutftrafyl fyocfyauf fpringt 

10 
Unb toie »om (Sturm ^erftooen ift afF ber £6rer ©d)ftarm. 
£)er 3ung(ing X)at $errod)elt in femes SfteifterS 2Irm, 
Der fdjlagt urn ttm ben Mantel unb fe£t il)n auf ba3 Sftofj, 
(£r Mnb't tfjn aufred)t fefte, Derlapt mit il)m bag ©cfylofu 

11 

£)odj $or bem fjotjen £tjore, ba tjalt ber ©angergreis, 

£)a fajjt er feine £arfe, fie after £arfen $reis ; 

2ln einer Siftarmorfaute, ba Ijat er fie 3erfd)eftt, 

2)ann ruft er, bag e£ fcfyaurig burd) ©d)lo§ unb ©arten geftt: 

12 

„$&tty eudj, tfjr jtofyen fallen ! me tone fitter $(ang 
!£)urdj eure 3taume nneber, nie (Satte nod) ®efang, 
Sftein, ©eufeer nur unb ©to^ncn unb fdjeuer ©fta&enfdjrttt, 
23i3 euc^ gu ©djutt unb SJcober ber 9tad)egeift gevtritt ! 

13 

$3ef)' eu$, tijr buft'gen ®arten tm tjolben 9ftaienttdjt! 
©ud^ $eig' i$ bitfrt £obten entfteftteS 2mgeftdjt, 
T>a$ tf)r baroo serborret, bas jeber Oueft oerfiegt, 
£)af ifyr in fiinffgen £agen oerfteint, oerobet liegt 

14 

Soeij 1 bir, $errud)ter Berber, bu gludj be3 ©angerttjums ! 
Umfonft fei ad bein 9tingen nacfy Stvanftn Mutagen 9tm)m$ ; 
Dein 9kme fei oergeffen, in em'ge 9cad)t getaucfyt, 
(Set, rote ein lejsteS 9tod)em, in leere 2uft oerl)aud)t!" 



160 READING AND ANALYSIS. [XIX. 

15 

£)er 2l(te tjctt's gernfen, ber iptmmel fyat'3 gef)ort, 
5)ie Pattern liegen nteber, bte $aUm finb gerftort, 
5^oc^ erne ^o^e (Bank gengt son ijerfd)ttmnb'ner $ra$t, 
%u6) biefe, fcfyon geBorften, fann ftitrgen iioer Sftacfyt. 

16 

Unb rings, ftatt bnft'ger (Mrten, ein 6be3 £eibelanb ; 
$em 33anm serftreuet ©fatten, fein £)nell bnrcfybringt ben @anb ; 
2)eS $6nig3 ^amen melbet lein £ieb, lein ipelbenlmd) ; 
SBerfnnfen nnb sergeffen ! bas tft bes ©angers g(u$* 

U&tanb, 



NOTES. 

1 + @g; N. vi, 1, eg, — ©djlof ; 32, a. c. — Sattbe are parts or 
divisions of a country, while £ a It b t X are the countries themselves. 
There are a few such examples of nouns with two forms in the plural, 
each having a different meaning ; 32, a. c ; N. xvi, 3. — © a X t 1 tt ; 33, 
b, c. 

4. f et ; 41 ; lxvi. — 9Hmm; 46, a, d. — gilt; xxxvn, 1. 

8. ttirft; xxxvn, 1 ; 46, a. 

12, ftoljetU The euphonic ending is sometimes used after a personal 
pronoun; xxxiv. — tone; lxvi, 3. 



After mastering this and each of the following selections, a short 
essay should be written in German, which shall present a clear outline 
of the narrative here given. 



XIX. — The Vatican Apollo. 

1 £)ie ©tatne beg Styotlo ift bag fyod)fte 3beat ber ^nnft nnter 
alien SBerlen beS 2Iltertl)itm3, welcfye ber B^rftornng beffelben ent* 
gangen ftnb. (S3 itbertrifft atle anbent 33ilber beffelben, fo nne 
Vomer's Slpofto ben, tuetchen bie foigenben £)td)ter maleiu Uebcr 
bte $ienfd)l)eit evi)aben ift fein 2£u<H nnb fetrt ©tanb geuget yon 



XIX.] BEADING AND ANALYSIS. 161 

ber tf)tt erfitflenben ©rbge. (Sin etviger grueling, toie tm Sfyftum, 
beffeibet tie reijenbe 9ftannltd)feit ootffommener 3a^re, unb fpielet 
mit fanftcr 3&rttt<fyfeit auf bem (lotjcn ©ebaube feiner ©ticbcr* 

2 ©el)' mit beincm ©eifte in bag SReidj unforperlidjer (Sdjim* 
tyeiten, unb oerfucfye tin (Stopfer einer l)tmmUfd)en 9ktur 311 tuer* 
ben, nnb ben ©eift mit 25Ubern, bie fid) itber bie 9ftaterie er()eben, 
$u erfiiflen. 3>nn i)ier ift nid)tg ©terfclidjeS, nod) ft>ag bie menfd)* 
lidje X>ttrftigfeit erforberh $eine 5lbern nod) ©efynen erfyijaen nnb 
regen biefen $orper, fonbern ein Ijimmlifdjer ©eift, ber ftd) mie ein 
fanfter ©trorn ergoffen, l)at gteirf)fam bie gan^e Umfcfyreibung biefer 
gignr erfitlfet @r l)at ben 9>9t()on, toiber n?e(djen er erft fehten 
23ogen gebraud)t, serfolgt, nnb feitt mctd)ttger @d)rttt 5**^ ttytt er= 
reidjt nnb erlegh 

3 $on ber £oIje feiner ©enugfamfeit gefyt fetn erfyabener 33Ittf, 
n>ie tn'g Unenblicbe, n>eit iiber feinen ©ieg fyinaug* 23erad)tung 
ftjjt anf feinen Sippen, nnb ber Unmutl), toelcfyen er in ftdj gtc()t, 
bKif)et fid) in ben 9?afenlod)ern nnb tritt M3 in bie ftol^e <&tim$in* 
anf. 9lber ber griebe, roeldjer in einer feligen ©title anf berfeiben 
fd)tt>ebt, bleibt ungeftort, unb fein 2Iuge ift ootl (Siifjigfeit, toie un= 
ter ben SJftufen, bie ifyn gn nmarmen nmnftfyetu 

4 3n alien ung iibrtg gebliebenen Q3ifbern beg Waters ber ©otter, 
tt>eld)e bie $unft oere()rt, mifyert er ftd) nid)t ber ©ro£e, in rocldjer 
er ftd) bem ^erftanbe beg gottttdjen Dtcfyterg offenbarte, n>ie I)ier in 
bem©eftd)te beg ©ofyneg, nnb bieeinjelnen <Sd)onl)eiten ber itbrigen 
©otter treten t)ier, line bei ber $anbora, in ©emeinfcfyaft gufammeiu 

5 Sine <Stirn 3uptter'g, bie mit ber ©ottin ber SBetgljeit 
fcfytr-anger ift, unb 2lugenbrauen, bie burdj U)r S3infen feinen $Q\U 
(en erflaren; 2lugen ber $onigin ber ©ottinnen mit ©rojje gewoi= 
^zt, unb ein s Dhmb, urn ben bie t)od)fte Slumutf) fdjroebt. ©ein 
weidjeS ipaar fpielet mie bie jarten unb flitfftgen ©d)(ingen ebier 
2Geinreben, gleid)fam oon einer fanften 2uft bemcgt, urn biefeg gott* 
lid)e £auph (£g fd)einet gefatbt mit bem Dele ber ©otter, unb oon 
ben ©ra3ien mit fyolber $rad)t auf feinen @<^eitel gebunben + 



162 READING AND ANALYSIS. [xx. 

6 3$ sergeffe atfc anbere itBer ben 5In£Iid biefeS 2Qunbertt>erf3 

ber jtunft, unb id) ne^me fefBft einen erfyafcenen ©tanb, urn mit 

SBitrbigfett an$ufd)auen. 9Jiit $eref)rung fd)eint ftd) meine S3ruft 

gu enreitern unb gu erfyeBen, roie bxejenige, bie tdj $om ©eifte ber 

SBeiffagung angefcfymellt fel)e, unb idj fit^fe mid) im ©eifte ttegge- 

ritcft nad) £)elo3 unb in bie Ipcifdjen £aine, Drte, bie Apollo mit 

feiner ©egenroart Beefyrte ; benn mein Q3ilb fcfyetnt £eBen nnb 25e* 

iuegung ju befommen, trie be3 sppgmation ©d)6nl)eit; tr-ie ift eS 

moglid), e3 gn malen unb $u Befd)rei6en ? bie $unft felbft mitfjjte 

mir ratten unb bie £anb fiU)ren, bie erften 3«ge, bie id) fyier ent* 

rcorfen, fitnftig au^ufufyren. 3d) lege ben 23egriff, roetd)en idj son 

biefem 23i(be gegeben, ju beffen ^ufen, tt>ie bie ^ranje berjenigen, 

roeid)e ba» £aupt ber ©ott()eiten, bie fte Ironen ttollten, nid)t er* 

reicfyen fonnten. 

SHMncfelmann, y^ 

NOTES. 

1, 51 p O H 0. ^%e genitive of the name of a person does not take a ter- 
mination when it is preceded by the definite article and follows the noun 
limited. 

2. 9?atur; lvh, 1 ; hence the gender of ©tatur, £egt$Iatur etc. 
4. beg2$ater6* Jupiter was called the father of the gods. — b t $ 

© J) tt e 3. Apollo was the son of Jupiter. — ty a tt b r a means All-gifted. 
She was so called on account of the many gifts she received. The poet - 
referred to is Homer. 

6. Apollo was born upon the island of Belo3. — ^gmaltOlt. The 
lover of a beautiful maiden who is said to have been formed from an 
ivory image. 



XX.— The Two Muses. 
1 
3$ faf>, o fagt mir ! falj idj, roaS je£t gefdjtet)t? 
(SrMidf id) 3 u ^ un ft? mit ber britanntfdjen . 
©at) id) in ©treitlauf £)eutfd)lanb3' 9)?ufe 
£eip ju ben frimenben giekn flicgen. 



XX.] READING AND ANALYSIS. 163 



3 wet 3kle grenjten, too fid) ber 23tid verier, 
Dort an bie Saufbafyn. (Eid)en Befc^attetert 
3>3 ipainS ba3 eine ; na^' bem anbern 
SBefyeten $almen im 2Ibenbfd)tmmer._ 

3 

©cwo^nt beS (Streitfattfs, trat bie oon TOion 
©tola in bie ©d)ranfen, fo tote fie fam, ba fie 
Sinji mit ber Sfftiionib', nnb jener 
2fm Capitol in ben f)ei§en ©anb trat 

4 

©te fat) bie jnnge bebenbe ©tretterin ; 

T)c<$ biefe BeBte manniid), nnb gliifyenbe, 

©iegStoertfye 9tot§en iiberftromten 

glammenb bie SSang', nnb ifyr gotbeney fyaax flog* 

5 

©djon fytelt fie miifyfam in ber emporten S3ru(l 
Den engen Sltljem; tying fcfyon fyeroorgebeugt 
Dem 3iclc jn ; fcfyon f)nb ber iperolb 
3§r bie Drommet', nnb tfyr trnnfner 33ficf fd)rcamm* 

6 

(Stolj auf bie finite, ftolger anf ftdj, betnag 
Die tyofye SBritttn, after mit eblem 33fitf, 
£)icfy, StyniSfone : „3a bei 33arben 
2£nd)3 id) mit bir in bem ($,i&)znf)ain anf; 

7 

WMn bie ©age lam mir, bn feift ntd)t mel)r ! 
SBergeitj, o 2ft ufe, roettn bn nnfterb(id) bift, 
SSerjeify, bafj id)'y er ft je£o lerne; 
SDocfy an bem 3telc nnr toill icfy'3 lernen ! 



164 READING AND ANALYSIS. [XX. 



£)ort ftefyt eg ! 2Iber fteijft bn bag ttettcre, 
Unb feme $ron' and) ? :Diefen gefyaltenen ^fluty 
£>ieg ftotje ©cfyweigen, biefen 23(t(f, ber 
geurig gnr (£rbe fidj fenft, bte fenn' tdj !" 

9 
©ie fprad)'g. £)er ernfte, ricfytenbe 2lngenMitf 
$am mit bem £ero!b nafyer* „3d) Uebe bid) !" 
@prad) fd)nell mit glammenblitf Sentona* 
„33rittin, td) Hebe bid) mit 23eamnbrnng ! 

10 
£)odj bid) md)t fyeifjer, aU bte UnfterMid)feit 
Unb jene ^Palmen! 9tiif)re, bein ®entng 
©ebent er'g, fte *>or mir ; bod) fajf tdj, 
SBenn bu fie faffeft, baun g(eid) bte $ron' auc^» 

11 
Unb, o ftu'e oeB' id)! o Ujr UnfterMidjen! 
2Melleid)t erreid)' id) fritter bag ()ol)e 3«H 
2)ann mag, o bann an meine letd)te 
gliegenbe £ode bein 2tt()em ^and)en !" 

12 
£>er £erolb Hang ! fie flogen mit StblereiL 
£)ie wette £anfbat)n ftiinbte, nne SBoIfen, anf* 
3d) fat) :. 3SorBei ber (Std)e tt>eMe 
£)nnf(er ber ©tank, nnb mein 33li(i oerlor fie. 

flopped, 



NOTES. 

2. beg -•£>(! in g limits bte understood. Those of the grove. — bag 
cine; supply 3tel. 

5. fyub is for {job ; 47, a. 

6. tt>utt)g is from tMOjfen ; 51, a. 

11. ©ebeut; from gebieten ; a few verbs make this change in the 
present indicative. 



VOCABULARY. 



165 



GERMAN AND ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



to jp.a_:r,t hi. 



91- 

Stbbrecfyett, to break off. 

SJbeitb, m. evening, west. 

3(benbg(odt, /• evening bell, vesper- 
bell. 

3Jbenbrb'tf)e, /• evening red, glow of 
evening, blush of eve. 

3(benbfd)tmmer, m. glimmer of even- 
ing, twilight. 

3Iber, but, however. 

3(bgrunb, m. precipice, chasm, 
abyss, gulf. 

Slbbctrtg, m. declivity, precipice. 

W:\iibt, f. design, intention. 

5lb[turj, m. downfall, plunge ; preci- 
pice. 

$lbittecf)fe(tt, to change, vary, alter- 
nate. 

3(d)! alas! oh! ah! 

Slebt, eight. 

3(ber,/. vein. 

3Jbler, m. eagle. 

3lt<lereUe,/. eagle-speed. 

^tfrtfa, n. Africa. 

VLtbnlid), similar, like. 

3Ubtort, n. Albion. 

Sill, all, every. 

SUtettt, alone, only ; but. 

SUlemal, every time, always. 

mierlet, all kinds of. 

SUIgemettt, universal, general. 

3U(mad)t, /. omnipotence. 

Stllmacbttg, almighty, omnipotent, 
all-powerful. 

SUdnaltg, gradually, by degrees. 

%lv, than, except, as, like; when. 

3(b?bantt, then. 

3(11*0, so, thus ; therefore. 

3(1 ter, n. age, old age. 

Sdtertbum, n. (pi. er) antiquity. 

Sbrtertfanifd), American. 



3Itt, at, near, by, to, on, in. 

3tttbetung, /. adoration, worship. 

3(nbilbert, to accustom; to form. 

Stnbltrf, in. view, sight, appearance. 

3(nbrediert / to begin, break, dawn. 

3(nber, second, other. 

Slrtber^, otherwise, differently. 

SlnfatfgCtt, to begin, commence. 

Slttfangg, at first, at the outset, in. 
the beginning. 

3(ttfubrert / to conduct, command, 
direct, lead forth. 

3InfuUen, to fill, fill up. 

3(ngcncbm, pleasant, agreeable. 

3(nge[tdU, n. {j>l. er) lace, counte- 
nance. 

Slttgfi,/. anxiety, distress. 

^(ri^btje, /. eminence, hill, rising 
ground. 

3(nfemmert, to arrive, come to. 

Sbtlangen, to arrive. 

3(nmacbcn, to make ; to # kindle; to 
fasten. 

Slmnutf),/. grace, charm. 

3(n(cbaunt, to look at, contemplate, 
view, behold. 

3lrt"cbauer, m. beholder, spectator. 

StnfdweUen, to swell out or up, ex- 
pand, rise, swell. 

Shtfebert, to look at, see, behold. 

3bt'tanb, m. grace, deportment, 
demeanor. 

3fnftatt, instead of. 

3lnftaunett> to gaze or stare at. 

3Jtt|"tvengUttg, /. exertion, labor. 

3(nftttr^ m. shock, collision. 

3(ntltft, n. visage, countenance. 

3itttttortCtt, to answer, reply. 

Slnwanblung,./'. paroxysm, fit. 

Sluvtbl,./". number, quantity. 

3(n$ug, m. dress, attire. 



166 



VOCABULARY. 



Styfel, m. apple. 

51)30(10, m. Apollo. 

2lrm, m. arm. 

Strut, poor, indigent. 

Strmee,/. army. 

2trt,/. (i^, en) kind, sort. 

Sl[d)e,/. ashes. 

Sltfyem, w. breath. 

2lett)er, »*. ether. 

2Ietf)ertfd), ethereal. 

2ltmo3pt)are,/. atmosphere. 

Sletna, w. iEtna. 

Stud), also, too, likewise, even. 

Slltf, upon, on, in, at, to, toward, 
into, against; up, upward. 

Slujtrttfenb, striking, remarkable. 

Sluffartgcn, to catch, intercept. 

3lufr)bren, to discontinue, cease. 

Slufflarcn, to clear up. 

2(uflegen, to lay on, dispose. 

2luflb'fcrt, to resolve, dissolve. 

2lufrcd)t, erect, upright, 

21uf(pvt'fcett, to spirt, spout or boil 
up. 

2luf)rd'ubert, to raise dust or roll up. 

Slufftetgen, to ascend, mount, rise. 

3htfix\utfen, to grow up. 

2Iufroa({en, to bubble or boil up; to 
rage. 

9tlige, n. eytf. 

Shigcnbltrf, m. moment, instant. 

Slltgenbltcfltd), instantly, in a mo- 
ment, 

Slugenbraue,/. eyebrow. 

SlUv, out of, from, through. 

SluSBrudj, m. outbreak, eruption. 

Shtsbrutf, m. expression. 

2ht*?bnnfrurtg, /. evaporation. 

2lusf)b'blcrt, to hollow out, excavate, 
undermine. 

Sllt^macbert, to make out, constitute; 
- ftdi, to become. 

Stugm^Ctt, to rest, repose. 

Slufjicr, out of, without, except, be- 
sides. 

2leit§er, outward, external. 

91upcrbem, besides, moreover. 

$lUtf[tcfct,/. prospect, view. 



SluSroafcbert, to wash, wash out. 
2irr, /. ax. 

33d'd?iefrt, ». brooklet, 

SQcityn,/. (pi. en) path, course, track. 

Salb, soon ; bait . . balb, now . . now. 

23ai(en, m. bale, mass 

23arbe, m. bard. 

f&axm%lt$QUit, f. mercy, compas- 
sion. 

23au, m. edifice ; construction. 

33iUiett, to build ; to rely on. 

33auer, m. (pi. n) farmer, peasant. 

SSaUltt, m, tree. 

SScBeit, to tremble, vibrate, quiver. 

2?cbctfen, to cover, hide. 

33ebcnfcn, to consider, bethink. 

2?ebCUten, to point out, enjoin; to 
mean, denote ; to forebode. 

SBeburfett, to need, lack. 

23efmben (jtcb), to find one's self, to 
be. 

23egaben, to endow. 

23egeben (fid}), to betake one's self, 
repair to. 

23eglet'tnt, to accompany, escort. 

33cgraben, to bury, 

23cgmfert, to comprehend, under- 
stand. 

SBegrtff, m. conception, idea. 

3?ebclmcn, to crown with a helmet. 

33et, near, by, with, among, at the 
house of, in, at ; in the case of. 

3?ribc, both. two. 

iBeffn'ben, to dress, clothe. 

3?cfictbung,/. clothing, dress. 

3?cfommcn, to receive, get, obtain. 

3?cmcjTen, to measure, scan. 

23cm o oft, moss}-, moss-covered. 

2?cpflan5en, to plant, 

SBemt, ready, prepared. 

23erg, m. mountain, hill. 

23crgftrom, m. mountain-stream. 

2?crfren, barft, geborften, to burst. 

23cruf, m. vocation, employment, 
calling. 

23criibmt, famous, eminent, cele- 
brated. 



VOCABULARY. 



167 



SBeritfyren, to touch. 

33ef$affenfoett,/. temperature, state, 
condition. 

SSefc^atten, to shade, overshadow. 

Sefdjeiben, modest. 

23e|d)enfen, to favor with gifts ; to 
reward. 

23eja)mbuttg, /. description, ac- 
count. 

SBefdbii^er, m. protector, guardian. 

23e[d)Werbe, /• hardship, difficulty. 

23c[onber, separate, particular, 
especial. 

SBelJer, better. 

33efl, best. 

33e|ta'ttbtg, continual, constant. 

SBefrefyen, to consist, exist. 

SBeftetgen, to ascend, mount. 

23e tail ben, to deafen ; confound. 

53ctrad)ten, to look on, view, con- 
template. 

23etragen, to behave, conduct ; to 
amount to. 

a3ett(e), n. bed. 

33etten, to bed, bury. 

53citgen, to bend, bow. 

23ett>ad)fett, to grow, grow over. 

53etvegen, to move, agitate. 

23cti)egung, /. motion, movement. 

SeioegtrngSloS, motionless. 

SSetoofyner, m. occupant. 

SSerounbcrung,/. admiration. 

33tlb, n. (pi. er) image, figure, re- 
presentation. 

SBtlbett, to form, fashion. 

23tnben, banb, gebunben, to bind, tie. 

33trja)e, /. hunting of deer, deer- 
hunting. 

23t^ r till, until, as far as. 

23t3fteilen, sometimes, now and 
then. 

SMaben ((id)), to swell, be inflated. 

23laf}, pale, wan. 

3Mafjgri'm, pale green. 

33latt, n. (pi. er) leaf. 

33lan, blue, azure. 

SBIctbcn, blitb, gebtteben, to remain, 

stay, continue. 
23letdj, pale, wan. 



23Hcf, m. glance, look, eye. 

23Ucfen, to look, glance. 

SBUnb, blind. 

SSlttjen, to flash, gleam. 

5310^, simply, merely, only. 

33(iit)en, to bloom, blossom. 

33Iume,/. flower. 

23lut, n. blood. 

231utfntnb, m. bloodhound ; tyrant. 

23lut)trat)l, m. stream of blood. 

Gluten, to bleed. 

23lutt)e, /• blossom, bloom. 

33luttg, bloody. 

23oben, m. soil, ground, bottom. 

23ogen, m. bow. 

23ote, m. messenger. 

23raudjen, to need, have occasion 

for ; to use, employ. 
25rau(en, to roar, rush, thunder. 
23red;en, brad), gebrodjen, to break ; 

to refract. 
33rette, /. breadth, width. 
23rennen, brannte, gebrannt, to burn, 

to scorch. 
23ringen, bracfyre, gebrad)t, to bring. 
SBrttanntfd), British, Britannic. 
23ritte, m. Briton. 
23ruber, m. brother. 
23rubcrltd), brotherly, fraternal. 
33rumten, m. well, spring, fountain. 
23ruft,/. breast, bosom. 
SSrut,/. brood, race. 
£umt, gay-colored, variegated. 
SBufd), m. bush, thicket. 

Salabrten, n. Calabria. 

Satanta,/. Catania. 

Seber, /. cedar. 

Sentro, ft. center ; from Centrum, 

(£()0r, w. choir, train. 

Qttrone, /. citron, lemon. 

2)0, there, here, then, thereupon ; 

when, since, whereas, where. 
^Dabet, there, near it, with it ; at 

the same time ; attending it. 
£)acb, n. (pi. er) roof. 



168 



VOCABULARY. 



©afittt, away, thence away. 

jDamtt, therewith, with it ; that, 
in order that. 

©ampf, m - steam, vapor. 

5Domf fwolf e> /• cloud of vapor. 

©anf, fn. thanks, gratitude. 

©anfbar, thankful, grateful. 

©anfett, to thank, return thanks. 

©ann, then, at that time, there- 
upon ; at a time. 

©arauf, thereupon, upon that ; 
afterwards, then ; for that. 

Sarin, therein, in it. 

©arofr, at it, on account of it. 

©arreidjert, to reach forth, tender, 
present, proffer. 

©arftedert, to represent, exhibit. 

©arum, for that reason, therefore. 

©a§, that, so that. 

©auertt, to continue, endure, last. 

©attOtt, off, away ; thereof, of it. 

©ajanfcfcert, between them, interven- 
ing, accompanying. 

©etfen, to cover. 

©etrt, thy, thine, your. 

©elo$, n. Delos. 

©enfett, bacfote, gebac^t, to think, 
conceive of, imagine. 

©enn, for ; pray ; than. 

©er, bte, bag, the ; this, that; he, 
she, it ; who, which, that. 

©er, bte, baejcrttge, he, she, that, 

©erfclbe, the same; he, she, it. 

©efto, the, the more. 

©eutltd), distinct, cl.ear. 

©Clttjd), German. 

©eutfdilanb, «• Germany. 

©tamanr, m. diamond. 

©tester, m. poet. 

©id, thick, compact. 

Side,/, thickness. 

©tefer, this, the latter. 

©teJTettg, on this side. 

Dtlig, n. thing. 

©ocb, yet, still, nevertheless, but. 

Conner, m. thunder. 

©ennerrt, to thunder. 

©onnerfturnt, m.- thunder-storm, 
tempest. 



©Otttteraetter, n. thunder-storm, 

tempest, 
©orf, n. (pi. er) village, town. 
©err, there, yonder, 
©rarfje, m. dragon, 
©rdngcn, to press, throng, 
©ret, three. 

©retfetttg, trilateral, three-sided, 
©retftg, thirty. 

©rtrtgen, brang, gebrurtgert, to press, 
©rttte, third, 
©rommere,/. trumpet. 
©U, thou, you. 
©ufr, fn. odor, fragrance. 
©ufttg, odorous, fragrant. 
©umpf, hollow, dull, muffied. 
©unlet, n - darkness. . 
©unfel, dark, gloomy. 
©UttfelgtUtt, dark green, 
©unfeltt, to darken, grow dark. 
©Utt[r, m. vapor, steam. 
Tltrd), through, by, during, 
©urcbbeben, to agitate, thrill, vi- 
brate through, 
©urtfibredmt, to break through, 
©urdibrtngen, to press through, 

pierce, 
©urdntdffen, to wet thoroughly or 

through. 
©urdifrromen, to flow or run 

through, 
©urdiroanbefrt, to walk about, to 

go up and down, 
©urd^tefyeit, to pass or draw 

through. 
©itrfett, (dare), to be permitted, 
©urfttgfctt, /. want, imperfection, 

insufficiency, 
©itrfr, m. thirst, 
©lifter, dusky, gloomy. 

<E 

(Sfrett, even, level ; just, 

Gbene, ./'. plain, level. 

(SbettfaDte, likewise, too, also. 

@bci, noble, precious, superior. 

She, before, ere. 

@f)re,/. honor. 

(E't)rfurcf)t, /. reverence, veneration. 



VOCABULARY. 



169 



(St, well, ay, why. 

(£id)e, /. oak, oak-tree. 

(Stdiettfyattt, m- grove of oaks, oak- 
grove. 

(Stgen, own, singular, peculiar. 

(Stgcntltd), proper, real. 

Qctleit, to hasten, hurry. 

Silt, dm, tin, a, an ; one. 

(Sutanber, each other, one another. 

Qi'tnbtlbung,/. imagination, portrait- 
ure. 

(StnfIo§en, to inspire, infuse. 

(Stngang, m. entry, entrance. 

(Smtjjer, some, any. 

Stnmd, once ; auf- all at once. 

(Stltfcfmetett, to cover with snow, to 
bury in snow. 

(Stttft, once, once upon a time, 
formerly ; erewhile ; at some fut- 
ure time. 

Strtftitrtjen, to tumble down, fall in. 

(Stnjeltt, single, individual ; tm -, 
in particular. 

Gttttjtg, single, only. 

©tyftUItt, n. Elysium. 

Smpfangen, to receive. 

Smpfmben, to perceive, feel, expe- 
rience. 

Gmpfmbung, /. sensation, feeling, 
perception. - 

(Smpor, on high, aloft. 

Smporfyeben, to raise aloft. 

(Smpbren, to rebel, rise up. 

Gnnpb'rt, rebellious, agitated, excited. 

(Sltbe, n. end, conclusion. 

Sttg, narrow, contracted. 

(Sngel, m. angel. 

Sngiifd), English. 

(Stttbrattttt, kindled, inflamed. 

(Stttfermmg, /. distance, removal, 
separation. 

(Sntgegen, toward, against. 

(Sntgetjen, to escape from. 

©ntjcbaaren, to scatter, disperse. 

(£ntfd)(tejjen (fid)), to resolve. 

Gnt|'duilbtgen, to excuse. 

Gttttfejjett, n. amazement, terror. 

(Stltfte&en, to arise, be formed. 

(SntjMcn, to disfigure, deface. 



Sntitserfett, to sketch, design, pro- 
ject. 

Gmtjucfen, n. ecstacy, rapture. 

(£r, he. 

(Srbltdett, to perceive, descry, be- 
hold. 

S'tbe,/. earth, soil, ground. 

(Srfovbertt, to require, demand. 

Srfrteren, to chill, freeze. 

SrfuUen, to fill ; to fulfill, perform. 

Srgtefen, to overflow, pour forth, 
effuse. 

(Srgreifen, to lay hold of, seize, take. 

(Srfyabett, sublime, lefty, elevated. 

SrtHi.iten, to receive, keep. 

Sr^altUttg, /. preservation, support. 

(Srfyeben, to raise, lift up, elevate. 

(Srtlttjen, to inflame, incense, excite. 

Sri) bb, ung,/. elevation. 

(Srjagen, to get by hunting. 

Srfemten, to perceive ; to acknowl- 
edge ; to recognize. 

(Srflaren, to declare, explain. 

Svlegen, to kill, slay, lay low 

(Srltegett, to succumb, sink under. 

(Srlbfdjen, to go out. 

S'rttft, serious, stern, earnest. 

Srttte,/. harvest. 

Srqtttrfen, to refresh, revive. 

(Srregen, excite, move, arouse. 

(Srretdjen, to reach, attain, arrive at. . 

(Srfdjemen, to become apparent, ap- 
pear. 

(Srfdjetttimg, /. appearance. 

(Srfcfybpfen, to drain, exhaust. 

(£r[d;uttem, to shake, agitate, over- 
power. 

(£rft, first ; only, but. 

(Srftitunett, n. amazement, astonish- 
ment, 

(Srfterbeit, to die, become insensible. 

(Srftrerfen, to extend, reach, stretch. 

(Srtbnen, to sound, resound. 

(Srtragert, to bear, endure. 

(SrtuadjCtt, to wake up, awake. 

(£riuad)crt, "• resurrection. 

Srtwarmen, to warm, heat, 

©rwettent (ftcb)/ to expand, enlarge, 
swell. 



170 



VOCABULARY. 



(Srtotebertt, to reply, answer, rejoin. 

Crrjatjten, to relate, tell, recount. 

(Sr^engen, to beget, produce. 

@S, it ; so, thus ; there, they. 

Stlidje, some, several. 

Stn>a, perhaps, nearly, about. 

@ti»a$, something, anything ; some, 

any; somewhat. 
Sud), you, yourselves ; to you. 
Swig, ever, eternal, perpetual, 
©toigfeit, /. eternity. 



gat)tte,/. standard, flag, colors, 
gafynentrager, m. standard-bearer, 

color-bearer, ensign, 
gait, m. fall ; case, 
gatlen, fiet, gefatten, to fall, drop, 
gangen, ftng, gefangen, to catch, 
garbe, /. color, hue, tint, 
garben, to color, tinge, 
garbig, colored, tinted, 
gaffen, to grasp, seize, 
geierlid), festive, solemn ; awful, 
geinb, m. enemy, foe. 
getb, n. (pi. cr) field ; plain, 
gelt, n. skin, fur, hide. 
gel£(en), m. rock, cliff, 
gclfenfteg, m. rocky path, 
gelfentbren, m. rocky throne. 
gelftgt, rocky, formed of rocks. 
genfter, n. window, 
gern, far, distant, remote, 
geft, fast, firm, 
gcuer, n. fire. 

geuerfdjlunb, m. fiery abyss, 
geitrig, fiery, sparkling, beaming, 
gigitf,/. figure, 
ginben, fanb, gefunben, to find. 
Shiga I, m. Fingal. 
ginger, m. finger, 
ginf, m. finch. 

ginfter, dark, dim, gloomy, grim, 
gifeben, to fish, 
gifefjer, m. fisherman, fisher, 
gtamme,/. flame, blaze, 
glammen, to flame, burn, kindle. 



gtamntenbltcf, m. flaming glance, 
burning eye. 

glecf, m. spot, speck. 

gliegen, flog, geflogen, to fly ; to flow, 
stream. 

gtic§en, flop, gefloffen, to flow, run. 

glotte,/. fleet, navy. 

gtnd), m. curse. 

ghtd)t,/. flight, escape. 

glnr, /. (j>l. en) plain, field. 

glnjj, m. river. 

gtilfjtg, fluid; flowing. 

glutb, /• flood, tide ; billow. 

golgen, to follow, succeed. 

gortern, to demand, summon. 

germ,/, form, figure. 

gort, away, gone ; on ; continually. 

gortfliefjen, n. continuous flow. 

gragen, to ask, interrogate. 

granf,»». (pi. en) Frenchman, Frank. 

gran,/, woman, wife, lady. 

granlem, n. young lady, miss. 

gret, free ; independent ; open. 

gretfyett,/. freedom, liberty. 

gremb, foreign, strange. 

grembltng, m. foreigner, stranger. 

grenbe,/. joy, delight, pleasure. 

grenbenlo^, joyless. 

greubenftb'rer, m, disturber of pleas- 
ure. 

grenbig, joyous, joyful, glad, cheer- 
ful. 

greuen (fid)), to rejoice, rejoice in ; 
to enjoy. 

greiinb, m. friend. 

greunblid), friendly, kind, courteous, 
pleasant, cheerful. 

griebe, m. peace, tranquillity. 

grifd), fresh ; gay, brisk. 

grot), glad, gladsome, hnppy, joyous 

grb't)tict>, joyful, joyous, merry, 
cheerful. 

grudit,/. fruit. 

gntcbtbar, fruitful, fertile. 

grub, early ; soon. 

grilling, m. spring. 

giiblen, to feel. 

gitbren, to conduct, lead. 

gitbrer, m. leader, guide. 



VOCABULARY. 



171 



ftltttfe, m. spark. 

gltttfelrt, to glitter, glisten, sparkle. 

gitr, for, in favor of; fur jtc&, for 

itself, of its own accord. 
gurdjt, /. fear, dread, fright, 
gurdjtbar, fearful, frightful, 
gurdjten, to fear. 
Sitrd)terltc&, terrible, frightful. 
Siirjt, m. prince, sovereign, 
gup, m. foot. 



©atttaltel, m. Gamaliel. 

©ang, m. step; passage, way; 
course. 

©attj, whole, entire, all. 

©ar, very, quite ; at all. 

©artett, m. garden. 

©ajetfe,/. gazelle. 

©ebdren, gebar, geboren, to bring 
forth, give birth to. 

©ebdube, w. building, structure, 
fabric. 

©ebett, gab, gegebett, to give ; eg 
gtbt, there is, there are. 

©ebet, n. prayer. 

©ebteten, to bid, command, order. 

©eborftett, burst, broken, cleft. 

©ebulb,/. patience, endurance. 

©ebuibtg, patient. 

©efafyr, /. danger, peril. 

©efafyrtioU, dangerous, perilous, 
hazardous. 

©efd'brltd), dangerous, perilous. 

©eftlb, n. fields, plain. 

©efrterett, to congeal? freeze. 

©egert, toward, against, in compa- 
rison with. 

©egenb, /. region, district, neigh- 
borhood. 

©egenftanb, m. object. 

©egenitber, opposite. 

©egentoart, /. presence. 

©ejjen, ging, gegattgen, to go, to 
walk. 

©ebblje, n. wood, thicket. 

©ebbren, to belong or pertain to. 

©ei§el,/. whip, scourge. 



©etft, (pi. tx) m. spirit, mind. 

®et|terd)0r, m. spirit choir. 

©efiaff, n. yelping. 

©elangett, to reach, arrive ; to at- 
tain. 

©elb, yellow. 

©elb, n. money. 

©eltebt, beloved, loved. 

©ellett, to sound, yell, echo. 

©elten, gait, gegolten, to be worth, 
be good; to concern; to become. 

©emacb, n. room, apartment. 

©emafyl, n. spouse, wife. 

©emetnfcbaft, /. fellowship, com- 
munion, mutual accord. 

©ettetgt, devoted, kindly disposed. 

©ettie, n. genius. 

®entu$, m. (pi. ©enten) genius, 

guardian spirit. 

©ettof, m. companion, associate, 
comrade, mate. 

©ettltg, enough, sufficient. 

©eniigett, to suffice, to satisfy. 

©enugfamfeit, /. sufficiency, satis- 
faction. 

©erabe, straight ; exact, just. 

©erdufcb, re. rushing. 

©erecfct, just, righteous. 

©ericbt, n. court of justice. 

©ertng, small, slight, insignificant. 

©em, gladly, cheerfully. 

©efang, in. singing, song. 

©ejajdft, re. business. 

©ej"d)et)en, gefcfyab, gefcbefyen, to hap- 
pen, come to pass, take place. 

®efd)metbe, n. jewels, jewelry. 

©efcbopf, re. creature. 

©ejajtinfter, n. brothers and sisters. 

©eftc^t, n. (pi. er) face, countenance. 

©efpcnft, n. (pi. er) ghost, spectre, 
phantom. 

©eftaft, /. figure, shape, form. 

©eftefyett, to confess, acknowledge. 

©eftern, yesterday. 

©etofe, re. roaring, rumbling, din. 

©etwabrtoerbm, to perceive, descry. 

©etoalt, /. power, force, violence. 

©eftaltig, mighty, violent. 

©efoebe, re. web. 



172 



VOCABULARY. 



©etotd)r, n. weight. 

©erotf}, certain, sure. 

©eroobut, accustomed to. 

©tft, n. poison. 

©tpfel, m. top, peak, summit. 

@tfd)t, rn. spray, froth. 

©lauj, rn. splendor, brightness, 
brilliancy, 

©Icinjen, to glisten, glitter, shine. 

(BiaS, n. (pi. tx) glass. 

©laferu, glass, of glass. 

©iatt, smooth. 

©lauben, m. faith. 

©lauben, t0 believe, trust ; to sup- 
pose, imagine ; to ween. 

©letd), like, similar, equal ; equally ; 
immediately, forthwith; quickly, 
at once ; although. 

©letcben, gltd), gegltd)en, to be like, 
to resemble. 

©letcftfaUtv likewise, also, too. 

©(etdjgiilrtg, indifferent. 

©(etcbjam, as if, as it were; al- 
most. 

©h'eb, n. (pi. tx) member, limb. 

®tidt,f. bell. 

©iitcf, n. fortune, happiness. 

©litcflicb, fortunate, lucky, happy. 

©liU)en, to glow ; to shine. 

©mite, /. grace, favor ; pardon. 

©olben, gold, golden. 

©olborauge,/. gold orange, golden 
orange. 

©ott, m. (pi. er) God, god. 

©otte^adtr, m. church-yard, bury- 
ing-ground. 

©Ottfyett,/. divinity, deity. 

©emit,/, goddess. 

©b'ttitd), divine, godlike. 

©rab, n. (pi. er) grave, tomb. 

©rabeu, grub, gegraben, to dig. 

©rab, m. degree, grade. 

©ram, m. grief, sorrow. 

©ra3, n. grass. 

©rau, gray. 

©ra$te,/. grace. 

©retfert, griff, gegrtffert; to grasp. 

©reti3, m. an old man. 

©ren^e,/. bound, border. 



©rertjen, to bound, border, to ex- 
tend. 

©rcnjltrtfe, /. boundary-line. 

©renjfaule, /. bound-stone. 

©rofji, great, large ; tall. 

©ro§arttg, grand, magnificent. 

©rc§e/.greatness; loftiness, grand- 
eur, nobleness. 

©rim, green, verdant. 

©runb, m. ground ; bottom. 

©Ut, good; well. 



$aax, n. hair. 

-£>aben, to have; to possess. 
$ain, m. grove, wood. 
f>atb, half. 

£albfm£, m. semi-circle. 
.ftalftc, /• half. 
•£)alm, m. stalk, blade, 
•fatten, btelt, gebalren, to hold ; to 
keep ; to restrain; to stop, pause. 
|?anb, /• hand; side. 

£>augen, btng, gefyangen, to hang, 
adhere. 

$arfe,/. harp. 

|)arfenfatte,/. harp-string. 

«£>art, hard ; severe, grievous. 

£>auc&, m. breath ; breeze. 

|>aud)en, to breathe; to blow; to 
exhale. 

£aupt, n. (pi. cr) head. 

^auprfarbe,/. chief color, principal 
color. 

£auptregenbogen, rn. principal rain- 
bow, pi'imary rainbow. 

£au3, n. {pi. cr) house. 

|>eben, bob, geboben, to lift, raise. 

£>eer, n. host, army. 

>£>efttg, violent, vehement. 

$tt)x, lofty, sublime ; venerable. 

■£>eibe,/. heath. 

f>etbelanb, n. heath. 

|jetltg, sacred, holy. 

|)etitgfeit, /. holiness, sanctity. 

|)etmltd), secret ; secretly. 

£et§, hot ; ardent. 

$etfjen, biep, gehetfkn, to name, call ; 
to be named, called. 



VOCABULARY. 



173 



#elt>, m. (pi. en) hero. 

|)elbenbudj, n. book of heroes, book 
of fame. 

$elfen, half, gefyolfen, to kelp, assist; 
to avail. 

Spdi, clear, bright, light. 

■fiellglattjetlt), bright shining, spark- 
ling. 

$euTgfett, /. clearness. 

|)etlblau, blue, bright blue. 

|)eUgelb, yellow, bright yellow. 

|jer, hither, here, {implying motion 
toward the speaker). 

$nab, down, downward. 

•f)erabjh*b'men, to stream, pour, rush 
down. 

$erab(titr$en, n. descent, precipita- 
tion. 

£eranf, up, upward. 

•£)erau3, out (toward the speaker). 

herein, in (toward the speaker), into. 

|)ermeberjmfen, to set, to sink down. 

^ernieberfdiweben, to float down, 
to sweep down, descend. 

■£>erolb, m. herald. 

$eTT, Mr. ; gentleman ; lord ; sir. 

-^errltd), glorious, splendid; grand. 

^errfcfcaft, /. dominion, mastery, 
command, jurisdiction. 

|>errja)en, to rule, reign, sway, 
prevail. 

#erum, around. 

Remitter, down. 

i^erunterftetgen, to descend. 

Ixruntertropfen, to drop down. 

£erttorragen, to project forth. 

■jperttor, forth, out. 

£)eryorbtegen, to bend forward, lean 
toward. 

-fjerworbrecfyen, to break or burst 
forth. 

•^er'sorbrtngen, to break forth, rush 
forth. 

£>erttortoa^ett, to roll out or forth. 

£>er$, n. (pi. en) heart, breast. 

#eut(e), to-day. 

Ijter, here ; in this place. 

§\M, m. Hillel. 

|>immel, m. heaven, sky. 



•SMminltfd), heavenly, celestial. 

^>tn, (imply iwg motion from the speak- 
er), thither, hence. 

£tnab, down. 

iMnabgtefen, to pour down. 

£tnab|c()auen, to look or gaze down. 

^tnabfcfnttfen, to pour down. 

Curtabjtefyen, to draw down, lead 
down. 

^tncuuHimmen, to ascend, climb up. 

JMnauf, up, up to. * 

£tnan3, ou t, beyond. 

-SMrtetnbttcfen, to glance or look in. 

£>inetngeben, to go into, enter. 

lunfcblangeln, to coil, wind as a ser- 
pent. 

gutter, behind. 

.iptnuber, over, across. 

£>innnter, down, downward. 

#tm»egja)Ienbern, to fling, throw or 
hurl away. 

^unpfei^en, to add. 

^trfcb, m. stag, deer. 

£ocjj, high ; tall ; lofty. 

■^ocbauf, high up ; aloft. 

^b'djft, highest ; greatest ; most, 
exceedingly. 

£of, m. yard, court. 

^>offert, to hope; to expect ; to trust, 
confide. 

^offentltd), it is hoped, it is to be 
hoped, I hope. 

£offnnng,/. hope, expectation. 

i^b'fltng, m. courtier. 

$'6t)t,f. height, loftiness; in bit-, 
up, upward, aloft. 

£>oft{, hollow. 

$'6t)U,f. hollow ; cavern. 

£olb, favorable ; lovely ; kind ; fair, 
beauteous. 

£1% n - (P l - tx) wood. 

#omer(n3), m. Homer. 

£)omg, m. honey. 

-^orcfren, to listen, hearken. 

i^b'ren, to hear, attend. 

i^orer, m. hearer, listener. 

£ori$ont, m. horizon. 

Jporn, n. horn, bugle. 

[, m. hill, hillock. • 



174 



VOCABULARY. 



|?Mtb, m. dog, hound. 
-Cunbert, hundred. 
•£)ufd), hush ; used in imitating a rust- 
ling sound. 
£utte,/. cottage. 

3$, I. 

Steal, n. ideal. 

3bltt, nim > to him ; to it. 

3j)n, him, it. 

3fynen, to them,' them ; to you, you. 

3^ y e > y° u - 

3t)r, her, hers ; their, theirs. 
3ntmer, ever, always. 
3mmerbar, always, ever. 
3mmertoa()renb, perpetually, inces- 
santly. 
3lt, into, to ; in, at. 
SnbtgoMou, indigo, indigo blue. 
3nnet)alten, to stop, pause, halt. 
3nnere, ber, bte, bag, interior. 
3nmg, intimate, fervent ; intimate- 

iy. 

3n(el, /. island, isle. 

3n[ott>ett, thus, thus far, as far as. 

3rgenb, anywhere ; - finer, any, 
some. 

3rtt\/. Iris, the rainbow. 

3rren, to wander, err. 

3rrltd)t, n. (pi. er) ignis fatuus, 
Will-o'-the-wisp. 

3rrtf)um, m. (pi. er) error, decep- 
tion. 

3rrtt>eg, m. path of error. 

3- 

3a, yes, yea ; certainly, indeed, 
surely, forsooth, really. 

3agb,/. chase, hunt. 

3agert, to chase, hunt. 

3ager, m. huntsman, hunter. 

3at), precipitous, steep. 

3ai)r, n. year. 

3ammer»ott, woeful; full of anguish. 

3e, always, ever ; (with compara- 
tives) the ; -♦♦ , befto, the . . . the. 

3eber, each, every. 

3ntfett3, on the other side. 

3e0t, je#0, how, at present. 



3ugenb, /. youth. 
3ung, young, youthful. 
3iinger, m. disciple, follower. 
3ungfrau,/. maid, maiden, virgin. 
3urtgltng, m. young man, youth. 
3upiter, m. Jupiter. 



Rafyn, m. boat, skiff. 

$alt, cold, cool. 

$altc, /. cold, coldness. 

Harnm, m. comb. 

hammer:, to comb, dress. 

^am^f, m. combat, fight, conflict, 

struggle, 
^ampfett, to struggle, combat, fight. 
^apttol(tum) n. capitol. 
$arte, /. map, chart, card, 
^aufen, to buy, purchase, 
^aufmann, m. merchant. 
Return , scarcely, hardly, 
^ebrett to turn. 
$etn, no, not a. 
Bennett, to know, be acquainted 

with. 
$e|Jel, m caldron, kettle. 
5tmb, n. (pi. er) child. 
Mxtf)t,f. church. 
.fttrcfrengefang, m. anthem, hymn. 
fflxfty, f. cherry. 
^lang, m. sound, clang; music. 
$lar, clear, bright, serene. 
Hletb, n. (pi. er) dress, garment, 

clothing. 
$(eitt, small, little, miniature. 
$ltma, (pi. ta) clime, climate. 
ftftmmen, flomm, geflcmmen, to 

climb. 

Hltngen, Rang, gcflungen, to sound. 

fflippe,/. steep rock, cliff, crag. 

£(oj>fen, to rap. beat. 

Softer, n. cloister, convent, monas- 
tery. 

5lnafc, m. boy. 

^neefct, m. servant ; slave, one who 
voluntarily becomes a slave. 

$ommen, Earn, gefommen, to come. 

Homg, m. king. 

ftbmgttt,/. queen. 



VOCABULARY. 



175 



$bnnen, fomtte, gefonnt, (can) to be 
able; to know how; to be per- 
mitted. 

$0pf, m. head. 

^om, ft. grain, corn, seed. 

^Ibrper, m. body. 

.Kofrbar, costly, precious. 

Soften, to cost; to taste. 

ftraft, /. strength, power, energy. 

SttaXll, sick, infirm, ill. 

tonft)ett,/. sickness, illness. 

$ran$, m. garland, chaplet, wreath. 

prater, m. crater. 

$ret3, m. circle. 

$tetfett, to whirl, turn, move around. 

^rtedjen, frod), gefrocfyen, to creep, 
crawl. 

.Krteg, m. war, conflict. 

$rteger, m. warrior. 

■Kriege^gbttin,/. goddess of war. 

.Krone,/, crown, wreath. 

■Kronen, to crown. 

$ugel,/. ball, sphere. 

$iir;l, cool. 

•Kiiijn, bold, daring, dauntless, val- 
iant. 

Summer, m. grief, sorrow. 

$imf tig, future ; in future, at some 
future time. 

£unft,/. art. 

■Simftler, m. artist. 

$ii[ie, /. coast, shore. 

& 

Sadjeln, to smile. 

Sadjen, to laugh. 

Sager, n. couch, bed. 

Sagern (fid)), to lie down, encamp. 

Sampe,/. lamp. 

Sanb, ft. {pi. er) land, country. 

Sanbttd), rural, rustic. 

Sanbmann, m. husbandman, rustic. 

Sang, long, lengthy. 

Sangfr, longest ; long since, long 

ago. 
Saffen, Itejj, gekffen, to let, leave ; 

to permit, suffer; to order. 
Safter, ft. vice, crime. 
Sanb, ft. foliage, leaves. 



Sanf, m. course, career. 

Saufbarjit,/. race-course; career. 

Saitt, m. sound, tone. 

So»a,/. lava. 

%a*oaban?,f. bank or deposit of lava. 

Sattafdjtdjr,/. stratum of lava. 

Sattaftrom, m. stream of lava. 

Seben, n. life. 

Seer, empty, vacant. 

Seeren, to empty. 

Segen, to lay, place, put. 

Seljre,/. precept, instruction. 

Sefjren, to teach. 

Sefyrer, m. teacher, instructor. 

Setd)e,/. corpse, dead body. 

Seicbt, light, easy ; thin. 

Setfyen, to lend. 

Setfe, low, soft, gentle. 

Setten, to lead, conduct, guide. 

Sen^, m. spring. 

Semen, to leam. 

Sefen, to read ; to gather. 

Sefer, rn. reader. 

Se£r, last. 

Sid)t, ft. light. 

Std)tfptel, ft. play of light. 

Steb, dear, beloved. 

Stebe, /• love, affection. 

Steben, to love. 

Steb, ft. {pi. er) lay, song, air. 

Siegen, lag, gelegen, to lie. 

Sttte,/. lily. 

Sinf, left. 

Stttf3, to or from the left, on the 

left side. 
Stpartfdje Snfeltt, Lipari islands. 
Stybe,/. lip. 

Soben, to praise, commend. 
Sod), ft. {pi- er) hole. 
Socfe, /. lock, tress, curl. 
Sobern, to blaze. 
Soretet, /• Lorelei. 
Sorbeer, m. laurel, bay, bay-tree. 
So£, loose, untied. 
Soften, to quench. 
So^laffen, to release, set free. 
So£rf t§cn, to break loose, tear away, 

disengage. 
Snft,/. air, atmosphere, breeze. 



176 



VOCABULARV. 



Sag,/, pleasure, delight, joy. 
£a|ttg, merry, jocund, jovial, gay. 
^ctftf), Lycian. 



5D?ad)en, to make ; to do ; to pro- 
duce. 

sjftadjt,/. might, power. 

5ftadj>ttg, mighty, powerful. 

yjlatfyttooxt, n. word of command. 

^ftabcfyen, n. maid, girl. 

9D?at, m. May. 

sjftatenbttit^e, /• bloom of May. 

9Dforiettli#t, n. light of May. 

Wlal, n. time. 

tylaUn, to paint ; to depict, de- 
lineate, portray. 

yjlditT, m. painter. 

yflalta, n. Malta. 

Wan, one, they, people, we. 

9Jiarttt, w*. man, husband. 

SWannertoitrbe, /• manly dignity or 
worth. 

3Kannlt#, manly, valiant. 

^aitnltdjfett,/. manhood, manliness, 
virility. 

9J?antel, ?«• mantle, cloak. 

9)?aeorttbe, Mseonian (muse). 

Wlaxtyn, n. tale, legend, story. 

farmer, m. marble. 

SSftctrmorMlb, n. marble statue or 
image. 

SSJtormorfauIe,/. marble column. 

SJJtofje,/. mass, bulk. 

^ftaterie,/. matter, material. 

Material, n. (pi. ten) material. 

tylatt, feeble, faint, dim. 

SSJtoaer, f. wall. 

tylavilbmt, f. mulberry. 

9}?auttl)ier, w. mule. 

SJtonllDurfSfottgel, w. mole hill. 

^Ofeer, n. sea, ocean. 

9)?et)r, more ; any more. 

9J?et)rere, several. 

9Jietle,/. mile. 

SDMlentoett, miles away, extending 
for miles. 

9D?etlt, my, mine. 

ffittftex, m. master. 



5D?eIben, to mention, tell ; to make 

known. 
SOMobte,/. melody, tune. 
^Jfenge,/. multitude, throng. 
9J?en0en, to mix, mingle, 
^ftenfd^ett), m. human being, man. 
SJftenfcfyenbrufl,/. human breast. 
SSftenfcfienfyerj, w. human heart or 

soul, 
^ftenfcbfyett, /. the human race, 

humanity. 
9J?enfd)ltcB / human ; humane. 
9J?erfen, to mark, observe, 
^tterfttmrbtg, remarkable. 
9ttef|en, ma§, gemeffea, to measure, 

survey, contest. 
yjlilD, mild, tender, gentle. 
^JtintVoa, f. Minerva. 
SOftt, with, by, along with. 
Sfttttag, m. noon, mid-day. 
^ftttte,/. centre, midst, middle. 
9J?tttett, amidst, in the midst ; -ttt, 

in the midst of. 
9J?ttternacf>t, /. midnight. 
9J?0ber, m. mold, mud, decay. 
9JWgen, modfjte, gemocfrt, to be allowed 

(may); to wish, desire. 
5Woglt§, possible. 
SOtfottat, m. month. 
9J?onb, m. moon. 
9D?onbltd)t, n. moonlight, 
^ftoo^, n. moss. 

5D?or^en, m. morning; to-morrow. 
^orgenrotfy, n. morning red, glow 

of morning, blush of morn. 
Worcjenriitfye, /. rosy dawn, aurora. 
9J?oryett, Morven. 
Witbe, weary, tired. 
^ftiibtgfett, /. weariness, fatigue. 
9J?itf)e,/. trouble, difficulty. 
Stftubjant, tedious, difficult ; with 

difficulty. 
^JJhtnb, m. mouth. 
9J?itfe,/. muse. 
Wllftf,/. music. 
Wufjett, (must) to be obliged. 
9Jhttb, rn. courage, spirit, mood. 
fitting, courageous, bold. 
SJtyrt'&C/ /• myrtle. 



VOCABULARY. 



177 



Welti), after ; to, for, according to ; 

-lUlb-/ by degrees, gradually. 
Watybax, m. (pi. n) neighbor. 
Sfacbbem, after, when ; after that, 
9la$Qtbm f to give way, yield. 
%tatf$, nearest, next. 
Waty, f. night. 
Leiden, m. neck. 
9?at)(e), near, nigh, close. 
%ltii)?f /■ nearness, proximity ; tit 

fox — t near by, near at hand. 
Sftahen, to draw near, approach. 
§id'^rn ((id)), to approach, draw 

near ; to approximate. 
^Clhrung,/- nourishment, food. 
9?ante(tt), m. name, title. 
yiamlitf), namely, to wit. 
9tafe,/. nose. 
9?a§, wet, moist, 
ftapglatt, slippery. 
Sfcatfoatt, m. Nathan. 
3tai\iv/f. nature. 
^ftebel, m. fog, mist. 
9?eben, by the side of, by, near. 
^ebenregmbogen, m. secondary rain- 
bow. 
9?ebmen, nabm, genomtnen, to take. 
SRetgen (fid)), to bow, decline. 
Sfattt, no, nay. 
Bennett, nannte, genannf, to name, 

call, mention. 
9?eu, new, recent. 
9?eugter,/. curiosity, inquisitiveness. 
^eugtertg, curious, inquisitive, 
^eujafyr, w. new-year. 
SReujafyrSna^t, /. new-year's night. 
yiidjt, not, never. 
9?tc|)t3, nothing, naught. 
SWcofojt, Nicolosi. 
^teber, low, nether ; down. 
SfttebcrfaKen, to fall down. 
9?teberfd)lagen, to strike or knock 

down. 
2Rteberfmfcn, to decline, to sink 

down. 
9?iebrtg, low. 
Pinnate, never. 



yiiemarib, no one, nobody. 

dimmer, never, no more. 

Sftod), yet, still, more; -em ffial, 

once more. 
^orbCen), w*. north. 
9?orbamerifa, North America. 
ytoxblilfyt, n. northern light, aurora 

borealis. 
^orbltdjtfdjem, m. shining or glare 

of the northern light, 
^otbtgett, to necessitate, constrain. 

compel, 
^httt, now, by this time. 
Sfcur, only, but. 
9ttijjU$, useful. 

£5- 

Dbbad), n. shelter, lodging. 

Dbett, above, aloft, on high ; up 

stairs. 
Dberfldcbe, /. surface. 
Dbgtetd)/ although, though. 
£)bfc§on, although. 
£)ebe, desolate, waste, solitary. 
Deffnen, to open, 
£)efter(3), often, frequently. 
Dfjknbaren, to manifest, disclose, 

reveal. 
£)ft, often, oft. 
Dfyne, without, except. 
Dfyr, n. (pi. en) ear. 
Del, n. oil. 
SDrcmgengelb, orange color, orange 

yellow. 
£>t, m. (pi. er) place, spot. 
Dfftatt, m. Ossian. 
Dften, m. east. 

* 

tyaax, n. pair ; a few. 

J5alme,/. palm tree, palm. 

§)anbora,/. Pandora. 

spctrabteg, n. paradise. 

JJnffircn, to pass. 

*Per|ott,/. person. 

f)fab, m. path. 

$ferb, n. horse, steed. 

^flanje, /. plant. 

^flait mug, /. planting, plantation. 



178 



VOCABULARY. 



3>tff, ]>aff, P^ Paff. 

tyla%, m. place. 

§Jloijltctj, suddenly, at once. 

^Jracfjt,/. splendor, mngnificence. 

^raditsou', magnificent, gorgeous. 

*Prad)ttg, splendid, magnificent, 

stately. 
^Prets?, rn. price ; prize, glory, pride, 
^retjen, prte$, gepriefen, to praise, 

extol. 
tyli&ma, n. prism. 
jTopbct, w. Q?Z. en) prophet, 
^gmalton, m. Pygmalion. 
StytfjOtt, m. Python. 



SRcifyz, f. vengeance, revenge. 

9tadje<JCtfi> m. avenging spirit. 

Waiter, m. avenger. 

Sfamb, m. (pi. er) edge, brink. 

dla\m, to rage, rave. 

SJfatfiett, to rest, repose. 

?Rat\), rn. advice, counsel. 

Dtatbcn, rietf), gerattjen, to advise, 
counsel ; to assist. 

Sftaucb, rn. smoke, fume. 

SRitum, rn. space, room. • 

SRaujcben, to rustle ; to rush, roar. 

£Redmeit, to reckon, compute. 

fRecbt, right. 

£Recb>3, at, to or from the right hand. 

■jRebe, /. speech, discourse, words. 

^Reten, to speak, talk. 

£Regen, to stir, excite, move. 

£Rcgeit, m. rain. 

SRegenbogen, m. rainbow. 

£Regenbogenglan$, rn. rainbow-splen- 
dor. 

sRegengafle, /. imperfect rainbow, 
(weathergall). 

SRegentropfen, m. drop of rain, rain- 
drop. 

JRegrten, to shower, rain, give rain. 

SRctcb, rich. 

dltid), n. empire, realm. 

£Retd)en, to reach, hand. 

fRtin, pure, clear, bright, clean. 

SReife,/. journey, trip. 



dttfaliti't), n. traveling dress or 

garment. 
JRetfen, to travel, journey. 
JRetfcen, rip, geriffen, to tear, snatch, 

wrest. 
SRetten, ritt, gerttten, to ride (on 

horseback). 
dtti^tn, to entice, allure, charm. 
tRennen, rarntte, gerannt, to run, race. 
jRettert, to save, deliver, rescue, 
better, m. deliverer, savior. 
0teite r /. repentance, sorrow, regret, 

remorse. 
dttytin, m. Khine. 
dtitytm, to direct, give a signal ; 

to judge. 
*Rtd>ter, rn. judge. 
*Rttf)tung,/. direction. 
SRicb>3f)au3, n. tribunal, court of 

justice, judgment-hall. 
Oftng, m. ring, circle, ringlet. 
SRtngett, n. struggling, wrestling, 

striving. 
SRtngS, around ; - umber, all around, 

round about. 
£Rt§, m. rent, cleft, crevice. 
SRodjeltt, n. dying groan, gurgling 

breath. 
dtolltn, to roll ; to coil. 
SRofe, /. rose. 

*Ro§, n. horse, steed, charger. 
SRotf), red, ruddy. 
£Ri>tbe,/. redness, blush, flush. 
JRiicfen, m. back. 

*Riicffdkttten, to look back or behind. 
SRUcfroartS, back, backward. 
S^uf, m. call, shout. 
jRufen, rtef, gerufen, to call, exclaim. 
SRube, f. rest, tranquillity, repose. 
SRufyen, to rest, repose , sleep. 
SRubtg, quiet, calm, tranquil, serene. 
SRubm, m. glory, fame, renown. 
SRiibjen, to touch, affect, move. 
SRunb, round, circular. 

6. 

©aal, in. room, saloon ; hall, pal- 
ace. 
(&aty, /. thing, matter ; business ; 



VOCABULARY. 



179 



©aett, to sow. 

©age, /. saying, rumor, report ; 
tradition, tale. 

©agen, to say, tell. 

©atte,/. string. 

©alben, to anoint. 

©atem, w. Salem. 

©anb, m. sand ; arena. 

©attft, soft, mild, gentle, smooth. 

©ang, »i. song, singing ; voice. 

©anger, ?«. minstrel, bard, singer. 

©angertbum, w. minstrelsy." 

©atttgen, to satisfy, fill. 

©auglittg, babe, suckling. 

©a'ule, /. pillar, column. 

©aulenfaal, n. hall supported by 
columns, pillared hall. 

©d'ufeln, to rustle. 

©certe,/. scene. 

©c&aar,/. host, throng. 

©d)af, w- sheep. 

©djaffen, fdjuf. gefc^affen, to create. 

©d)ale,/. shell, cup, vase. 

©fatten, m. shade, shadow. 

©djauber, m - shuddering, horror, 
dread. 

©cfiaitett, to see, look ; to view, be- 
hold. 

©d)auetltd), awful, dreadful. 

©djauertg, awful, dreadful. 

©djaum, m. foam, froth. 

©d)aupla£, m. theatre, scene. 

©d)aufptel, n. spectacle, sight. 

©djeiben, fc&teb, gefc&ieben, to part, 
depart, separate. 

©djetberoeg, m. dividing path, divid- 
ing line. 

©d)ettt, m. shine, glare. 

©djeinen, fcfoten, gefdjienen, to shine; 
to appear, seem. 

©cfrettel, m. crown (of the head). 

©d)eu, timid, cowardly, shy. 

©d)td)t, /. stratum. 

©djttfen, to send, dispatch. 

©d)tff, n. ship, vessel. 

©d)ijfer, m. mariner, sailor. 

©d)tmmer, m. glimmer, splendor. 

©dnmmertt, to glitter, glimmer. 

©djlacfot, /. battle, engagement. 



©d)Iad)tett, slay, slaughter. 
<&tyiad)kn, n. slaughter, killing. 
©cMaf, m. sleep. 
©deafen, fd)ltef, gefd)(afen, to sleep, 

be asleep. 
©djtofloS, sleepless, 
©diiagen, fdjlug, gefcfilagen, to beat, 

strike ; to wrap. 

©djlagen, n. beating, striking. 

©d)lange,/. serpent, snake. 

©d)led)t, bad, miserable, base. 

©cbletfert, fcbjtff, gefcfeltffen, to grind. 

©d)(eubern, to throw, fling, hurl. 

©deepen, (d;lo§, gefcfcloffen, to shut, 
close. 

©d)linge,/. tendril, loop. 

©d)(o§, n. {pi. er) cas'de, palace ; 
lock. 

©d)(ummer, m. slumber. 

©djlummerfb'rnlettt, n. seed of slum- 
ber. 

©dilummertt, to slumber, sleep. 

©dilulJel, m. key. 

©d)me(jen, fd)moIj, gefd)moljen, to 
melt, dissolve. 

©cbttterj, m. pain, distress, afflic- 
tion. 

©cftmucf, trim, spruce, handsome. 

©dmuitfert, to adorn, deck. 

©d)mu^ig, filthy, dirty. 

©d)rtee, m. snow. 

©cbnetbert, fc&rutt, gefdmttten, to cut. 

©dwelt, quick, fleet, swift. 

©d)0tt, already ; even ; indeed. 

©cftoit, beautiful, fair, handsome, 

©cbb'nbett,/. beauty, comeliness. 

©d)003, »*. lap, bosom. 

©d)bpfer, w. creator, maker. 

©d)b'pfimg,/. creation. 

©d)ranfe,/. barrier; joZ. lists. 

©d)red'en, w. terror, consternation. 

©d)vedett, to terrify, frighten. 

©cbretfu'd), frightful, terrible, fear- 
ful. 

©cbretben, fcfirteb, gefdmeben, to write. 

©d)reten, fd)rie, gefdjricen, to cry, 
shriek, shout. 

©cbrettert, fd;rttt, gefcbrttten, to step, 
walk, stride. 



180 



VOCABULARY. 



©d)rttr, m. step, pace, tread. 
©ctyurt, m. rubbish, ruins, 
©djiitten, to pour. 
©thread;, weak, feeble, faint. 
©djtMnger, burdened, pregnant. 
©d)tuarm, m. swarm, crowd, throng. 
©cfyroarj, black, dark, gloomy, 
©cbtveben, to hover ; to hang, float. 
©dnr»etgen, fd)tmcg, gefcbnnegen, to be 

silent, be still, 
©c&wetgen, n. silence. 
©cjweUen, fdiwoU, gefdjtootten, to 

swell; to float ; to rise, heave, 
©cbttermutfy,/. sadness, melancholy, 
©cjjtoerr, ». sword, 
©cbtoefrer,/. sister, 
©djmtmmen, fdjtMtnm, gefcbtoommen, 

to swim. 

©cfctotnbel, W2. dizziness, giddiness. 

©djtoinben, [cbttanb, gefcbwunben, to 
vanish, disappear. 

©dwitl, close, sultry. 

©ed)3, six. 

©ee, w. lake. 

©ee,,f. sea. 

©eele, /• soul, mind. 

©egnen, to bless. 

©eijett, fab,, gei'eben, to see, perceive, 
to look upon, behold. 

©efyne,/. sinew, nerve. 

©ebr, much, very, very much. 

©em, roar, gettefen, to be ; to exist. 

©eirt, his, its. 

(seiner or fern, of him, of it, of 
them. 

©ette,/. side. 

©elber, self; even. 

©e(b[t, self; even. 

©cltg, blessed, happy, blissful. 

©eltett, rare ; seldom. 

©elt|'am, strange, wonderful, sin- 
gular. 

©enfen (fid)), to sink, drop. 

©enfredjt, perpendicular. 

©e£en, to put, place, set. 

©ettfjCtt, to sigh, groan. 

©eufjer, ?». sigh, groan. 

©id), himself, herself, itself; to or 
for himself, herself etc. 



©tdber, secure, safe, certain. 

©tcbern, to secure, insure. 

©tcbtbar, visible, manifest, sensible. 

©tCtltm, n. Sicily. 

©te, she, her ; it ; them, you. 

©teben, seven. 

©teben, to seethe, boil ; to hiss. 

©teg, m. victory, triumph, con- 
quest. 

©tegen, to triumph, conquer. 

©iegesftcrtfy, worthy to conquer, 
victory deserving. 

©fiber, n. silver. 

©tlberfyell, bright as silver ; pellu- 
cid, limpid. 

©tlbern, silver, silvery, of silver. 

©tngen, fang, gefungen, to sing. 

©forfeit, fanf, gefunfen, to sink. 

©inn, m. sense, mind, feeling. 

©tttttltdjj, sensible, sensual. 

©initio^, senseless, distracted. 

©t|$en, fap, gefefjen, to sit. 

©0, so, thus ; such ; then. 

©ofort, immediately, forthwith, 
instantly. 

©ogenannt, so-called. 

©ogletd), immediately, at once. 

©obit, m. son. 

©old)er, such. 

©elbar, m. (pi. en) soldier. 

©oUcn, to be in duty bound; shall, 
ought, must. 

©ommer, to. summer. 

©onberbar, singular, strange. 

©onbern, but, (after a negation). 

©onne,/. sun. 

©onnenbabn,/. sunny path. 

©onnenftrabj, to. sunbeam., ray of 
the sun. 

©onnenjetger, m. style or gnomon 
of a sundial. 

©onft, otherwise, else ; formerly, 
heretofore. 

©orgc, /. care, solicitude. 

©pat, late, tardy. 

©jMCgcl, m. mirror. 

©piegeltt, to reflect, mirror ; jtd) -, 
to be reflected or imaged. 

©|)te(, ». play, sport. 



VOCABULARY. 



181 



(Sptelen, to play, sport. 

(Spume, /. spider. 

(Spltttern, to break, shiver, splinter, 

shatter, 
©pott, m. derision, scoff, scorn. 
Spracbe,/- speech, language. 
(Sprechen, fprad), gefprodjen, to speak, 

say. talk. 

(Springen, (prang, gefprnngen, to 

spring, jump, .leap. 
(Sprt^ert, to spirt, spout. 
(SprUfyen, to dart ; to sparkle, flash, 

fly- 

Spur,/, (pi. en) track, trace. 

(Stab, m. staff, stick. 

©tabt,/. city, town. 

(Stamm, m. body or trunk, stem. 

(Stanb, m. attitude, position. 

(Starf, strong, robust, sturdy, vig- 
orous. 

Sta'rfe, /. strength, force. 

(Starr, stiff, fixed, staring. 

©rati, instead of. 

(Statue,/, statue. 

(Stan 6, m. dust. 

Stannen, to be astonished ; to be 
amazed; to wonder. 

(Stannen, n. amazement, astonish- 
ment. 

(Steg, m. foot-bridge, path. 

Stejien, ftanb, geftanben, to stand. 

•Stetg, m, path, road. 

Stetgen, ftteg, gefttegen, to rise up, 
ascend, mount. 

(Stetl, steep, precipitous. 

(Stettt, m. stone, rock. 

(Stetnern, stony, stone. 

(SteUe, /. place, spot, situation. 

(Stellen, to place, put, set. 

(Sterbeu, ftarb, geftorben, to die. 

(Sterbitctj, mortal, perishable. 

•Stern, m. star. 

(SttU, still, quiet, calm. 

(Stttte, /. stillness, silence, calm. 

(Sttinme,/. voice. 

(Stinte, /, forehead, brow. 

(Stbtmen, n. groaning, groan. 

(Stol^, proud, haughty. 

<Stopen, ftiep, gefto^en, to push, 



thrust, strike ; ixCi £>ortt -, to 

blow the horn. 
SJtrat)!, m. beam, ray. 
(Strat)(en, to beam, gleam, shine. 
Streden, to stretch, lay down. 
Stretd), m. stroke, blow. 
Strett, m. strife, combat. 
<Stretten, ftrttt, geftrttten, to fight. 
(Stretter, m. combatant, competitor. 
Strettlanf, m. race. 
Streng, strict, severe, 
©treuen, to strew, scatter. 
(Strom, m. stream, river, torrent, 
©trb'men, to stream, gush, flow. 
<Strnbe(, m. whirlpool, eddy. 
Stitrf, n. piece, fragment. 
(Stufe,/. step. 
(Stnfenroetfe, step by step, by de~ 

grees, gradually, 
©tnntm, dumb, mute, silent. 
(Stnnbe,/. hour. 
<Stnrtn, m. storm, tempest, 
©tnrnten, to storm, rush, rage. 
(Stiirmifd), stormy, tempestuous. 
(Stnr^, m. fall, tumble, plunge, 
©tiirjen, to plunge, precipitate ; to 

fall prostrate, topple down ; to 

tumble, rush. 
(Sud)en, to seek, look for, search. 
(Siiben, m. south. 
(Sutnpf, m. bog, marsh, swamp. 
(Sihtbe, / sin, transgression. 
(Su§, sweet; sweetly. 
©u|fgfett,/. sweetness. 



%. 



£afel, /. table. 

£afelfel[en, m. table rock. 

Xag, m. day. 

Jaime,/, fir-tree. 

Xanjen, to dance. 

Sapfer, valiant, brave. 

Staudjen, to plunge, to dive. 

Saufen, to baptize, name, christen. 

Saufenb, thousand. 

£aufcnbfarbt'g, thousand tinted or 

colored. 
£ele0fop, n. telescope. 



182 



VOCABULARY. 



XtUtoria, f. Teutona, the German 

muse. 
Xfycd, n. (pi. er) valley, dale, vale. 
Xtyau, m. dew. 
Xbautropfcbert, n, dewdrop. 
%i)til, m. & n. part, portion ; jum -, 

in part, partly. 
£bermop9la, n. Thermopylae. 
&b,euer, dear, precious, beloved. 
Jfyter, n. animal, beast. 
%\)dl, n. gate, gateway. 
Z\)'6vid)t, foolish. 
Xfyrane,/. tear. 
£fyron, m. throne. 
£()lrii?fone,/. Thuiskone, the German 

muse. 
£tmn, trjat, getban, to do, perform. 
%i)VLXt,f. door. 
£r)Urm, in. tower, steeple. 
$£tef, deep, profound ; intense, 

touching. 
£iefe,/. deep, abyss. 
£tnte,/. tint, ink. 
£ocb ter, /. daughter. 
£ofc, m. death. 

SobeSengel, m. angel of death. 
£obt, dead, lifeless. 
Son, m. tone, sound, strain. 
Sbnen, to sound. 
Sofett, to roar, rage. 
&ragen, trug, getragen, to carry, 

bear, waft. 
Mgertrt, /• bearer. 
Zxaxa, trara. 

Srauerit, to mourn, grieve. 
Sraulicb, cordial, intimate, familiar. 
£r<Utm, m. dream. 
Straumett, to dream ; to fancy. 
JXraurtg, sad, sorrowful, pensive. 
£reiben, trteb, gerrteben, to drive, 

impel ; to put forth. 
Xxtppt,/. stair, flight of steps. 
£reten, teat, getreten, to tread, step, 

go, enter. 
Xxtll, faithful, trusty, true. 
£reue,/. fidelity, faith, truth. 
£rtnfcn, tranf, getrunfen, to drink. 
Xxitt, m. tread, step, pace. 
iXrocfcn, dry. 



£roj)fen, m. drop. 

Xxo\t, m. comfort, consolation. 

Strb'flett, to comfort, console. 

XroffloS, disconsolate, inconsolable, 
comfortless. 

Xrofjtg, obstinate, indomitable, de- 
fiant. 

Xxiibt, lowering, gloomy, dim, 
cloudy. 

Sriibett, to dim, cloud. 

Sritmmer, pi. ruins, wreck. 

Urunfert, intoxicated, enraptured, 
drunk. 

£ugenb,/. virtue. 

Xprarm, m. (pi. en) tyrant. 

It 

Ueber, over, above, across, beyond ; 
during. 

Ueberatt, everywhere. 

Ikbcrgang, m. transition, change, 
passing over. 

Ueberbangen, to overhang, project. 

ttcberfyaupt, generally, in general. 

Ueberftreuen, to cover, sprinkle. 

Ueberftrb'men, to overflow, stream 
over. 

Ucbertreffert, to excel, surpass. 

Ueberjeugert, to convince, convict. 

Uebrtg, remaining, left, over ; the 
rest of the, the rest. 

lifer, n. shore, bank. 

Um, about, around ; for ; at ; in 
order (to). 

Umarmen, to embrace, caress. 

Umarmung,/. embrace. 

Umfangen, to embrace, surround. 

Umber, around, about. 

Umfyerfireucrt, to scatter around or 
about. 

Umfcbren, to turn about, return. 

ttmleucbtert, to shine around, to sur- 
round with light, enlighten. 

Umrtngen, to surround, encompass. 

UmfdUtngen, to embrace, clasp. 

Umfdimbung, /. outline, contour, 
circumscription. 

Umfonft, in vain, for nought, fruit- 
less. 



VOCABULARY. 



183 



Umtueg, m. circuitous route, indirect 
course. 

UmtDCnben, to turn around or about. 

tlmwerfen, to throw around, upset. 

ttmjtefyen, to surround, move about. 

UnaUtffprecfyltdj, unspeakable, inex- 
pressible. 

ttnbefdjretblidj, indescribable. 

Unbettegltcfy, immovable, fixed. 

Unb, and, even. 

Uncbcn, uneven, rough. 

Unenbltd)e, n. infinite. 

Uneutbefyrltd), indispensable, need- 
ful. 

Unfrucbtbar, unfruitful, barren. 

Urtgefa^r, about, nearly, almost. 

itngefjeuer, enormous, gigantic, 
huge, immense, monstrous. 

lingered^, unjust. 

Ungefefyen, unseen. 

Uttgeftort, undisturbed, unmolested. 

Ultgetoitter, n. tempest, thunder- 
storm, storm. 

Ungtitcfltcfi, unfortunate, unhappy. 

UnftJrperltd), incorporeal, immate- 
rial. 

Utttnutf), m. indignation, displeas- 
ure, chagrin. 

ttnnacfjabmltd), inimitable. 

Uttg, us, to us. 

ttnjcfntlb, /. innocence. 

Unfdjulbtg, innocent. 

Uttfer, our, ours, of us. 

Unjttjtbar, invisible. 

ttnftdt, unsteady, restless. 

Unfterbltd), immortal. 

ttnjterbltcjjfett, /. immortality. 

Unten, below, beneath. 

Ultter, under, beneath, below; 
among, amid. 

Urtterbredjen, to interrupt. 

ttnterfagen, to refuse, forbid. 

Unter(d)etben, to distinguish, dis- 
cern. 

Unterfd)teb,ra. difference, distinction. 

Unterfud)en, to investigate, examine. 

Urfacfye,/. cause, reason. 



SSater, m. father. 

33aterlanb r m. fatherland, native 
land, native country. 

SSeradjtung, /. contempt, disdain, 
scorn. 

23erd'nberung, /. change. 

33erbieten, to forbid. 

23erberfen, to cover, to conceal. 

QSerborrert, to wither, dry up. 

S3erbunfeln, to darken, obscure, 
eclipse. 

SSerebren, to revere, respect, honor, 
adore. 

SBerehrung, /. reverence, veneration. 

23ere{tttgen, to unite, combine. 

23erfoIgen, to pursue, prosecute, 
continue. 

2?erfitf)ren, to mislead, seduce. 

2krgeltung, /. retribution, retalia- 
tion, recompense. 

95ergeffen, fcergap, yergeffen, to forget. 

SSergletdjett, to compare, liken. 

SCergbnnen, to permit, allow, grant. 

SCertjaucfyett, to breathe away, expire. 

23er^eeren, to lay waste, desolate, 
devastate. 

23erbutlen, to veil, conceal, wrap up, 
cover. 

SSertrruttg, /. error. 

SBerfennen, to mistake. 

SSerfebrt, reversed, inverted, cross. 

23erfiagen, to accuse, charge. 

SSerlajJen, to leave, forsake, aban- 
don. 

33evlemen, to forget. 

23er(teren, ©ertor, serloren, to lose. 

23erlodtrt, to allure, entice, seduce. 

SSenrtantott, Vermanton. 

SBermtfdjen, to mix, intermingle, 
blend. 

23ermtfj"en, to miss. 

SBermogen, can, to be able. 

23ermcgenb, adequate, sufficient, 
able. 

Skrnefymen, to perceive, hear. 

23ernunft,/. reason. 

'Seroben, to lay waste, desolate. 



184 



VOCABULARY, 



35erb'bet, desolate, waste. 

SBerrbdjeht, to expire. 

Serrucb^nefarious,, infamous ; god- 
less. 

23erfdnebett, different, differing, di- 
verse. 

23evfcliHncjen, to devour, swallow. 

23er[djlummern, to pass in slumber ; 
to slumber away. 

SCerfchbrtert, to beautify, embellish. 

33er|C&»tnt>en, to disappear, vanish 
away. 

SSerfenfen, to sink. 

23er[tegert, to dry up, become dry, 
disappear ; to be exhausted. 

23er|mfert, to sink away, be swal- 
lowed up, be lost. 

23er [tanb, «. understanding ; mind, 
intellect. 

2>erftel)ert, to understand, compre- 
hend. 

SSerftetnert, > covered with stones, 

^erltetnt, $ ruined ; petrified. 

2?er|rreuen, to scatter, spread out. 

23crjrummen, to become mute, cease. 

2>cr(ud)cn, to try, attempt, essay. 

23ertiefung, /. deepening, hollow, 
recess, cavity. 

23erur(ad;en, to cause, induce, oc- 
casion. 

Senvanbeln, to change, turn, con- 
vert. 

23erroanbte, relative, relation. 

SBerroorren, confused. 

SBwjeibeit, to forgive, pardon, ex- 
cuse. 

SSerjtoetfelung/ /. despair. 

SScrjlDCtfelUttggSDff, full of despair. 

£mcI, much, a great deal ; many, 

93telfttdj> manifold, abundant. 

SStelfolttg, for the most part, con- 
siderably, manifold. 

SBiflfarbtg, many-colored, many- 
bued. 

SBtcUct^t, perhaps, perchance, pos- 
sibly. 

SStcrtcl'jhmfce,/. quarter of an hour. 

Stdett, violet. 

23ogd, m. bird. 



SSolf, n. (pi. er) people, nation. 

S3 oil, full, full of, filled. 

Soliertben, to end, complete, finish. 

!ii3b'ufg, full, whole, complete. 

SoUformnett, perfect, entire, full. 

SiBotfmortb, m. full moon. 

SSon, of, by, from. 

%$$x, before, in the presence of, of, 
through. 

SSorangeben, to go before, go in ad- 
vance, take the lead. 

Sorbet, by ; past. 

SSorfyer, before, previously. 

Sorragen, to jut, project, standout. 

93orftct)t, y. caution, precaution. 

33orjieUung,/. representation, image. 

23cr[trb'men, to stream, gush or flow 
forth. 

33oriiber, by, past, gone. 

SSoriiberctlen, to hasten by or past, 
hurry by. 

2?orroart3, forward, onward. 

Sltlr'an, >". volcano. 

SBacfcfen, road)*, gewacbfen, to grow; 

to wax. 

SEBafff,/. weapon, pi. arms. 

SBagen, to weigh; to consider, pon- 
der. 

SBafylen, to choose, elect. 

2£at)r, true, real, genuine. 

SBatntjcit, /. truth. 

2Bat)rnebmeu, to perceive, observe. 

233alb, in. wood, forest. 

2£alDtg, woody, wooded. 

©alien, to bubble ; to flow, undu- 
late, move to and fro. 

$3altcn, to rule, prevail. 

233aljen, to roll. 

2£>anb,/. wall. 

SBaubein, to walk, go, travel. 

JBartbeW, t0 wander ; to walk, go. 

SBange,/. cheek. 

SBarm, warm. 

©arum, why. 

2Ba$, what, why ; that which ; 

whatever. 
SB after, n. water. 



VOCABULARY. 



185 



SDafferfatl, m. waterfall, cascade. 
SBafferflaclie, /. surface or expanse 

of water, water-level. 
SBajJermafje,/. mass of water. 
SBajferjhrafc ra. flash or jet of water. 
2Ba|jer|tur$, m. waterfall, cataract. 
SBedjfei, m. changing, change. 
SBeber, neither ;-.... nod), neither 

.... nor. 
2Beg, w. way, passage, path ; road, 

route. 
SBegen, on account of. 
SBegga-ittft, iemoved, borne away. 
SSegriicfeit, to bear away, remove. 
2£et), >i. woe, pain, agony. 
5£el)en, to blow ; to move, wave, 

roll. 
SBe^mittf), /. sadness, melancholy. 
Siktymiitfyig, sad, melancholy. 
SBefyre,/. weapon, defence. 
&3eib, n. woman, wife. 
SB-kid), soft, gentle. 
SBeil, because, since. 
Shkin, '«. wine. 
SBetnberg, ra. vineyard. 
SBeittrebe, /• vine, grape-vine. 
&5einen, to weep, cry, shed tears. 
SBetfe, wise, sage. 
SBetfe,/. manner, way, custom. 
SBeifen, to show, point out. 
SBet^eit,./. wisdom. 
SUeijj, white. 

2Beil|agung r /. prophecy, divination. 
SBeit, tar, afar off, remote, distant; 

wide. 
SBeldjer, who, which, that. 
SGMt,/. {pi en), world, earth. 
2Ber, who, he who. 
Sikrben, tuarb, getoorben, to become, 

grow; shall, will ; to be. 

SBerfen, toarf, getoorfen, to throw, 

cast, hurl, fling. 
SBerf, n. work ; fabric. 
SBejen, n. being ; essence, nature. 
2£eften, m. west. 

3Be)tlirf), western, west, westward. 
SKkiter, n. weather, tempest, storm. 
SBiber, against. 
2£ie, how ; as, just as, as if, like. 



SBteber, again, anew ; back. 

SDtege,/. cradle. 

2Btegen, to cradle, rock. 

2Bte(e,/. meadow, mead. 

28tlb, wild, intractable, fierce. 

2Bttle(tt), ra. will, purpose, wish. 

SBtUfafyren, to gratify, yield to. 

3£tnb, m\ wind, breeze, air. 

SBinfel, m. angle, corner. 

SBtnfen, n. beck, winking, nodding. 

SBtnter, >n- winter. 

SMpfel, m. top. 

2£ir, we. 

SBtrbeltinnb, m. whirlwind. 

aBirfltd), actual, real. 

2Bi||en, tou§te, getoujjit, to know, 

know of, have a knowledge of. 
3Bo, where; when. 
2Bobet, wherein, during which. 
SBoburd), w T hereby, during which. 
2Boge,/. wave, billow. 
5Bogen, to heave, wave, fluctuate. 
SPogenfyeer, n. host of waves. 
SBojjer, whence, from what place. 
SBotjtn, wmither, to what place. 
SBofyf, well ; probably ; really. 
2Dot)ltf)ater, m. benefactor. 
2Bo()ltt)attg, beneficent. 
SBofynen, to dwell, live, reside. 
2Bof)nimg, /. habitation, dwelling; 

mansion, abode. 
SBolben, to arch, vault. 
SBolfe,/. cload. 
SBolfenfteg, m. path among the 

clouds, cloudy path. 
SBotlen, to be willing; to intend; to 

want. 
SBomtt, with which, wherewith, 

with what. 
SBtmite, /• delight, pleasure. 
SForauf, whereupon, on which. 
SBort, n. word. 
i&Htnbe,/. wound. 

SBunber, n. wonder, prodigy, mir- 
acle. 
SBnnberbar, wonderful, wondrous. 

strange. 
SBunberfam, wonderful, wondrous, 

strange. 



186 



VOCABULARY. 



SButtberttott, wonderful, with won- 
drous skill. 

SBunberiDerf, n. marvelous or won- 
derful work. 

SSunfd), m. wish, desire. 

SBitrbe,/. dignity, honor. 

SBurbtglett, /. worthiness, merito- 
riousneSs ; propriety. 

SBitrgett, to choke, strangle, destroy. 

2Bur$e(,/. root. 

2But|>,/. fury, rage. 

SBittben, to rage, chafe. 

SBittbertd;, m. tyrant, madman. 

% 

gjonne, /. Yonne, a river. 

3<5gett / to tremble, quake. 
3at)l,/. number. 
3at)!retd), numerous. 
^atyn, m. tooth, fang. 
\axt, tender, delicate. 
>artltd), tender, fond ; tenderly, 
[artlicbfett, /. tenderness, softness. 
>etgen, to show, point out ; ficfj - f 

to show one's self, appear. 
3ett,.f. time. 

Qtvfikfytn, to melt, dissolve. 
3ermalmen, to crush, grind to 

powder. 
3erpettfcben / to whip, lash (into 

spray). 
^ffrinrtett, to melt, dissolve, vanish. 
3er[cbeUen, to dash or shiver to 

pieces, shatter. 
3erfd)(agen, to beat or break to 

pieces. 
3erfdjmettern, to dash to pieces, 

crush, shatter. 
3ftfttel)en / to vanish, be scattered, 

fly away (as dust). 
3^rtt)et[en, to divide, separate ; to 

disperse. 
3ertreten, to tread down, crush un- 
der foot. 



3ertriimmem, to dash, shatter or 

crush to pieces. 
3eugen, to witness, testify. 
3itQt,f goat, she-goat. 
3tegen&Db(e,/. Goat hollow. 
3tegemnfel, /. Goat island. 
3te^en / jog, gqogeit, to draw; to 

move, go, march; to extend, 

stretch. 

tel, n. limit, mark. 

telen, to aim. 

temltd), tolerable ; pretty. 

tmmer, n. room, apartment. 

tfdjett, to hiss. 

tttern, to tremble, shiver. 

onttg, angry. 

U, to, for ; at, by ; in. 
3ucfer, m. sugar. 
3uerft, first. 
3uflte§en / to flow to, reach in its 

course. 
3ug, m. expedition, procession, 

column; trace; feature, trait.* 
3ugeftb'ren / to belong or appertain 

to. 
3ugletd), together, at once. 
3u!unft / /. the future, futurity. 
3unge,/. tongue. 

3ureben / n. persuasion, exhortation. 
3urttett, to be angry. 
3uritcf, back, backward. 
3urucfgeben, to give back, restore. 
3urutf'geben, to go back, return. 
3urucJfebren, to return, turn back. 
3u(ammen, together. 
3ufammemtebmen, to collect, gather, 
^ftrtttjtg, twenty. 
3tt»et, two. 
3toetfeln, to doubt. 
3toetg, m. bough, branch. 
3tt)ette, second. 
3tt>tfc^en / between, betwixt ; among, 

amongst. 
3fotfd)enraum, m. interval, interme- 
diate space, interstice. 
3tob'(f, twelve. 



^ —■— raimiwri 



VOCABULARY. 



187 



ENGLISH AND GERMAN VOCABULARY 



to ■jpjL.tt'n i. 



A, an, ettt. 

Able (to be), fb'nnen, fcermb'gen. 

Above, oben, iiber- 

Accompany, begtetten. 

Account, bte ^edjnung. 

Acquainted (to be), lenttett. 

Across, itber, queritber. 

Advice, ber SRafy. 

After, nad), nadjbent. 

Afternoon, ber ^adjmtttag. 

Again, roteber, nod) einmat. 

Against, rotber, gegen* 

Air, bte £uft. 

All, a ft, ganj. 

Almost, faft, betnar)e. 

Alone, afletn. 

Along, langg, entlang. 

Already, berettg, fcbon. 

Also, aucb. 

Although, obgletd) obfd)on. 

Always, tmmer. 

American, amertfantfd) ; Slmertfaner. 

Among, nnter, jrotfdien. 

And, nnb. 

Animal, bag £f)ter. 

Answer, bte 21ntroort; antroorten. 

Any, etroag, trgeub etn. 

Anybody, jemanb. 

Anything, etroag, irgenb etroag. 

Appear, erfdjetnen, fdjetnen. 

Apple, ber 5tyfe(. 

April, ber Slprtl. 

Arm, ber 2lrm. 

Army, bte 5trmee, bag #eer. 

Around, berum, um, umfyer, rtngg. 

Arrive, an foramen. 

Art, bte Sftmfh 

Artist, ber $itnftler. 

As, alg, ba, rote, fo. 

Ask, fragen, bitten. 



At, $u, an, bet. 
August, ber Sfuguji. 
Aunt, bte Xante. 
Autumn, ber £>erbfL 
Away, roeg, fort, bafytn. 
Ax, bte 2lrt. 

:b_ 

Bad, fc$led)t, bbfe. 
Baker, ber Sct'der. 
Ball, ber Sail 
Band, bag 23anb. 
Barrel, bag gajj* 
Basket, ber itorb. 
Be, fetn. 
Bear, ber 23ar. 
Beat, fdytagen. 
Beautiful, fcfibn. 
Beauty, bte ©djb'nrjett. 
Because, roetl. 
Become, roerben. 
Bed, ba3 Sett. 
Bee, bte 23tene. 
Beech, bte 23udje. 
Beer, bag 23ter. 
Before, yor, bettor, er)e. 
Begin, begtnnen, anfangen. 
Behind, btnter, btnten. 
Believe, glauben. 
Below, nnter, nnterbalb. 
Beneath, nnten. 
Berry, bfe 25eere. 
Between, jrotfdjen. 
Beyond, jenfettg. 
Bind, btnben. 
Bird, ber 33ogeI. 
Bishop, ber Stfcbof. 
Black, fdbtoarj. 
Blood, bag Slut. 
Bloody, bluttg. 
Blue, blau. 



188 



VOCABULARY. 



Boat, ber $afm, bag Soot 
Bone, bag Setn, ber $nod)etu 
Book, bag Such. 
Bookseller, ber Sud)f)artbler* 
Boot, ber ©ttefeL 
Both, Betbe. 
Boy, ber $naBe, SuBe, 
Bread, bag Srob,. 
Break, Bremen, jerbred^ctt* 
Breakfast, bag gritfyftiict 
Bridge, bte Srittfe, 
Bring, Brtttgen, fyolen. 
Broad, Brett, toett- 
Broom, ber Seferu 
Brother, ber Sruber. 
Brown, BraUtt* 
Build, Batten* 
Building, bag ©eBaube, 
Burn, Brennen. 
Business, bag ($5efd)aft 
But, aBer, fonbern, auettt* 
Butcher, ber f^leifc^er* 
Butter, bte Sutter, 
Buy, fauferu 
By, sort, burd), Bet 

o_ 

Calf, bag flalb. 

Call, rufen, nemtett, t)et^ert. 

Can, bte Marine ; fonneiu 

Candle, bag Stdjt 

Cane, ber ©tod, bag fftofyx* 

Cap, bte $appe, ?Q?u^e, 

Carpenter, ber 3^ttmermarttt. 

Carriage, ber SiBagen, 

Cask, bag gafiL 

Cat, bte $a&e. 

Catch, fangetn 

Cattle, bag Stefy, 0Knb. 

Cent, ber Sent 

Century, bag 3afyr|mnbert 

Certain, getvt§. 

Chair, ber (otufyt 

Chalk, bie $retbe* 

Charles, $art 
Cheese, ber Mfc* 
Cherry, bte jttrfdie. 
Chicken, bag £>ltt)n. 
Child, bag flinb. 



Church, bte $trd)e* 

City, bte ©tabt 

Clear, fiat, f)eO\ 

Cloak, ber «0tonteL 

Clock, bte Wjr, SBanbutyr* 

Cloth, bag £u<$. 

Cloud, bte SBoIfe. 

Coat, ber ^otf. 

Coffee, berilaffee. 

Cold, fait 

Color, bte garBe ; fd'rBen* 

Come, f'ommeru 

Complete, sotlenbett. 

Concert, bag Soncert 

Conquer, ftegen. 

Contented, jttfrtebett. 

Cook, ber flocfc. 

Copper, bag Shtpfer; Fupfern* 

Corn, bag torn, ber 9#atg, 

Cost, foftem 

Cotton, bte Saumtootfe % BaumtooHen, 

Count, jafylen, redmen* 

Country, bag Sanb* 

Cousin, ber Setter, bte Soufine* 
Cow, bte $ufy. 
Cup, bte £affe, 

ID. 

Daughter, bte £od;ter* 

Day, ber £ag* 

Day after to-morrow, UeBertttOrgetU 

Dead, tobt 

Deaf, taito. 

Dear, tfyeuer, IteB, 

Death, ber £ob. 

December, ber T)ecemBer. 

Declare, erfld'ren. 

Deep, tfef* 

Deer, ber £trfd). 

Depart, abretfen. 

Describe, Befdjretbem 

Desk, bag $ult 

Dictionary, bag SQSb'rterbud). 

Die, fterBem 

Difference, ber ttnterfdneb* 

Difficult, fcbfter, jdjrotertg. 

Diligent, flet§tg. 

Dinner, bag tNtttaggeffen. 

Do, tfoun, mad;en. 



VOCABULARY. 



189 



Doctor, ber "Doctor. 

Dog, ber $unb. 

Dollar, ber Scaler, DoHar. 

Door, bic £biire. 

Down, nieber, tunab, fierunter* 

Draw, gtefyen, jeirfmeu. 

Dress, bav3 $Ietb, ber 2lnjug. 

Drink, trtltfett. 

Drive, treiben. 

During, tt>at)renb + 

Dwell, footmen. 

Dwelling, bie SBofinung. 

IE. 
Each, jeber. 
Eagle, ber Slbter* 
Ear, bag Dbr. 
Earth, bie Srbe. 
East, ber Often, 
Easy, leicbt. 
Eat, effett, freffett* 
Either, entweber. 
Elm, bie Uhne. 
End, bag (Snbe. 
Enemy, ber Oetttb* 
English, (Sng(ifd). 
Englishman, ber Snglanber, 
Entire, gartj* 
Europe, (Suropa. 
Even, eben. 
Evening, ber 2tbenb* 
Ever,je / jemalg, immer* 
Every, jeber. 
Everywhere, iiberatl* 
Eye, bag Stuge. 

IF. 
Fall, fatten. 
Far, tueit, fern. 
Fat, bag Sett ; fett. 
Father, ber 3Sater. 
February, ber gebmar. 
Fever, bag gieber. 
Field, bag getb, bie ghtr. 
Fight, fecbten, ftreiten. 
Find, finben. 
Fine, fein, fdjb'it. 
Finger, ber g-tnger* 
Fire, bag geuer. 
First, erfte. 



Fish, ber gifd). 

Fisherman, ber gffcber. 
Flesh, bag gleifct). 
Flour, bag 5JM&I. 
Flower, bie SBtume, 
Foot, ber gup. 
For, fitr, $u, benn. 
Forenoon, ber SSormittag. 
Forest, ber gorjt, SBatb. 
Forget, sergefjen. 
Fortune, bag ©titci 
Fowl, bag £>ubn. 
France, granfreicb. 
Free, befreien ; fret, lebtg. 
Freedom, bic greifyeit. 
French, fran^b'ftfcfo. 
Frenchman, ber granjofe. 
Friday, ber greitag. 
Friend, ber greunb. 
From, (oott, aug. 
Fruit, bie grucbt, bag £)b|i 

Gk 

Garden, ber ©arten. 
Gate, bag SDfoor. 
Gas, bag ®a$> 

Gentleman, $err. 

German, beutja% 

Germany, Deutfcbjanb. 

Girl, bag *Mbcben. 

Give, geben. 

Glad, frofy, Better, erfreut 

Gladly, gem. 

Glass, bag ©lag. 

Glove, ber $anbfcbuf). 

Go, gefyen ; - out, auggeben; -back, 

auriicfgetjen, 
God, ©ott. 
Gold, bag (Mb. 
Goldsmith, ber ©olbfcbmteb. 
Good, gut. 
Goose, bie ©attg. 
Grain, bag torn, ©etreibe. 
Grass, bag ©rag, 
Grave, bag ©rab. 
Gray, grau. 
Great, gro§. 

Great Britain, ©ropbritanniett. 
Green, grim. 



190 



VOCABULARY. 



ZHC 

Hair, bag £>aar. 

Half, f>alb; bte #alfte. 

Hammer, ber jammer ; tyammern. 

Hand, bte £>anb ; retc^eit* 

Handkerchief, bag £aja)entuc(j. 

Happiness, bag ®lttct 

Happy, glitcfltcb. 

Hard, fyart. 

Hasten, etlert* 

Hat, ber £ut. 

Have, fyabetu 

Hay, bag £>cu. 

Head, ber $opf, bag £aupt. 

Health, bte ©efunbfjett. 

Healthy, gefmtb. 

Hear, fyoren. 

Heart, bag £er$. 

Heaven, ber |>tmmel. 

Heavy, fcbtoer. 

Hen, bte #enne. 

Her, t^ fie. 

Here, fyter. 

Hers, ber ifyrtge. 

High, bocb. 

Him, ifut, tfylt. 

His, fetn, ber fetntge* » 

Hold, battem 

Hope, bte #offnung ; fyoffen. 

Horse, bag $ferb, $o&. 

Hot, f)dp. 

Hour, bte ©hmbe. 

House, bag $au$. 

How, tote. 

Human, ntenfcbjtd). 

Hundred-weight, ber (£entner + 

Hungry, fyungrtg. 

Husband, ber $Jlamx, ®emabX 

I. 
I, i%. 

Ice, bag &tg. 

Icy etftg. 

Idle, mitfng, trage. 

If, mnn, ob. 

Ill, JranF, untoobj. 

In, tn, auf, an. 

Ink, bie £inte ; - stand, bag £tnten= 



Inside, tnnerfjatb. 

Instead of, ftatt, anftatlv 

Instruct, unterrtcbten. 

Instruction, ber Unterridpi, bte £ebre. 

Into, in, auf. 

Iron, bag Stfen ; eifern. 

J-_ 

James, 3acob. 
January, ber Sanuar* 
John, 3obann. 
Journey, bte ^Retfc 
Joy, bte greube. 
June, ber Sunt. 
July, ber 3uli. 

Key, ber ©cbjitffel. 
King, ber $imtg. 
Knife, bag 3fle(fer. 
Know, nuffen, femten. 

Lady, bte ftrau, £)ame; young-, 

bag grauletn. 
Lamb, bag £amm. 
Lame, lafym. 
Land, bag £anb. 
Landscape, bte £anbfdjafk 
Language, bte &\>xad)t. 
Large, grof. 
Lark, bte £ercbe. 
Last, le^t. 
Laugh, lacben. 
Lay, legen. 
Lazy, fflul. ' 
Lead, bag 23let ; bletern. 
Lead, fittyren. 
Leader, ber gitfyrer. 
Leaf, bag 53tatt. 
Leap, fyrtngen, ppfen. 
Learn, lemen. 
Leather, bag 2eber. 
Leave, lajten, tterlaffen. 
Leg, bag Sent. 
Lend, letfyen, borgen. 
Let, laffen, mmtetfyen. 
Letter, ber 23rtef. 
Lie, bte 2itge ; litgen. 
Lie, Itegen. 



■■HHHHHHHBBHHmHBHH^HHHHBnBMMHMH^BU 



VOCABULARY. 



191 



Life, bag 2ebem 
Light, bag Sicbt ; teit^t* 
Lily, bte £tlte* 
Lion, ber £itoe* 
Little, Hetn, toetttg. 
Live, leben, roobnem. 
Long, lang. 
Lose, yerlteren* 
Loud, laut 
Love, lieben* 

hyc. 

Madam, 9Jkbam(e)» 

Make, macben, 

Man, ber 9flenfd), 3Jtomu 

Many, fctele, 

March, ber -JMrj, 

May, ber yjlat 

May, mogen, fbnnen, bttrfem 

Meal, bag Wlty), bte 9flabt$eit 

Meat, bag Sletfcf). 

Merchant, ber jtavtftttamu 

Metal, bag 9ttetatt\ 

Midnight, bte OTtemad)t 

Mile, bte SJfletle. 

Milk, bte mify 

Miller, ber Gutter. 

Mind, bag ®emittb, ber ©tmu 

Miss, bag grauletru 

Modest, befcbetben, 

Monday, ber 9ftontag. 

Money, bag ®elb. 

Month, ber 9ftonat 

Moon, ber 9ttonb. 

More, mebr. 

Morning, ber 9ftorgen. 

Mother, bie gutter* 

Mountain, ber 33erg» 

Mr., |icrr. 

Much, <oith 

Music, bte SWujtf. 

Must, mitfjett, foCCett* 

My, meuu 

IsT. 
Nail, ber SSlaqth 

Name, ber 9?ame ; rtermen, fyetfjjen. 
Nation, bag 93olf, bte ^attorn 
Nature, bte 9?atur. 
Near, nabe ; in ber 9Mbe, 



Nearly, beirtafye, ungefdbr, imtoetr* 
Neighbor, ber Sftadjbar* 
Neither, weber, aucb rttd)t ; 

nor, tueber, .... nod)* 
Nephew, ber 9?effe. 
Never, me, ntemafg,. 
New, neat. 

News, bte 9Jeutgfett, yiatyxityU 
Newspaper, bte 3ettMtg* 
Next, nacfefi 
Night, bte Wafyt. 
No, new. 

Nobody, 9?temanb«. 
None, fettter. 
Noon, ber TOtag, 
Nor, nocb, aucb ntd)t 
North, ber Herbert* 
Not, ntcbt 

Nothing, ntcbtg. 

Notwithstanding, Uttgeacbtet, bett* 

nocb, bocb. 
November, ber 9?ot>ember. 
Now, nun, jeljt 
Number, bte 3«^/ Summer* 
Numerous, ^abjretcb, 

O. 

Oak, bte (£td)e» 

Obliged (to be), mujfeit ; sserbunbem 

October, ber Dctober* 

Of, son ; - course, natitrltcb, eg tter- 

ftebtftcb. 
Office, bag Sfatt, ©efc&aftgjtmmer* 
Oft (en), oft 
Oil, bag £)eu 
Old, alt. 
On, an, auf. 
One, etng ; man. 
Once, etnmal, etnji 
Only, alletn, nur, erji 
Open, often, auf. 
Or, ober. 
Other, attber ; every - day, etttett 

Slag um benanbern; -wise, an* 

berg, fonft 
Ounce, bte Itrtje, 
Out, aug ; - of, aug, aufer* 
Outside, auperbalb. 
Over, iiber, auf. 



192 



VOCABULARY. 



Pair, bag $aar. 

Paper, bag papier ; papieren. 

Parasol, ber ©onnenfcfeirm. 

Parents, bte (glterrt. 

Park, ber $arf. 

Patient, gebulbig 5 ber $ranfe. 

Peace, ber Oinebe. 

Peach, bte ^ftrftc^e* 

Pear, bte SSirrte. 

Pen, bte $eber. 

Pencil, ber Sleifrtfr. 

Penny, ber pfennig. 

People, bag SSolf, bte £eure. 

Pepper, ber $feft>r. 

Perhaps, jrieUeidjt. 

Physician, ber 5lrjt. 

Peck, picfert. 

Piece, bag ©tiicf. 

Pigeon, bie £aube. 

Pine, bte $ictUe. 

Pink, bte 9fceife. 

Plate, ber Seller. 

Play, fpielert. 

Pleasant, angertefym. 

Polite, r)oflicb. 

Poor, arm. 

Post-office, He $0% bag $ojtomt. 

Pound, bag *Pfunb. 

Praise, bag Sob 5 lobert, Preifett. 

Pronounce, aug|prect)en. 

Prussia, spreufjen. 

Pupil, ber (Sc^iiler. 

Put, ftetfen, legert. 

Q,- 
Queen, bte $bmgtn. 
Question, bte grage 5 fragert. 
Quiet, rutjig, ftiU. 

Rain, ber SRegen. 

Rather, tteber. 

Reach, reicbcn. 

Read, lefen. 

Really, roirrlidi, in ber £r)at. 

Receive, empfangert, ert)altcn, fce= 

foramen. 
Red, roti). 
Remain, bleiben. 



Reside, tooBttejw 

Return, juritrffefiren, jitrucffommett. 

Ribbon, bag 23anb. 

Rich, reid). 

Ride, reitert, fafiren. 

River, ber glufji. 

Roof, bag Xaty. 

Room, bag gimmtx, bte ©tube, ber 

S^aum. 
Rose, bie S^ofe. 
Rule, bte £ftegel ; regterett. 
Run, laufert, remtert, rtnnert. 

S. 

Saddler, ber ©artier. 
Safe, ftdjer. 
Salt, bag ©atj. 

Same, berfelbe. 

Saturday, ber feonrtabenb, ©amjtag. 

Say, fagert, fprecbcn. 

Scholar, ber ©cbiUer, ©elebrte. 

School, bte ©dntle. 

Sea, bte ©ee, bag Weer. 

Seat, fet^ert; ber ©ilj. 

Secure, ftcber. 

See, febert. 

Seek, fudim. 

Seldom, fcltert. 

Self, felbft, felber. 

Sell, toerfaufen. 

Send, fenbett, fditcfert. 

September, ber September. 

Set, jet3en. 

Shall, foKert, roerbert. 

Sharp, fcbarf. 

She, fie, eg. 

Sheep, bag <Sct)af, 

Shilling, ber ©dnflirtg. 

Shine, fdmnen,Jeud)tert. 

Ship, bag*@d)irf. 

Shoe, ber ©flt)ut). 

Shrewd, Hug, liftig. 

Short, furj. 

Show, jeigert. 

Sick, froru. 

Side, bie ©eite; on this-, biejfeirg; 

on the other -, jettfettg. 

Silver, bag ©tlber ; ftlbern. 
Since, fcitbem, rocil, ba. 



■HBUBHDHBHHHUnnmnil^HmaiHBUnBn 



VOCABULARY. 



193 



Sing, jtngett. 

Sir, £>err, mcttt #err. 

Sister, btc (&tym\ttv. 

Sit, jigen, paffen. 

Slave, ber ^flaoe, $ned;t» 

Sleep, fcblafen. 

Slow, langfam. 

Small, flet'n. 

Smile, Id'djcln. 

Smith, ber ^cbtnteb. 

Snow, ber ©$nee ; fcgneiett. 

So, fo. 

Sofa, bag ©ofa. 

Soft, nmcb. [etfe. 

Soldier, ber ©olbar. 

Some, erroag; -body, jemanb; 

- thing, ettoag. 
Son, ber ©obit. 
Soon, balb, friib. 
South, ber ©itbett. 
Speak, fprecben, reben. 
Spin, (pitmen. 

Spring, ber grubjtng ; fprtngen. 
Stand, ftebjn. 
Star, ber £>tem. 
State, ber ©raat. 
Stay, blet'ben. 
Steal, fteblen. 
Steel, ber ©tabj. 
Still, jh'tt, rubtg, nod). 
Stove, ber £)fen. 
Stranger, ber grembe. 
Street, bte (srrafje. 
Strike, fcblagen, trejfen. 
Strong, ftarf. 
Student, ber ©tubent. 
Such, folcber. 
Sugar, ber glider. 
Summer, ber ©ommer. 
Sun, bte Sonne. 
Sunday, ber ©onntog. 
Supper, bag Slbcnbeifetu 
Sure, jic$er,j}e»tjj. 
Swan, ber ^cbtran. 
Sweet, |"u§. 
Swim, ftynnmntMt 
Swine, bag ©cbtimn. 
Sword, bag ©djwert. 



Table, ber £tfd), btc £afel. 

Tailor, ber ©cbnetber. 

Take, nebmen. 

Tame, ^abm. 

Tea, ber £bee. 

Teach, tebren, nnrerridjten. 

Teacher, ber £ebrer. 

Than, atg. 

That, jener, t»etd)er, ber, bag. 

That, bap ; in order -, bamtt 

The, ber, bte, bag. 

Theater, bag Sweater, 

Thee, bid), btr. 

Their, tbr. 

Them, tynett, fte. 

Tjien, bann, ba, barauf. 

There, ba, borr. 

Therein, barfn. 

They, fte, bte. 

Thing, bag ©m 9 , bte ©ad6e, 

lhink, benfen, metnen. 

This, bt'efeg. 

Thou, bu. 

Though, obfebon, obgjetd). 

Thousand, raufenb. 

Through, bitrcb. 

Thursday, ber Domterjka. 

Thy, thine, betn. 

Tiger, ber £taer. 

Till, U*. 

Time, bte 3etr, bag 9tfaU 

Tm, bat 3inn. 

Tired, miibe. 

To, g U/ an, aitf, nad). 

To-day, bente. 

To-morrow, morgen. 

Ton, bte &onne. 

Too, jn, and). 

Tooth, ber 3<xkn. 

Town, bte ©tab*. 

Translate, iiberfeften. 

Translation, Ueberfefcitna, 

Travel, ret'fen, fabren. 

Traveler, ber jftetfenbe. 

Tree, ber Saum. 

Trout, bte 5oreUe t 

True, n>abr t 



194 



VOCABULARY; 



Truth, bte 2Bat)rbeit 
Tuesday, ber £)ienfrag. 
Tulip, bie £ulpe. 

TJ. 

Umbrella, ber SRegenfcfrirm. 
Uncle, ber Dfyeim, Dnfel. 
Under, uuter, unteu, uuterfwtb. 
Understand, uerftefyeu. 
Unfortunate, unglitcflid). 
United States, bte 2kreinigteu &ta<i' 

ten. 
Unwell, urtit)of)L 
Up, auf, Ijiuauf, empor. 
Upon, auf, on* 
Us, uug. 
Useful, uiijjlid). 

"V*. 

Vegetables, bag ©emttfe. 
Very, fefyr. 
Vest, bte SBefte. 
Village, bag £orf. 
Visit, ber 33efucf} ; befud)eu. 
Voice, bte <Stimme. 

"W. 

Want, tooflett. 

War, ber &rieg. 

Warm, toarm. 

Watch, bte \\i)v, Xafd)euuftr. 

Water, bag 2BaJTer. 

Wave, bie SDettc. 

Way, ber 2Beg. 

We, unr. 

Weather, bag 33etter. 

Wednesday, ber -fifitttood). 

Week, bte 2Bodje. 

Welcome, uuUfommeu. 

Well, tooty, gut. 

West, ber SBefteu. 

What, tMg, toelcfyer. 

Wheat, ber 2Betjeu. 

When, tocnn, tuauu, alg, ba. 

Where, too, ftvof)in, footer. 

Whether, ob. 

Which, n?etd;er, ber. 



While, inbem, toa&renb. 

White, toetjj. 

Who, u>er, wetter, ber. 

Whole, ganj. 

Why, toarum, u^ag. 

Wide, brett, toeit. 

Wife, bie grau, ®attin, \>a$ 2Beib. 

Wild, jottb. 

Will, berSBiae; tootteu. 

Willow, bie SBeibe. 

William, SCilbelm. 

Window, bag geufter. 

Winter, ber Winter. 

Wine, ber $Rtin. 

Wise, toetfe. 

Wish, ber 2Bunfd) ; toimfd)eu. 

With, mtt, bet. 

Within, tnnerfjaffc. 

Without, attfjer, ofyue. 

Wolf, ber SOSolf. 

Woman, bag sIBetb, bie grail* 

Wood, bag £olj, ber SBalb. 

Wooden, fyoljern. 

Wool, bie 2£ot(e. 

Woolen, tootten. 

Word, bag SDort. 

World, bie SBclt. 

Worth, tucrtb, retc^. 

Write, fcbreibeu. 

Writing-book, bag Sdjreibbudj ; 

-desk, bag (gcbreibpult ; -paper, 

bag <Scbreibpapier. 
Wrong, unredjt. 

"ST. 

Yard, bie gjarb, (Site. 
Yarn, bag ®am. 
Ye, it)r. 

Year, bag 3afor. 
Yes, ja. 

Yesterday, geftem. 
Yet, nocb, bod). 
Yonder, bort. 
You, <Sie, bit, if)r, 3(wctt. 
Young, jung. 
Your, 3t)r, bein, euer. 
Yours, ber eure, beiue, 3t)re; ber 
eurige, beiuige, 3t)rige. 



^mrnmawrnfrnrniMiiiinniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiNiinimimTiM 



mm m i m w fmmm,mmtm ■—■ w ™—'""™ 1 



— nmmmm 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 

II' II 1 1111 "VI 111 I 



1 111 mil in mi 
003 225 906 6 # 



